Zoneomics Logo
search icon

Salt Lake City City Zoning Code

PART III

SPECIFIC DISTRICT REGULATIONS

21A.22.010: ZONING DISTRICTS:

In order to carry out the purposes of this title, Salt Lake City is divided into the following zoning districts:
Section Reference
District Name
Section Reference
District Name
A.
Residential Districts:
 
FR-1/43,560 Foothills Estate Residential District
 
FR-2/21,780 Foothills Residential District
 
FR-3/12,000 Foothills Residential District
 
R-1/12,000 Single-Family Residential District
 
R-1/7,000 Single-Family Residential District
 
R-1/5,000 Single-Family Residential District
 
SR-1 and SR-1A Special Development Pattern Residential District
 
(Reserved)
 
SR-3 Special Development Pattern Residential District
 
R-2 Single- and Two-Family Residential District
 
RMF-30 Low Density Multi-Family Residential District
RMF-35 Moderate Density Multi-Family Residential District
RMF-45 Moderate/High Density Multi-Family Residential District
RMF-75 High Density Multi-Family Residential District
FB-UN1 Form Based Urban Neighborhood 1 District
B.
Mixed Use Districts:
 
MU-2 Mixed Use 2 District
MU-3 Mixed Use 3 District
MU-5 Mixed Use 5 District
MU-6 Mixed Use 6 District
MU-8 Mixed Use 8 District
MU-11 Mixed Use 11 District
C.
Manufacturing Districts:
 
M-1 Light Manufacturing District
 
M-2 Heavy Manufacturing District
M-1A Northpoint Light Industrial District
D.
Downtown Districts And Gateway Districts:
 
Downtown Districts:
 
D-1 Central Business District
 
D-2 Downtown Support District
 
D-3 Downtown Warehouse/Residential District
 
D-4 Downtown Secondary Central Business District
Gateway Districts:
 
G-MU Gateway-Mixed Use District
E.
Special Purpose Districts:
 
RP Research Park District
 
BP Business Park District
 
FP Foothills Protection District
 
AG Agricultural District
 
AG-2 Agricultural District
 
AG-5 Agricultural District
 
AG-20 Agricultural District
 
A Airport District
 
PL Public Lands District
 
PL-2 Public Lands District
 
I Institutional District
 
UI Urban Institutional District
 
OS Open Space District
 
NOS Natural Open Space District
 
MH Mobile Home Park District
 
EI Extractive Industries District
F.
Overlay Districts:
 
H Historic Preservation Overlay District
 
T Transitional Overlay District
 
AFPP Airport Flight Path Protection Overlay District
 
Groundwater Source Protection Overlay District
 
LO Landfill Overlay District
 
CHPA Capitol Hill Protective Area Overlay District
 
Reserved
 
Reserved
 
Reserved
 
YCI Yalecrest Compatible Infill Overlay District
 
RCO Riparian Corridor Overlay District
 
Northwest Quadrant Overlay District
 
IP Inland Port Overlay District
G.
Character Conservation Districts:
 
Purpose
 
(Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 37-24, 2024: Ord. 75-23, 2023: Ord. 69-18, 2018: Ord. 59-17, 2017: Ord. 46-17, 2017)

21A.22.020: ZONING MAP:

   A.   Official Map: The boundaries of the districts listed in section 21A.22.010 of this chapter, are set forth on the zoning map entitled "Salt Lake City Zoning District Map" (the "zoning map") which is made a part of this title. Official copies of the zoning map are on file in the Office of the Zoning Administrator. The zoning map, including all notations and revisions, is an integral part of this title.
   B.   Nonestoppel: The failure to post or record any zoning amendment adopted by subsequent ordinance onto the zoning map shall not estop the City from enforcing the zoning district adopted by the subsequent ordinance.
   C.   Entire City Zoned: It is the intent of this title that the entire area of Salt Lake City, including all land and water areas, rivers, streets, alleys, railroads and other rights-of- way, be included in the districts established by this title and shown on the zoning map. Any area not shown on the zoning map as being included in any district shall be deemed to be in the R-1/12,000 Single-Family Residential District. (Ord. 26-95 § 2(11-2), 1995)

21A.22.030: BOUNDARIES:

In the event that uncertainties exist with respect to the intended boundaries of the various districts as shown on the zoning map, the following rules shall apply:
   A.   Centerlines And Right Of Way Lines As Boundaries: Where the designation of a boundary line on the zoning map coincides with the edge of a street, alley, waterway or other right of way, the centerline of such right of way line shall be construed to be the boundary of the district.
   B.   Property Lines As Boundaries: Where a district boundary coincides with the location of a property line, as recorded by the Salt Lake County recorder as of April 12, 1995, the property line shall be construed to be the boundary of the district.
   C.   Scaled Lines As Boundaries: Where the district boundaries do not coincide with the location of rights of way or property lines, the district boundary shall be determined by measuring such boundary lines through the use of the map scale as shown on the zoning map. If a district boundary splits a parcel at a depth of less than thirty feet (30') or an average of thirty feet (30') in the case of irregular shaped parcel, then the entire parcel is considered zoned the majority district that covers the parcel.
   D.   Clarification Of Map Interpretation: The zoning administrator shall hear and decide all applications for interpretation of district boundary lines shown on the zoning map pursuant to the provisions of chapter 21A.12 of this title. The zoning administrator shall have the authority only to interpret boundary lines, not to change the location of district boundary lines or to rezone property. (Ord. 62-09 § 15, 2009)

21A.24.010: GENERAL PROVISIONS:

   A.   Statement Of Intent: The residential districts are intended to provide a range of housing choices to meet the needs of Salt Lake City's citizens, to offer a balance of housing types and densities, to preserve and maintain the City's neighborhoods as safe and convenient places to live, to promote the harmonious development of residential communities, to ensure compatible infill development, and to help implement adopted plans.
   B.   Site Plan Review: In certain districts, permitted uses and conditional uses have the potential for adverse impacts if located and laid out without careful planning. Such impacts may interfere with the use and enjoyment of adjacent property and uses. Site plan review is a process designed to address such adverse impacts and minimize them where possible. Site plan review is not required for single-family, two-family and twin home dwellings unless they are approved as a conditional use. All other uses shall be subject to the site plan review regulations contained in chapter 21A.58 of this title.
   C.   Permitted Uses: The uses specified as permitted uses, in section 21A.33.020, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Residential Districts", of this title, are permitted provided that they comply with all requirements of this chapter, the general standards set forth in part IV of this title and all other applicable requirements of this title.
   D.   Conditional Uses: The uses specified as conditional uses in section 21A.33.020, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Residential Districts", of this title shall be allowed provided they are approved pursuant to the standards and procedures for conditional uses set forth in chapter 21A.54 of this title, and comply with all other applicable requirements of this title.
   E.   Obnoxious Or Offensive Uses: No use of land shall be permitted which is obnoxious or offensive by reason of odor, dust, smoke, vapors, noise, light, vibration or refuse matter.
   F.   Accessory Uses, Buildings and Structures: Accessory uses, buildings and structures are allowed in the residential districts subject to the requirements of this chapter, section 21A.36.020, table 21A.36.020B, and section 21A.36.030 of this title, and the provisions of chapter 21A.40 of this title.
   G.   Flag Lots In Residential Districts: Flag lots are a permitted use only as part of a new subdivision in the FP, FR-1, FR-2 and FR-3 Districts. Flag lots in all other residential districts, unless being approved through the planned development process, may be allowed as a conditional use pursuant to chapter 21A.55 of this title, provided that the Planning Commission finds the flag lot proposal to be compatible with the existing pattern of property development of the surrounding area. The Planning Commission shall also make findings on the standards listed in subsections G1 through G14 of this section:
      1.   In residential districts other than new subdivisions in the FP, FR-1, FR-2, FR-3 Districts, flag lots shall be approved only when one flag lot is proposed at the rear of an existing lot, unless being approved through the planned development process;
      2.   Flag lots shall be used exclusively to provide lots for single-family residential dwellings;
      3.   All lot and yard requirements applicable to flag lots shall apply to the main body of the flag lot. For flag lots, the front yard shall begin at the point where the access strip joins the main body of the lot;
      4.   Except for the special provisions contained in this subsection G, the creation of a flag lot shall not result in a violation of required lot area, lot width, yards or other applicable provisions of this title;
      5.   Flag lots shall have a minimum lot depth of one hundred feet (100') measured from the point where the access strip joins the main body of the lot;
      6.   The flag lot access strip shall have minimum of twenty four feet (24') of frontage on a public street. No portion of the flag lot access strip shall measure less than twenty four feet (24') in width between the street right-of-way line and main body of the lot. A minimum sixteen foot (16') wide hard surfaced driveway shall be provided along the entire length of the access strip. A four foot (4') minimum landscape yard shall be provided on each side of the driveway. (See illustration in chapter 21A.62 of this title.);
      7.   Flag lots, including the access strip, shall be held in fee simple ownership;
      8.   The minimum lot area of a flag lot shall not be less than 1.5 times the minimum lot area of the applicable district. The lot area calculation excludes the lot access strip;
      9.   The minimum required side yard for a single-story building on a flag lot is ten feet (10'). If any portion of the structure exceeds one story in height, all side yard setbacks shall meet the required rear yard setback of the underlying zoning district. The Planning Commission may increase the side or rear yard setback where there is a topographic change between lots;
      10.   Both the flag lot and any remnant property resulting from the creation of a flag lot (including existing buildings and structures) shall meet the minimum lot area, width, frontage, yard setback, parking and all other applicable zoning requirements of the underlying zoning district;
      11.   Any garage, whether attached to or detached from the main building, shall be located in the buildable area of the lot;
      12.   Accessory buildings other than garages may be located in the rear yard area, however, Planning Commission approval is required for any accessory building that requires a building permit;
      13.   A four foot (4') wide landscaped strip is required along both side property lines from the front to rear lot lines;
      14.   Reflective house numbers shall be posted at the front of the access strip;
      15.   In addition to any other provisions that may apply, the creation of a flag lot is considered a subdivision and shall be subject to applicable subdivision regulations and processes.
   H.   Repealed.
   I.   Front Facade Controls: To maintain architectural harmony and primary orientation along the street, all buildings shall be required to include an entrance door, and such other features as windows, balconies, porches, and other such architectural features in the front facade of the building, totaling not less than ten percent (10%) of the front facade elevation area, excluding any area used for roof structures. For buildings constructed on a corner lot, only one front facade is required in either the front or corner side facade of the building.
      1.   Exceptions: Properties located in the FP Zone are exempt from the front facade control requirement.
   J.   Basement Structures: All dwellings must have at least one full story aboveground. Residential structures built into a hillside with less than all elevations exposed may be approved through the site plan review process.
   K.   Lighting: On site lighting shall be located, directed or designed in such a manner as to contain and direct light and glare only to the property on which it is located.
   L.   Parking And Loading: All uses in the residential districts shall comply with the provisions governing off street parking in chapter 21A.44 of this title.
   M.   Signs: All uses in the residential districts shall comply with the provisions governing signs in chapter 21A.46 of this title.
   N.   Front And Corner Side Yard Landscaping: All required front and corner yards should be maintained as landscape yards. In addition, all uses in residential districts shall comply with the provisions governing landscaping in chapter 21A.48 of this title.
   O.   Landscaping And Revegetation: Installation of all required landscaping shall begin no later than one month after a certificate of occupancy; except that if a certificate of occupancy is issued between October 15 and the following April 1, installation of the landscaping shall begin no later than April 30. Landscaping shall be substantially completed within nine (9) months after a certificate of occupancy is issued.
   P.   Special Foothills Regulations: The FP Foothills Protection District, section 21A.32.040 of this title, and the FR-1/43,560, FR-2/21,780 and FR-3/12,000 Districts shall be subject to the regulations of this subsection, other general provisions for residential districts, and the district regulations of each district.
      1.   Special Building Height Controls: Uses and buildings in the FR-1/43,560, FR-2/21,780, FR-3/12,000 and FP Districts shall conform to the following special height regulations:
         a.   In the FR-1 District, the maximum building height shall be thirty five feet (35') measured from established grade. The front and rear vertical building wall height shall not exceed thirty one feet (31') measured from finished grade. On a corner lot, roof gable ends which face onto either the front or corner side yard, but not both, are permitted to the height of thirty five feet (35') measured from established grade.
         b.   In the FR-2, FR-3 and FP Districts, the maximum building height shall be twenty eight feet (28') measured from established grade. The front and rear vertical building walls shall not exceed twenty five feet (25') measured from finished grade. On a corner lot, roof gable ends which face onto either the front or corner side yard, but not both, are permitted to a height of twenty eight feet (28').
         c.   All building heights for initial construction of a building in a foothill zone shall be measured from the established grade. Up to four feet (4') of fill (or 6 feet within the buildable area of the lot) may be added on top of the established grade in order to bring the exposed portion of the lower story of a single exterior wall of building into compliance with the definition of a basement when the majority of that lower level of that exterior wall already complies with this definition. The height of any subsequent structural modification or addition to a building shall be measured from the finished grade existing at the time a building permit is requested.
      2.   Repealed.
      3.   Mechanical Equipment: Mechanical equipment including, without limitation, swamp coolers, air conditioning equipment, heat pumps, vents, blowers and fans shall be screened from view or painted to match the building color adjacent to the equipment. Roof mounted mechanical equipment, excluding solar panels which are subject to Section 21A.40.190 of this title, shall not extend above the highest roof ridgeline.
      4.   Satellite Antennas: In addition to the regulations contained in chapter 21A.40 of this title, satellite antennas shall be painted nonreflective black or other dark earth tone colors.
      5.   Exterior Lighting: Floodlighting of buildings and structures is prohibited. Exterior lighting shall be architecturally integrated decorative lighting. Yard areas may be lit only with "directional" lighting and no direct light beam may impact any other property, except for security lights intended to be activated only at limited times as necessary for immediate security.
      6.   Grade Changes: No grading shall be permitted prior to the issuance of a building permit. Grade changes within a required yard shall comply with Table 21A.36.020.B. Grade changes within the buildable area shall be supported by retaining walls, subject to Section 21A.24.010.P.8.
      7.   Grading: Unauthorized grading and other surface disturbing activities are prohibited in all undevelopable areas within the lot or the subdivision. Prior to any grading or other surface disturbing activity on the property, the undevelopable areas shall be clearly delineated by temporary fencing or flagging. Any flagging stakes used to delineate undevelopable areas there shall be a minimum of four feet (4') above grade and no more than twenty five feet (25') apart.
      8.   Retaining Walls: All cuts and fills in excess of two feet (2') shall be supported by retaining walls if required by the Zoning Administrator. Any stacking of rocks to create a rock wall in excess of a thirty percent (30%) slope, that is intended to retain soil, shall be considered a retaining wall. No retaining wall may exceed four feet (4') in height above the established grade except as provided in subsections P6a, P6b and P6c of this section. In a terrace of retaining walls, each four foot (4') vertical retaining wall must be separated by a minimum of three (3) horizontal feet, and any six foot (6') retaining wall must be separated from any other retaining wall by a minimum of five (5) horizontal feet. The horizontal area between terraced retaining walls shall be landscaped with vegetation. All retaining walls, in excess of four feet (4') in height shall be approved by an engineer licensed by the State, and the engineer's approval shall be consistent with the provisions of a geotechnical report. The Zoning Administrator may require an engineer's approval for retaining walls less than four feet (4') that there are sufficient risk factors, such as slope, soil stability, or proximity to structures on abutting property.
      9.   Roads And Driveways: To ensure that private roads and driveways minimize impact on the natural landscape, plans for the design and improvement of roads and driveways shall be subject to review and approval by the City Engineer and Fire Department as a condition of building permit issuance. Design standards and guidelines for private roads and driveways shall include the following:
         a.   Driveways which serve more than one parcel are encouraged as a method of reducing unnecessary grading, paving, and site disturbance. The drive approach for driveways which serve more than one parcel shall not exceed the standard widths for drive approaches as specified by the Salt Lake City Transportation Division.
         b.   Driveway approaches shall not be located within six feet (6') of any side property line. Exceptions may be considered by the development review team, based on the driveway slope and dimension, slope of the roadway or lot, location of existing drive approaches serving abutting properties, and proposed uses.
            (1)   Driveway approaches shall maintain a twelve foot (12') separation from another drive approach. Drive approaches shall be located ten feet (10') from a corner property line or five feet (5') from the termination of a corner curb radius, whichever is greater. Drive approaches located along a designated right turn lane shall maintain a fifty foot (50') setback from the termination of a corner curb radius. Exceptions to those requirements may be approved by the development review team.
         c.   A driveway shall not exceed sixteen percent (16%) average slope with standard vertical curve transitions from the property line to a legal parking space.
            (1)   The cross slope of driveways should not exceed four percent (4%).
         d.   Driveway approaches shall maintain a five foot (5') offset from power poles, fire hydrants, trees or any other roadside hazards. Exceptions to the requirement may be approved by the development review team.
         e.   Sight obstructions along driveways shall maintain a ten foot (10') wide by ten foot (10') deep sight distance triangle as noted in section 21A.62.050, figure 21A.62.050I of this title. Obstructions in the required sight distance triangle shall generally not exceed thirty inches (30") in height. Exceptions may be approved by the development review team based upon location and type of material.
      10.   Fence Restrictions: Fences and walls shall only be constructed after first obtaining a building permit subject to the standards of this section.
         a.   Site Plan Submittal: As part of the site plan review process, a fencing plan shall be submitted which shall show:
            (1)   Any specific subdivision approval conditions regarding fencing;
            (2)   Material specifications and illustrations necessary to determine compliance with specific approval limitation and the standards of this section.
         b.   Field Fencing Of Designated Undevelopable Areas: Fencing on areas identified as undevelopable areas or transitional areas on any subdivision granted preliminary approval by the Planning Commission after November 4, 1994, or any lot previously platted which identifies undevelopable areas or transitional areas shall be limited to the following standards unless subdivision approval granted prior to November 4, 1994, included specific fencing requirements which are more restrictive. The more restrictive requirement shall apply.
            (1)   Low visibility see through fencing shall consist of flat black colored steel "T" posts and not more than four (4) strands of nonbarbed steel wire, strung at even vertical spacing between such "T" post, and erected to a height of not more than forty two inches (42") above the natural ground surface.
            (2)   When fencing lot boundary lines, vegetation or native brush shall not be cleared so as to create a visible demarcation form off site.
            (3)   The existing surface of the ground shall not be changed by grading activities when erecting boundary fences.
            (4)   Fence materials and designs must not create a hazard for big game wildlife species.
            (5)   No field fencing shall be erected in conflict with pedestrian easements dedicated to Salt Lake City.
         c.   Buildable Area Fencing: Fencing on any portion of a lot identified as buildable area or required side yard on any subdivision granted preliminary approval by the Planning Commission after November 4, 1994, or any lot previously platted which identifies undevelopable area or transitional areas shall be limited to the following standards unless subdivision approval granted prior to November 4, 1994, includes specific fencing requirements which are more restrictive. The more restrictive requirement shall apply.
            (1)   Open, see through fencing constructed of tubular steel, wrought iron or similar materials, finished with a flat black, nonreflective finish constructed to a height of six feet (6') or less; or
            (2)   Sight obscuring or privacy type fencing shall be of earth tone colors, or similar materials to the primary dwelling, and located in a way which screens private outdoor living spaces from off site view.
         d.   Front Yard Fencing: Walls and fences located within the front yards and along roadways shall not exceed a maximum of forty two inches (42") in height.
      11.   Utilities: To the maximum extent practical, all utilities shall be placed within existing road rights-of-way and front yard setbacks. For lots platted after September 4, 1992, all water, sewer, electrical, telephone, cable television and other utilities shall be placed underground, except that transformers, pedestals and other appurtenances which are normally located aboveground in connection with the underground installations are permitted. All areas disturbed by the installation of underground utilities shall be revegetated in conformance with the regulations of this subsection, and chapter 21A.48 of this title. Temporary or emergency utilities may be erected and maintained aboveground for no more than four (4) months.
      12.    Landscaping and Revegetation:
         a.   Installation of all required landscaping shall begin no later than one month after a certificate of occupancy; except that if the certificate of occupancy is issued between October 15 and the following April 1, installation of the landscaping shall begin no later than April 30. Landscaping shall be substantially completed within nine (9) months after a certificate of occupancy is issued. Landscaping shall conform to the requirements of Chapter 21A.48 of this title, and shall also conform to the following requirements:
            (1)   Front Yards and Side Yards: Front yards, corner side yards and interior side yards shall be completely landscaped except for driveways, walkways and patios/decks.
            (2)   Disturbed Areas: All other areas disturbed during construction shall be either landscaped or revegetated to a natural state.
            (3)   Undevelopable Areas: Lawns or gardens are prohibited in the undevelopable areas. Native and drought tolerant plant species established in undevelopable areas may be enhanced by irrigation and supplemental planting as approved by the zoning administrator, provided the zoning administrator finds that such supplemental planting is in keeping with the natural conditions.
         b.   Special Landscape Regulations in the FR-1/43,560 and FR-2/21,780 Districts: In addition to the regulations in Chapter 21A.48 "Landscaping and Buffers" the following special landscape regulations apply:
            (1)   Landscape Plan: In addition to the landscape plan submittal requirements listed in Section 21A.48.050, landscape plans shall also include:
               (a)   Delineation between the proposed revegetation of disturbed site areas.
               (b)   As a condition of site plan approval, a plan for erosion.
               (c)   An irrigation plan designed to provide sufficient water for at least the first two years of growth to establish revegetation of natural areas.
            (2)   Tree Preservation and Replacement: Existing trees over 2 inches in caliper that are removed from the site to accommodate development shall be replaced. Whenever microclimate conditions make it practical, the proportion of replacement tree species shall be the same as the trees removed.
            (3)   Slope Revegetation: All slopes graded or otherwise disturbed shall be restored/replanted. Restored vegetation shall consist of native or adapted grasses, herbaceous perennials, or woody trees and shrubs as appropriate for slope and microclimate conditions.
   Q.   Restrictions On Community Gardens 1 : Repealed.
   R.   Accessory Storage: Unless otherwise specified, all accessory storage in residential districts shall be located within enclosed buildings. Firewood and the temporary storage of materials for construction activity in progress on the premises shall be excepted. Ordinary household recycling storage and household garbage container storage is also permitted outdoors. RV parking and storage shall conform to the provisions set forth in chapter 21A.44 of this title.
   S.   Compliance with Noise Regulations Required: Any construction work in residential zoning districts shall comply with Section 9.28.040, "Noises Prohibited."
   T.   Dwelling Unit Occupancy: A dwelling unit may not be occupied by more than one "family" as defined in chapter 21A.62 of this title.
   U.   Repealed.
   V.   Repealed. (Ord. 83-24, 2024: Ord. 56-24, 2024: Ord. 29-24, 2024: Ord. 12-24, 2024: Ord. 10-24, 2024: Ord. 64-21, 2021: Ord. 46-17, 2017)

21A.24.020: FR-1/43,560 FOOTHILLS ESTATE RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the FR-1/43,560 Foothills Estate Residential District is to promote environmentally sensitive and visually compatible development of lots not less than forty three thousand five hundred sixty (43,560) square feet in size, suitable for foothills locations as indicated in the applicable community Master Plan. The district is intended to minimize flooding, erosion, and other environmental hazards; to protect the natural scenic character of foothill areas by limiting development; to promote the safety and well being of present and future residents of foothill areas; to protect wildlife habitat; and to ensure the efficient expenditure of public funds.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the FR-1/43,560 Foothills Estate Residential District, as specified in section 21A.33.020, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Residential Districts", of this title, are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in section 21A.24.010 of this chapter, including subsection 21A.24.010P of this chapter, and this section.
   C.   Minimum Lot Area And Lot Width: The minimum lot areas and lot widths required in this district are as follows:
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Municipal service uses, including City utility uses and police and fire stations
No minimum
No minimum
Natural open space and conservation areas, public and private
No minimum
No minimum
Places of worship less than 4 acres in size
43,560 square feet
140 feet
Public pedestrian pathways, trails and greenways
No minimum
No minimum
Public/private utility transmission wires, lines, pipes and poles
No minimum
No minimum
Single-family detached dwellings
43,560 square feet
140 feet
Utility substations and buildings
43,560 square feet
140 feet
Other permitted or conditional uses as listed in section 21A.33.020 of this title
43,560 square feet
140 feet
 
   D.   Maximum Building Height: See subsections 21A.24.010P1 and P2 of this chapter.
   E.   Minimum Yard Requirements:
      1.   Front Yard: The minimum depth of the front yard for all principal buildings shall be equal to the average of the front yards of existing buildings within the block face. Where there are no existing buildings within the block face, the minimum depth shall be twenty feet (20'). Where the minimum front yard is specified in the recorded subdivision plat, the requirement specified on the plat shall prevail. For buildings legally existing on April 12, 1995, the required front yard shall be no greater than the established setback line of the existing building.
      2.   Corner Side Yard: The minimum depth of the corner side yard for all principal buildings shall be equal to the average of the existing buildings on the block face. Where there are no other existing buildings on the block face, the minimum depth shall be twenty feet (20'). Where the minimum corner side yard is specified in the recorded subdivision plat, the requirement specified on the plat shall prevail.
      3.   Interior Side Yard: Twenty feet (20').
      4.   Rear Yard: Forty feet (40').
      5.   Accessory Buildings And Structures In Yards: No accessory building may be located within any required yard, regardless of any other regulations in this title. Accessory structures (other than accessory buildings) are permitted subject to section 21A.36.020, table 21A.36.020B of this title.
   F.   Maximum Building Coverage: The surface coverage of all principal and accessory buildings shall not exceed twenty five percent (25%) of the lot area.
   G.   Slope Restrictions: For lots subdivided after November 4, 1994, no building shall be constructed on any portion of the site that exceeds a thirty percent (30%) slope. All faces of buildings and structures shall be set back from any nonbuildable area line, as shown on the plat if any, a minimum of ten feet (10') and an average of twenty feet (20').
   H.   Unauthorized Site Work Prohibited: No grading, excavation, building, removal of vegetation or other site work shall be allowed without specific authorization. Site work not authorized by a building permit shall be permitted only upon issuance of a site development permit in conformance with the requirements of the site development ordinance, unless the proposed work is specifically exempt from the site development ordinance.
   I.   Landscape Plan: A landscape plan conforming to the requirements of Section 21A.48.050 and Subsection 21A.24.010.P of this title shall be required.
   J.   Maximum Lot Size: With the exception of lots created by a subdivision or subdivision amendment recorded in the Office of the Salt Lake County Recorder, the maximum size of a new lot shall not exceed sixty five thousand three hundred forty (65,340) square feet. Lots in excess of the maximum lot size may be created through the subdivision process subject to the following standards:
      1.   The size of the new lot is compatible with other lots on the same block face;
      2.   The configuration of the lot is compatible with other lots on the same block face; and
      3.   The relationship of the lot width to the lot depth is compatible with other lots on the same block face.
   K.   Standards for Attached Garages:
      1.   Width of an Attached Garage: The width of an attached garage facing the street may not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the width of the front facade of the house. The width of the garage is equal to the width of the garage door, or in the case of multiple garage doors, the sum of the widths of each garage door plus the width of any intervening wall elements between garage doors.
      2.   Located Behind or In Line with the Front Line of the Building: No attached garage shall be constructed forward of the "front line of the building" (as defined in section 21A.62.040 of this title), unless:
         a.   A new garage is constructed to replace an existing garage that is forward of the "front line of the building". In this case, the new garage shall be constructed in a similar location as the garage being replaced with dimensions that do not increase the degree of noncompliance; or
         b.   At least fifty percent (50%) of the existing garages on the block face are located forward of the "front line of the building". (Ord. 29-24, 2024: Ord. 12-24, 2024: Ord. 46-17, 2017: Ord. 59-16, 2016: Ord. 7-14, 2014: Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 12-11, 2011: Ord. 90-05 § 2 (Exh. B), 2005: Ord. 26-95 § 2(12-1), 1995)

21A.24.030: FR-2/21,780 FOOTHILLS RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the FR-2/21,780 Foothills Residential District is to promote environmentally sensitive and visually compatible development of lots not less than twenty one thousand seven hundred eighty (21,780) square feet in size, suitable for foothills locations as indicated in the applicable community Master Plan. The district is intended to minimize flooding, erosion, and other environmental hazards; to protect the natural scenic character of foothill areas by limiting development; to promote the safety and well being of present and future residents of foothill areas; to protect wildlife habitat; and to ensure the efficient expenditure of public funds.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the FR-2/21,780 Foothills Residential District, as specified in section 21A.33.020, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Residential Districts", of this title, are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in section 21A.24.010 of this chapter, including subsection 21A.24.010P of this chapter, and this section.
   C.   Minimum Lot Area And Lot Width: The minimum lot areas and lot widths required in this district are as follows:
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Municipal service uses, including City utility uses and police and fire stations
No minimum
No minimum
Natural open space and conservation areas, public and private
No minimum
No minimum
Places of worship less than 4 acres in size
43,560 square feet
140 feet
Public pedestrian pathways, trails and greenways
No minimum
No minimum
Public/private utility transmission wires, lines, pipes and poles
No minimum
No minimum
Single-family detached dwellings
21,780 square feet
100 feet
Utility substations and buildings
21,780 square feet
100 feet
Other permitted or conditional uses as listed in section 21A.33.020 of this title
21,780 square feet
100 feet
 
   D.   Maximum Building Height: See subsections 21A.24.010P1 and P2 of this chapter.
   E.   Minimum Yard Requirements:
      1.   Front Yard: The minimum depth of the front yard for all principal buildings shall be equal to the average of the front yards of existing buildings within the block face. Where there are no existing buildings within the block face, the minimum depth shall be twenty feet (20'). Where the minimum front yard is specified in the recorded subdivision plat, the requirement specified on the plat shall prevail. For buildings legally existing on April 12, 1995, the required front yard shall be no greater than the established setback line of the existing building.
      2.   Corner Side Yard: The minimum depth of the corner side yard for all principal buildings shall be equal to the average of the existing buildings on the block face. Where there are no other existing buildings on the block face, the minimum depth shall be twenty feet (20'). Where the minimum corner side yard is specified in the recorded subdivision plat, the requirement specified on the plat shall prevail.
      3.   Interior Side Yard: Twenty feet (20').
      4.   Rear Yard: Forty feet (40').
      5.   Accessory Buildings And Structures In Yards: No accessory building may be located within any required yard, regardless of any other regulations in this title. Accessory structures (other than accessory buildings) are permitted subject to section 21A.36.020, table 21A.36.020B of this title.
   F.   Maximum Building Coverage: The surface coverage of all principal and accessory buildings shall not exceed twenty five percent (25%) of the lot area.
   G.   Slope Restrictions: For lots subdivided after November 4, 1994, no building shall be constructed on any portion of the site that exceeds a thirty percent (30%) slope. All faces of buildings and structures shall be set back from any nonbuildable area line, as shown on the plat if any, a minimum of ten feet (10') and an average of twenty feet (20').
   H.   Unauthorized Site Work Prohibited: No grading, excavation, building, removal of vegetation or other site work shall be allowed without specific authorization. Site work not authorized by a building permit shall be permitted only upon issuance of a site development permit in conformance with the requirements of the site development ordinance.
   I.   Landscape Plan: A landscape plan conforming to the requirements of Section 21A.48.050 and Subsection 21A.24.010.P of this title shall be required.
   J.   Maximum Lot Size: With the exception of lots created by a subdivision or subdivision amendment recorded in the Office of the Salt Lake County Recorder, the maximum size of a new lot shall not exceed thirty two thousand six hundred seventy (32,670) square feet. Lots in excess of the maximum lot size may be created through the subdivision process subject to the following standards:
      1.   The size of the new lot is compatible with other lots on the same block face;
      2.   The configuration of the lot is compatible with other lots on the same block face; and
      3.   The relationship of the lot width to the lot depth is compatible with other lots on the same block face.
   K.   Standards for Attached Garages:
      1.   Width of an Attached Garage: The width of an attached garage facing the street may not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the width of the front facade of the house. The width of the garage is equal to the width of the garage door, or in the case of multiple garage doors, the sum of the widths of each garage door plus the width of any intervening wall elements between garage doors.
      2.   Located Behind or In Line with the Front Line of the Building: No attached garage shall be constructed forward of the "front line of the building" (as defined in section 21A.62.040 of this title), unless:
         a.   A new garage is constructed to replace an existing garage that is forward of the "front line of the building". In this case, the new garage shall be constructed in a similar location as the garage being replaced with dimensions that do not increase the degree of noncompliance; or
         b.   At least fifty percent (50%) of the existing garages on the block face are located forward of the "front line of the building". (Ord. 29-24, 2024: Ord. 12-24, 2024: Ord. 46-17, 2017: Ord. 59-16, 2016: Ord. 7-14, 2014: Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 12-11, 2011: Ord. 90-05 § 2 (Exh. B), 2005: Ord. 26-95 § 2(12-2), 1995)

21A.24.040: FR-3/12,000 FOOTHILLS RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the FR-3/12,000 Foothills Residential District is to promote environmentally sensitive and visually compatible development of lots not less than twelve thousand (12,000) square feet in size, suitable for foothills locations as indicated in the applicable community Master Plan. The district is intended to minimize flooding, erosion, and other environmental hazards; to protect the natural scenic character of foothill areas by limiting development; to promote the safety and well being of present and future residents of foothill areas; to protect wildlife habitat; and to ensure the efficient expenditure of public funds. The FR-3/12,000 Foothills Residential District is intended for application in most areas of foothills development existing as of April 12, 1995.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the FR-3/12,000 Foothills Residential District, as specified in section 21A.33.020, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Residential Districts", of this title, are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in section 21A.24.010 of this chapter, including subsection 21A.24.010P of this chapter, and this section.
   C.   Minimum Lot Area And Lot Width: The minimum lot areas and lot widths required in this district are as follows:
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Municipal service uses, including City utility uses and police and fire stations
No minimum
No minimum
Natural open space and conservation areas, public and private
No minimum
No minimum
Places of worship less than 4 acres in size
12,000 square feet
80 feet
Public pedestrian pathways, trails and greenways
No minimum
No minimum
Public/private utility transmission wires, lines, pipes and poles
No minimum
No minimum
Single-family detached dwellings
12,000 square feet
Interior: 80 feet
Corner: 100 feet
Utility substations and buildings
12,000 square feet
Interior: 80 feet
Corner: 100 feet
Other permitted or conditional uses as listed in section 21A.33.020 of this title
12,000 square feet
Interior: 80 feet
Corner: 100 feet
 
   D.   Maximum Building Height: See subsections 21A.24.010P1 and P2 of this chapter.
   E.   Minimum Yard Requirements:
      1.   Front Yard: The minimum depth of the front yard for all principal buildings shall be equal to the average of the front yards of existing buildings within the block face. Where there are no existing buildings within the block face, the minimum depth shall be twenty feet (20'). Where the minimum front yard is specified in the recorded subdivision plat, the requirement specified on the plat shall prevail. For buildings legally existing on April 12, 1995, the required front yard shall be no greater than the established setback line of the existing building.
      2.   Corner Side Yard: The minimum depth of the corner side yard for all principal buildings shall be equal to the average of the existing buildings on the block face. Where there are no other existing buildings on the block face, the minimum depth shall be twenty feet (20'). Where the minimum corner side yard is specified in the recorded subdivision plat, the requirement specified on the plat shall prevail.
      3.   Interior Side Yard: Ten feet (10') (if a side yard is specified in the recorded subdivision plat, the requirement specified on the plat shall prevail).
      4.   Rear Yard: Thirty five feet (35').
      5.   Accessory Buildings And Structures In Yards: No accessory building may be located in any required yard, regardless of any other regulations in this title. Accessory structures (other than accessory buildings) are permitted subject to section 21A.36.020, table 21A.36.020B of this title.
   F.   Maximum Building Coverage: The surface coverage of all principal and accessory buildings shall not exceed thirty five percent (35%) of the lot area.
   G.   Slope Restrictions: For lots subdivided after November 4, 1994, no building shall be constructed on any portion of the site that exceeds a thirty percent (30%) slope. All faces of buildings and structures shall be set back from any nonbuildable area line, as shown on the plat if any, a minimum of ten feet (10') and an average of twenty feet (20').
   H.   Unauthorized Site Work Prohibited: No grading, excavation, building, removal of vegetation or other site work shall be allowed without specific authorization of the building official. Site work not authorized by a building permit shall be permitted only upon issuance of a site development permit in conformance with the requirements of the site development ordinance.
   I.   Landscape Plan: A landscape plan conforming to the requirements of chapter 21A.48 of this title shall be required.
   J.   Maximum Lot Size: With the exception of lots created by a subdivision or subdivision amendment recorded in the Office of the Salt Lake County Recorder, the maximum size of a new lot shall not exceed eighteen thousand (18,000) square feet. Lots in excess of the maximum lot size may be created through the subdivision process subject to the following standards:
      1.   The size of the new lot is compatible with other lots on the same block face;
      2.   The configuration of the lot is compatible with other lots on the same block face; and
      3.   The relationship of the lot width to the lot depth is compatible with other lots on the same block face.
   K.   Standards for Attached Garages:
      1.   Width of an Attached Garage: The width of an attached garage facing the street may not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the width of the front facade of the house. The width of the garage is equal to the width of the garage door, or in the case of multiple garage doors, the sum of the widths of each garage door plus the width of any intervening wall elements between garage doors.
      2.   Located Behind or In Line with the Front Line of the Building: No attached garage shall be constructed forward of the "front line of the building" (as defined in section 21A.62.040 of this title), unless:
         a.   A new garage is constructed to replace an existing garage that is forward of the "front line of the building". In this case, the new garage shall be constructed in a similar location as the garage being replaced with dimensions that do not increase the degree of noncompliance; or
         b.   At least fifty percent (50%) of the existing garages on the block face are located forward of the "front line of the building". (Ord. 29-24, 2024: Ord. 46-17, 2017: Ord. 59-16, 2016: Ord. 7-14, 2014: Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 12-11, 2011: Ord. 90-05 § 2 (Exh. B), 2005: Ord. 13-04 § 3, 2004: Ord. 35-99 § 16, 1999: Ord. 26-95 § 2(12-3), 1995)

21A.24.050: R-1/12,000 SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the R-1/12,000 Single-Family Residential District is to provide for single-family residential dwellings and affordable housing incentives developments with up to four units on lots twelve thousand (12,000) square feet in size or larger. This district is appropriate in areas of the city as identified in the applicable community master plan. Uses are intended to be compatible with the existing scale and intensity of the neighborhood. The standards for the district are intended to provide for safe and comfortable places to live and play, promote sustainable and compatible development patterns and to preserve the existing character of the neighborhood.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the R-1/12,000 Single-Family Residential District, as specified in section 21A.33.020, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Residential Districts", of this title, are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in section 21A.24.010 of this chapter and this section.
   C.   Minimum Lot Area And Lot Width: The minimum lot areas and lot widths required in this district are as follows:
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Municipal service uses, including City utility uses and police and fire stations
No minimum
No minimum
Natural open space and conservation areas, public and private
No minimum
No minimum
Places of worship less than 4 acres in size
12,000 square feet
80 feet
Public pedestrian pathways, trails and greenways
No minimum
No minimum
Public/private utility transmission wires, lines, pipes and poles
No minimum
No minimum
Single-family detached dwellings
12,000 square feet
Interior: 80 feet
Corner: 100 feet
Utility substations and buildings
12,000 square feet
Interior: 80 feet
Corner: 100 feet
Other permitted or conditional uses as listed in section 21A.33.020 of this title
12,000 square feet
Interior: 80 feet
Corner: 100 feet
 
   D.   Maximum Building Height:
      1.   The maximum height of buildings with pitched roofs, as measured from the established grade, shall be:
         a.   Twenty eight feet (28') measured to the ridge of the roof; or
         b.   The average height of other principal buildings on the block face.
      2.   The maximum height of a flat roof building, as measured from the established grade, shall be twenty feet (20').
      3.   Maximum exterior wall height adjacent to interior side yards shall be twenty feet (20') for exterior walls placed at the building setback established by the minimum required yard. Exterior wall height may increase one foot (1') (or fraction thereof) in height for each foot (or fraction thereof) of increased setback beyond the minimum required interior side yard. If an exterior wall is approved with a reduced setback through a special exception, variance or other process, the maximum allowable exterior wall height decreases by one foot (1') (or fraction thereof) for each foot (or fraction thereof) that the wall is located closer to the property line than the required side yard setback.
         a.   Lots with cross slopes where the topography slopes, the downhill exterior wall height may be increased by one-half foot (0.5') for each one foot (1') difference between the elevation of the average grades on the uphill and downhill faces of the building.
         b.   Exceptions:
            (1)   Gable Walls: Walls at the end of a pitched roof may extend to a height necessary to support the roof structure except that the height of the top of the widest portion of the gable wall must conform to the maximum wall height limitation described in this section.
            (2)   Dormer Walls: Dormer walls are exempt from the maximum exterior wall height if:
               (A)   The width of a dormer is ten feet (10') or less; and
               (B)   The total combined width of dormers is less than or equal to fifty percent (50%) of the length of the building facade facing the interior side yard; and
               (C)   Dormers are spaced at least eighteen inches (18") apart.
      4.   Building height for initial construction of a building shall be measured as the vertical distance between the top of the roof and the established grade at any given point of building coverage. Building height for any subsequent structural modification or addition to a building shall be measured from finished grade existing at the time a building permit is requested. Building height for the R-1 districts, R-2 District and SR districts is defined and illustrated in chapter 21A.62 of this title.
      5.   Where buildings are stepped to accommodate the slope of terrain, each step shall have a horizontal dimension of at least twelve feet (12').
      6.   Additional Principal Building Height: Requests for additional building height for properties located in an H Historic Preservation Overlay District shall be reviewed by the historic landmark commission which may grant such requests subject to the provisions of section 21A.34.020 of this title.
   E.   Minimum Yard Requirements:
      1.   Front Yard: The minimum depth of the front yard for all principal buildings shall be equal to the average of the front yards of existing buildings within the block face. Where there are no existing buildings within the block face, the minimum depth shall be twenty feet (20'). Where the minimum front yard is specified in the recorded subdivision plat, the requirement specified on the plat shall prevail. For buildings legally existing on April 12, 1995, the required front yard shall be no greater than the established setback line of the existing building.
      2.   Corner Side Yard: The minimum depth of the corner side yard for all principal buildings shall be equal to the average of the existing buildings on the block face. Where there are no other existing buildings on the block face, the minimum depth shall be twenty feet (20'). Where the minimum corner side yard is specified in the recorded subdivision plat, the requirement specified on the plat shall prevail.
      3.   Interior Side Yard:
         a.   Corner lots: Eight feet (8').
         b.   Interior lots: Eight feet (8') on one side and ten feet (10') on the other.
      4.   Rear Yard: Twenty five feet (25').
      5.   Accessory Buildings And Structures In Yards: Accessory buildings and structures may be located in a required yard subject to section 21A.36.020, table 21A.36.020B of this title.
   F.   Maximum Building Coverage: The surface coverage of all principal and accessory buildings shall not exceed thirty five percent (35%) of the lot area.
   G.   Maximum Lot Size: With the exception of lots created by a subdivision or subdivision amendments recorded in the Office of the Salt Lake County Recorder, the maximum size of a new lot shall not exceed eighteen thousand (18,000) square feet. Lots in excess of the maximum lot size may be created through the subdivision process subject to the following standards:
      1.   The size of the new lot is compatible with other lots on the same block face;
      2.   The configuration of the lot is compatible with other lots on the same block face; and
      3.   The relationship of the lot width to the lot depth is compatible with other lots on the same block face.
   H.   Standards for Attached Garages:
      1.   Width of an Attached Garage: The width of an attached garage facing the street may not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the width of the front facade of the house. The width of the garage is equal to the width of the garage door, or in the case of multiple garage doors, the sum of the widths of each garage door plus the width of any intervening wall elements between garage doors.
      2.   Located Behind or In Line with the Front Line of the Building: No attached garage shall be constructed forward of the "front line of the building" (as defined in section 21A.62.040 of this title), unless:
         a.   A new garage is constructed to replace an existing garage that is forward of the "front line of the building". In this case, the new garage shall be constructed in a similar location as the garage being replaced with dimensions that do not increase the degree of noncompliance; or
         b.   At least fifty percent (50%) of the existing garages on the block face are located forward of the "front line of the building". (Ord. 29-24, 2024: Ord. 10-24, 2024: Ord. 74-23, 2023: Ord. 64-21, 2021: Ord. 46-17, 2017: Ord. 59-16, 2016: Ord. 7-14, 2014: Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 73-11, 2011: Ord. 12-11, 2011: Ord. 90-05 § 2 (Exh. B), 2005: Ord. 35-99 § 17, 1999: Ord. 26-95 § 2(12-4), 1995)

21A.24.060: R-1/7,000 SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the R-1/7,000 Single-Family Residential District is to provide for single-family residential dwellings and affordable housing incentives developments with up to four units on lots not less than seven thousand (7,000) square feet in size. This district is appropriate in areas of the city as identified in the applicable community master plan. Uses are intended to be compatible with the existing scale and intensity of the neighborhood. The standards for the district are intended to provide for safe and comfortable places to live and play, promote sustainable and compatible development patterns and to preserve the existing character of the neighborhood.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the R-1/7,000 Single-Family Residential District, as specified in section 21A.33.020, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Residential Districts", of this title, are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in section 21A.24.010 of this chapter and this section.
   C.   Minimum Lot Area And Lot Width: The minimum lot areas and lot widths required in this district are as follows:
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Municipal service uses, including City utility uses and police and fire stations
No minimum
No minimum
Natural open space and conservation areas, public and private
No minimum
No minimum
Places of worship less than 4 acres in size
12,000 square feet
80 feet
Public pedestrian pathways, trails and greenways
No minimum
No minimum
Public/private utility transmission wires, lines, pipes and poles
No minimum
No minimum
Single-family detached dwellings
7,000 square feet
50 feet
Utility substations and buildings
7,000 square feet
50 feet
Other permitted or conditional uses as listed in section 21A.33.020 of this title
7,000 square feet
50 feet
 
   D.   Maximum Building Height:
      1.   The maximum height of buildings with pitched roofs, as measured from the established grade, shall be:
         a.   Twenty eight feet (28') measured to the ridge of the roof; or
         b.   The average height of other principal buildings on the block face.
      2.   The maximum height of a flat roof building, as measured from the established grade, shall be twenty feet (20').
      3.   Maximum exterior wall height adjacent to interior side yards shall be twenty feet (20') for exterior walls placed at the building setback established by the minimum required yard. Exterior wall height may increase one foot (1') (or fraction thereof) in height for each foot (or fraction thereof) of increased setback beyond the minimum required interior side yard. If an exterior wall is approved with a reduced setback through a special exception, variance or other process, the maximum allowable exterior wall height decreases by one foot (1') (or fraction thereof) for each foot (or fraction thereof) that the wall is located closer to the property line than the required side yard setback.
         a.   Lots with cross slopes where the topography slopes, the downhill exterior wall height may be increased by one-half foot (0.5') for each one foot (1') difference between the elevation of the average grades on the uphill and downhill faces of the building.
         b.   Exceptions:
            (1)   Gable Walls: Walls at the end of a pitched roof may extend to a height necessary to support the roof structure except that the height of the top of the widest portion of the gable wall must conform to the maximum wall height limitation described in this section.
            (2)   Dormer Walls: Dormer walls are exempt from the maximum exterior wall height if:
               (A)   The width of a dormer is ten feet (10') or less; and
               (B)   The total combined width of dormers is less than or equal to fifty percent (50%) of the length of the building facade facing the interior side yard; and
               (C)   Dormers are spaced at least eighteen inches (18") apart.
      4.   Building height for initial construction of a building shall be measured as the vertical distance between the top of the roof and the established grade at any given point of building coverage. Building height for any subsequent structural modification or addition to a building shall be measured from finished grade existing at the time a building permit is requested. Building height for the R-1 districts, R-2 District and SR districts is defined and illustrated in chapter 21A.62 of this title.
      5.   Where buildings are stepped to accommodate the slope of terrain, each step shall have a horizontal dimension of at least twelve feet (12').
      6.   Additional Principal Building Height: Requests for additional building height for properties located in an H Historic Preservation Overlay District shall be reviewed by the historic landmark commission which may grant such requests subject to the provisions of section 21A.34.020 of this title.
   E.   Minimum Yard Requirements:
      1.   Front Yard: The minimum depth of the front yard for all principal buildings shall be equal to the average of the front yards of existing buildings within the block face. Where there are no existing buildings within the block face, the minimum depth shall be twenty feet (20'). Where the minimum front yard is specified in the recorded subdivision plat, the requirement specified on the plat shall prevail. For buildings legally existing on April 12, 1995, the required front yard shall be no greater than the established setback line of the existing building.
      2.   Corner Side Yard: The minimum depth of the corner side yard for all principal buildings shall be equal to the average of the existing buildings on the block face. Where there are no other existing buildings on the block face, the minimum depth shall be twenty feet (20'). Where the minimum corner side yard is specified in the recorded subdivision plat, the requirement specified on the plat shall prevail.
      3.   Interior Side Yard:
         a.   Corner lots: Six feet (6').
         b.   Interior lots: Six feet (6') on one side and ten feet (10') on the other.
      4.   Rear Yard: Twenty five feet (25').
      5.   Accessory Buildings And Structures In Yards: Accessory buildings and structures may be located in a required yard subject to section 21A.36.020, table 21A.36.020B of this title.
   F.   Maximum Building Coverage: The surface coverage of all principal and accessory buildings shall not exceed forty percent (40%) of the lot area.
   G.   Maximum Lot Size: With the exception of lots created by a subdivision or subdivision amendment recorded in the Office of the Salt Lake County Recorder, the maximum size of a new lot shall not exceed ten thousand five hundred (10,500) square feet. Lots in excess of the maximum lot size may be created through the subdivision process subject to the following standards:
      1.   The size of the new lot is compatible with other lots on the same block face;
      2.   The configuration of the lot is compatible with other lots on the same block face; and
      3.   The relationship of the lot width to the lot depth is compatible with other lots on the same block face.
   H.   Standards for Attached Garages:
      1.   Width of an Attached Garage: The width of an attached garage facing the street may not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the width of the front facade of the house. The width of the garage is equal to the width of the garage door, or in the case of multiple garage doors, the sum of the widths of each garage door plus the width of any intervening wall elements between garage doors.
      2.   Located Behind or In Line with the Front Line of the Building: No attached garage shall be constructed forward of the "front line of the building" (as defined in section 21A.62.040 of this title), unless:
         a.   A new garage is constructed to replace an existing garage that is forward of the "front line of the building". In this case, the new garage shall be constructed in a similar location as the garage being replaced with dimensions that do not increase the degree of noncompliance; or
         b.   At least fifty percent (50%) of the existing garages on the block face are located forward of the "front line of the building". (Ord. 29-24, 2024: Ord. 10-24, 2024: Ord. 74-23, 2023: Ord. 64-21, 2021: Ord. 46-17, 2017: Ord. 59-16, 2016: Ord. 7-14, 2014: Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 73-11, 2011: Ord. 12-11, 2011: Ord. 90-05 § 2 (Exh. B), 2005: Ord. 26-95 § 2(12-5), 1995)

21A.24.070: R-1/5,000 SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the R-1/5,000 Single-Family Residential District is to provide for single-family residential dwellings and affordable housing incentives developments with up to four units on lots not less than five thousand (5,000) square feet in size. This district is appropriate in areas of the city as identified in the applicable community master plan. Uses are intended to be compatible with the existing scale and intensity of the neighborhood. The standards for the district are intended to provide for safe and comfortable places to live and play, promote sustainable and compatible development patterns and to preserve the existing character of the neighborhood.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the R-1/5,000 Single-Family Residential District, as specified in section 21A.33.020, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Residential Districts", of this title, are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in section 21A.24.010 of this chapter and this section.
   C.   Minimum Lot Area And Lot Width: The minimum lot areas and lot widths required in this district are as follows:
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Municipal service uses, including City utility uses and police and fire stations
No minimum
No minimum
Natural open space and conservation areas, public and private
No minimum
No minimum
Places of worship less than 4 acres in size
12,000 square feet
80 feet
Public pedestrian pathways, trails and greenways
No minimum
No minimum
Public/private utility transmission wires, lines, pipes and poles
No minimum
No minimum
Single-family detached dwellings
5,000 square feet
50 feet
Utility substations and buildings
5,000 square feet
50 feet
Other permitted or conditional uses as listed in section 21A.33.020 of this title
5,000 square feet
50 feet
 
   D.   Maximum Building Height:
      1.   The maximum height of buildings with pitched roofs, as measured from the established grade, shall be:
         a.   Twenty eight feet (28') measured to the ridge of the roof; or
         b.   The average height of other principal buildings on the block face.
      2.   The maximum height of a flat roof building, as measured from the established grade, shall be twenty feet (20').
      3.   Maximum exterior wall height adjacent to interior side yards shall be twenty feet (20') for exterior walls placed at the building setback established by the minimum required yard. Exterior wall height may increase one foot (1') (or fraction thereof) in height for each foot (or fraction thereof) of increased setback beyond the minimum required interior side yard. If an exterior wall is approved with a reduced setback through a special exception, variance or other process, the maximum allowable exterior wall height decreases by one foot (1') (or fraction thereof) for each foot (or fraction thereof) that the wall is located closer to the property line than the required side yard setback.
         a.   Lots with cross slopes where the topography slopes, the downhill exterior wall height may be increased by one-half foot (0.5') for each one foot (1') difference between the elevation of the average grades on the uphill and downhill faces of the building.
         b.   Exceptions:
            (1)   Gable Walls: Walls at the end of a pitched roof may extend to a height necessary to support the roof structure except that the height of the top of the widest portion of the gable wall must conform to the maximum wall height limitation described in this section.
            (2)   Dormer Walls: Dormer walls are exempt from the maximum exterior wall height if:
               (A)   The width of a dormer is ten feet (10') or less; and
               (B)   The total combined width of dormers is less than or equal to fifty percent (50%) of the length of the building facade facing the interior side yard; and
               (C)   Dormers are spaced at least eighteen inches (18") apart.
      4.   Building height for initial construction of a building shall be measured as the vertical distance between the top of the roof and the established grade at any given point of building coverage. Building height for any subsequent structural modification or addition to a building shall be measured from finished grade existing at the time a building permit is requested. Building height for the R-1 districts, R-2 District and SR districts is defined and illustrated in chapter 21A.62 of this title.
      5.   Where buildings are stepped to accommodate the slope of terrain, each step shall have a horizontal dimension of at least twelve feet (12').
      6.   Additional Principal Building Height: Requests for additional building height for properties located in an H Historic Preservation Overlay District shall be reviewed by the historic landmark commission which may grant such requests subject to the provisions of section 21A.34.020 of this title.
   E.   Minimum Yard Requirements:
      1.   Front Yard: The minimum depth of the front yard for all principal buildings shall be equal to the average of the front yards of existing buildings within the block face. Where there are no existing buildings within the block face, the minimum depth shall be twenty feet (20'). Where the minimum front yard is specified in the recorded subdivision plat, the requirement specified on the plat shall prevail. For buildings legally existing on April 12, 1995, the required front yard shall be no greater than the established setback line of the existing building.
      2.   Corner Side Yard: Ten feet (10').
      3.   Interior Side Yard:
         a.   Corner lots: Four feet (4').
         b.   Interior lots: Four feet (4') on one side and ten feet (10') on the other.
      4.   Rear Yard: Twenty five percent (25%) of the lot depth, or twenty feet (20'), whichever is less.
      5.   Accessory Buildings And Structures In Yards: Accessory buildings and structures may be located in a required yard subject to section 21A.36.020, table 21A.36.020B of this title.
   F.   Maximum Building Coverage: The surface coverage of all principal and accessory buildings shall not exceed forty percent (40%) of the lot.
   G.   Maximum Lot Size: With the exception of lots created by a subdivision or subdivision amendment recorded in the Office of the Salt Lake County Recorder, the maximum size of a new lot shall not exceed seven thousand five hundred (7,500) square feet. Lots in excess of the maximum lot size may be created through the subdivision process subject to the following standards:
      1.   The size of the new lot is compatible with other lots on the same block face;
      2.   The configuration of the lot is compatible with other lots on the same block face; and
      3.   The relationship of the lot width to the lot depth is compatible with other lots on the same block face.
   H.   Standards for Attached Garages:
      1.   Width of an Attached Garage: The width of an attached garage facing the street may not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the width of the front facade of the house. The width of the garage is equal to the width of the garage door, or in the case of multiple garage doors, the sum of the widths of each garage door plus the width of any intervening wall elements between garage doors.
      2.   Located Behind or In Line with the Front Line of the Building: No attached garage shall be constructed forward of the "front line of the building" (as defined in section 21A.62.040 of this title), unless:
         a.   A new garage is constructed to replace an existing garage that is forward of the "front line of the building". In this case, the new garage shall be constructed in a similar location as the garage being replaced with dimensions that do not increase the degree of noncompliance; or
         b.   At least fifty percent (50%) of the existing garages on the block face are located forward of the "front line of the building". (Ord. 29-24, 2024: Ord. 10-24, 2024: Ord. 74-2023, 2023: Ord. 64-21, 2021: Ord. 46-17, 2017: Ord. 59-16, 2016: Ord. 7-14, 2014: Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 73-11, 2011: Ord. 12-11, 2011: Ord. 90-05 § 2 (Exh. B), 2005: Ord. 26-95 § 2(12-6), 1995)

21A.24.080: SR-1 AND SR-1A SPECIAL DEVELOPMENT PATTERN RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT:

In this chapter and the associated zoning map, the SR-1 District is divided into two (2) subareas for the purpose of defining design criteria. In other portions of this text, the SR-1 and SR-1A are jointly referred to as the SR-1 District because all other standards in the zoning ordinance are the same.
   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the SR-1 Special Development Pattern Residential District is to maintain the unique character of older predominantly single-family and two-family dwelling neighborhoods that display a variety of yards, lot sizes and bulk characteristics. Uses are intended to be compatible with the existing scale and intensity of the neighborhood. The standards for the district are intended to provide for safe and comfortable places to live and play, promote sustainable and compatible development patterns and to preserve the existing character of the neighborhood.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the SR-1 Special Development Pattern Residential District, as specified in section 21A.33.020, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Residential Districts", of this title, are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in section 21A.24.010 of this chapter and this section.
   C.   Minimum Lot Area And Lot Width: The minimum lot areas and lot widths required in this district are as follows:
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Municipal service uses, including city utility uses and police and fire stations
No minimum
No minimum
Natural open space and conservation areas, public and private
No minimum
No minimum
Places of worship less than 4 acres in size
12,000 square feet
80 feet
Public pedestrian pathways, trails and greenways
No minimum
No minimum
Public/private utility transmission wires, lines, pipes and poles
No minimum
No minimum
Single-family detached dwellings
5,000 square feet
50 feet
Twin home dwellings
4,000 square feet per dwelling unit
25 feet
Two-family dwellings
8,000 square feet
50 feet
Utility substations and buildings
5,000 square feet
50 feet
Other permitted or conditional uses as listed in section 21A.33.020 of this title
5,000 square feet
50 feet
 
   D.   Maximum Building Height: Maximum building height limits vary, depending upon the location. The following regulations apply for each area within the SR-1 district:
      1.   Pitched Roofs: The maximum height of buildings with pitched roofs, as measured from the established grade, shall be:
         a.   SR-1: Twenty eight feet (28') measured to the ridge of the roof, or the average height of other principal buildings on the block face.
         b.   SR-1A: Twenty three feet (23') measured to the ridge of the roof, or the average height of other principal buildings on the block face.
      2.   Flat Roofs: The maximum height of a flat roof building, as measured from the established grade, shall be:
         a.   SR-1: Twenty feet (20').
         b.   SR-1A: Sixteen feet (16').
      3.   Exterior Walls: Maximum exterior wall height adjacent to interior side yards:
         a.   SR-1: Twenty feet (20') for exterior walls placed at the building setback established by the minimum required yard.
         b.   SR-1A: Sixteen feet (16') for exterior walls placed at the building setback established by the minimum required yard.
         c.   In both the SR-1 and SR-1A districts, the exterior wall height may increase one foot (1') (or fraction thereof) in height for each foot (or fraction thereof) of increased setback beyond the minimum required interior side yard. If an exterior wall is approved with a reduced setback through a special exception, variance or other process, the maximum allowable exterior wall height decreases by one foot (1') (or fraction thereof) for each foot (or fraction thereof) that the wall is located closer to the property line than the required side yard setback.
            (1)   Cross Slopes: For lots with cross slopes where the topography slopes, the downhill exterior wall height may be increased by one-half foot (0.5') for each one foot (1') difference between the elevation of the average grades on the uphill and downhill faces of the building.
            (2)   Exceptions:
               (A)   Gable Walls: Walls at the end of a pitched roof may extend to a height necessary to support the roof structure except that the height of the top of the widest portion of the gable wall must conform to the maximum wall height limitation described in this section.
               (B)   Dormer Walls: Dormer walls are exempt from the maximum exterior wall height if:
                  (i)   The width of a dormer is ten feet (10') or less; and
                  (ii)   The total combined width of dormers is less than or equal to fifty percent (50%) of the length of the building facade facing the interior side yard; and
                  (iii)   Dormers are spaced at least eighteen inches (18") apart.
      4.   Initial Construction: Building height for initial construction of a building shall be measured as the vertical distance between the top of the roof and the established grade at any given point of building coverage. Building height for any subsequent structural modification or addition to a building shall be measured from finished grade existing at the time a building permit is requested. Building height for the R-1 districts, R-2 district and SR districts is defined and illustrated in chapter 21A.62 of this title.
      5.   Stepped Buildings: Where buildings are stepped to accommodate the slope of terrain, each step shall have a horizontal dimension of at least twelve feet (12').
      6.   Additional Building Height: Additional Principal Building Height: Requests for additional building height for properties located in an H Historic Preservation Overlay District shall be reviewed by the historic landmark commission which may grant such requests subject to the provisions of section 21A.34.020 of this title.
   E.   Minimum Yard Requirements:
      1.   Front Yard:
         a.   SR-1: The minimum depth of the front yard for all principal buildings shall be equal to the average of the front yards of existing buildings within the block face. Where there are no existing buildings within the block face, the minimum depth shall be twenty feet (20'). Where the minimum front yard is specified in the recorded subdivision plat, the requirement specified on the plat shall prevail. For buildings legally existing on April 12, 1995, the required front yard shall be no greater than the established setback line of the existing building.
         b.   SR-1A: The minimum depth of the front yard for all principal buildings shall be equal to the average of the front yards of existing buildings within the block face. Where there are four (4) or more SR-1 principal buildings with front yards on a block face, the average shall be calculated excluding one property with the smallest front yard setback and excluding the one property with the largest front yard setback. Where there are no existing buildings within the block face, the minimum depth shall be twenty feet (20'). Where the minimum front yard depth is specified in the recorded subdivision plat, the requirement specified therein shall prevail. For buildings legally existing on April 12, 1995, the required front yard depth shall be no greater than the established setback line of the existing building.
      2.   Corner Side Yard:
         a.   SR-1: Ten feet (10'). For buildings legally existing on April 12, 1995, the required corner side yard shall be no greater than the established setback line of the existing building.
         b.   SR-1A: Ten feet (10').
      3.   Interior Side Yard:
         a.   Twin Home Dwellings: No side yard is required along one side lot line while a ten foot (10') yard is required on the other.
         b.   Other Uses:
            (1)   Corner lots: Four feet (4').
            (2)   Interior lots:
               (A)   SR-1: Four feet (4') on one side and ten feet (10') on the other.
               (B)   SR-1A: Four feet (4') on one side and ten feet (10') on the other.
                  (i)   Where the width of a lot is forty seven feet (47') or narrower, the total minimum side yard setbacks shall be equal to thirty percent (30%) of the lot width with one side being four feet (4') and the other side being thirty percent (30%) of the lot width minus four feet (4') rounded to the nearest whole number.
                  (ii)   Where a lot is twenty seven feet (27') or narrower, required side yard setbacks shall be a minimum of four feet (4') and four feet (4').
                  (iii)   Where required side yard setbacks are less than four feet (4') and ten feet (10') an addition, remodel or new construction shall be no closer than ten feet (10') to a primary structure on an abutting property. The ten foot (10') separation standard applies only to the interior side yard that has been reduced from the base standard of ten feet (10').
      4.   Rear Yard: Twenty five percent (25%) of the lot depth, but not less than fifteen feet (15') and need not exceed thirty feet (30').
      5.   Accessory Buildings And Structures In Yards: Accessory buildings and structures may be located in a required yard subject to section 21A.36.020, table 21A.36.020B, "Obstructions In Required Yards", and section 21A.40.050 of this title.
         a.   SR-1A:
            (1)   Maximum building coverage of all accessory buildings shall not exceed six hundred (600) square feet.
            (2)   Primary accessory building: One accessory building may have up to the following dimensions:
               (A)   A footprint of up to four hundred eighty (480) square feet, subject to compliance with subsection 21A.40.050B1 of this title.
               (B)   Roof peak/ridge height of up to fourteen feet (14') above the existing grade.
               (C)   A flat roof height limit of nine feet (9') above the existing grade.
               (D)   An exterior wall height of nine feet (9') above the existing grade.
                  (i)   Lots with cross slopes where the topography slopes, the downhill exterior wall height may increase by one-half foot (0.5') for each one foot (1') difference between the elevation of the average grades on the uphill and downhill faces of the building.
            (3)   Secondary accessory buildings: All other accessory buildings shall have the following dimensions:
               (A)   Roof peak/ridge height of up to ten feet (10') above the existing grade.
               (B)   Flat roof height limit of eight feet (8') above the existing grade.
               (C)   An exterior wall height of eight feet (8') above the existing grade.
               (D)   Secondary accessory buildings may be attached to the primary accessory buildings so long as all buildings conform to the required wall and roof ridge height restrictions.
   F.   Maximum Building Coverage: The surface coverage of all principal and accessory buildings shall not exceed forty percent (40%) of the lot area. For lots with buildings legally existing on April 12, 1995, the coverage of existing buildings shall be considered legal conforming.
   G.   Maximum Lot Size: With the exception of lots created by a subdivision or subdivision amendment recorded in the office of the Salt Lake County recorder, the maximum size of a new lot shall not exceed one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the minimum lot size allowed by the base zoning district. Lots in excess of the maximum lot size may be created through the subdivision process subject to the following standards:
      1.   The size of the new lot is compatible with other lots on the same block face;
      2.   The configuration of the lot is compatible with other lots on the same block face; and
      3.   The relationship of the lot width to the lot depth is compatible with other lots on the same block face.
   H.   Standards for Attached Garages:
      1.   Width of an Attached Garage: The width of an attached garage facing the street may not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the width of the front facade of the house. The width of the garage is equal to the width of the garage door, or in the case of multiple garage doors, the sum of the widths of each garage door plus the width of any intervening wall elements between garage doors.
      2.   Located Behind or In Line with the Front Line of the Building: No attached garage shall be constructed forward of the "front line of the building" (as defined in section 21A.62.040 of this title), unless:
         a.   A new garage is constructed to replace an existing garage that is forward of the "front line of the building". In this case, the new garage shall be constructed in a similar location as the garage being replaced with dimensions that do not increase the degree of noncompliance; or
         b.   At least fifty percent (50%) of the existing garages on the block face are located forward of the "front line of the building". (Ord. 29-24, 2024: Ord. 10-24, 2024: Ord. 64-21, 2021: Ord. 59-16, 2016: Ord. 7-14, 2014: Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 73-11, 2011: Ord. 12-11, 2011: Ord. 26-06 § 1, 2006: Ord. 90-05 § 2 (Exh. B), 2005: Ord. 88-95 § 1 (Exh. A), 1995: Ord. 26-95 § 2(12-7), 1995)

21A.24.100: SR-3 SPECIAL DEVELOPMENT PATTERN RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the SR-3 special development pattern residential district is to provide lot, bulk and use regulations, including a variety of housing types, in scale with the character of development located within the interior portions of city blocks. Uses are intended to be compatible with the existing scale, density and intensity of the neighborhood. The standards for the district are intended to provide for safe and comfortable places to live and play, promote sustainable and compatible development patterns and to preserve the existing character of the neighborhood. This is a medium density zoning district. Off site parking facilities in this district to supply required parking for new development may be approved as part of the conditional use process.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the SR-3 special development pattern residential district as specified in section 21A.33.020, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Residential Districts", of this title, are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in section 21A.24.010 of this chapter, and this section.
   C.   Minimum Lot Area And Lot Width: The minimum lot areas and lot widths required in this district are as follows:
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Municipal service uses, including city utility uses and police and fire stations
No minimum
No minimum
Natural open space and conservation areas, public and private
No minimum
No minimum
Public pedestrian pathways, trails and greenways
No minimum
No minimum
Public/private utility transmission wires, lines, pipes and poles
No minimum
No minimum
Single-family attached dwellings1 and twin home dwellings
1,500 square feet per dwelling unit
Interior: 22 feet
Corner: 32 feet
Single-family detached dwellings
2,000 square feet
Interior: 30 feet
Corner: 40 feet
Two-family dwellings
3,000 square feet
Interior: 44 feet
Corner: 54 feet
Utility substations and buildings
5,000 square feet
50 feet
Other permitted or conditional uses as listed in section 21A.33.020 of this title
2,000 square feet
Interior: 30 feet
Corner: 40 feet
 
Qualifying provisions:
1.   Not more than 6 dwellings may be attached together.
   D.   Maximum Building Height:
      1.   The maximum height of buildings with pitched roofs, as measured from the established grade, shall be:
         a.   Twenty eight feet (28') measured to the ridge of the roof; or
         b.   The average height of other principal buildings on the block face.
      2.   The maximum height of a flat roof building, as measured from the established grade, shall be twenty feet (20').
      3.   Maximum exterior wall height adjacent to interior side yards shall be twenty feet (20') for exterior walls placed at the building setback established by the minimum required yard. Exterior wall height may increase one foot (1') (or fraction thereof) in height for each foot (or fraction thereof) of increased setback beyond the minimum required interior side yard. If an exterior wall is approved with a reduced setback through a special exception, variance or other process, the maximum allowable exterior wall height decreases by one foot (1') (or fraction thereof) for each foot (or fraction thereof) that the wall is located closer to the property line than the required side yard setback.
         a.   Lots with cross slopes where the topography slopes, the downhill exterior wall height may be increased by one-half foot (0.5') for each one foot (1') difference between the elevation of the average grades on the uphill and downhill faces of the building.
         b.   Exceptions:
            (1)   Gable Walls: Walls at the end of a pitched roof may extend to a height necessary to support the roof structure except that the height of the top of the widest portion of the gable wall must conform to the maximum wall height limitation described in this section.
            (2)   Dormer Walls: Dormer walls are exempt from the maximum exterior wall height if:
               (A)   The width of a dormer is ten feet (10') or less; and
               (B)   The total combined width of dormers is less than or equal to fifty percent (50%) of the length of the building facade facing the interior side yard; and
               (C)   Dormers are spaced at least eighteen inches (18") apart.
      4.   Building height for initial construction of a building shall be measured as the vertical distance between the top of the roof and the established grade at any given point of building coverage. Building height for any subsequent structural modification or addition to a building shall be measured from finished grade existing at the time a building permit is requested. Building height for the R-1 districts, R-2 district and SR districts is defined and illustrated in chapter 21A.62 of this title.
      5.   Where buildings are stepped to accommodate the slope of terrain, each step shall have a horizontal dimension of at least twelve feet (12').
      6.   Additional Principal Building Height: Requests for additional building height for properties located in an H Historic Preservation Overlay District shall be reviewed by the historic landmark commission which may grant such requests subject to the provisions of section 21A.34.020 of this title.
   E.   Minimum Yard Requirements:
      1.   Front Yard: The minimum depth of the front yard for all principal buildings shall be equal to the average of the front yards of existing buildings within the block face. Where there are no existing buildings within the block face, the minimum depth shall be ten feet (10'). Where the minimum front yard is specified in the recorded subdivision plat, the requirement specified on the plat shall prevail. For buildings legally existing on April 12, 1995, the required front yard shall be no greater than the established setback line of the existing building.
      2.   Corner Side Yard: Ten feet (10'). For buildings legally existing on April 12, 1995, the required corner side yard shall be no greater than the established setback line of the existing building.
      3.   Interior Side Yard:
         a.   Single-family detached dwellings: Four feet (4').
         b.   Single-family attached and twin home dwellings: When abutting a single-family dwelling, a four foot (4') yard is required, otherwise no interior yard is required. Where a yard is provided, it shall be not less than four feet (4').
      4.   Rear Yard: Twenty percent (20%) of the lot depth but not less than fifteen feet (15') and need not exceed thirty feet (30').
      5.   Accessory Buildings And Structures In Yards: Accessory buildings and structures may be located in a required yard subject to section 21A.36.020, table 21A.36.020B, "Obstructions In Required Yards", of this title.
   F.   Maximum Building Coverage: The surface coverage of all principal and accessory buildings shall not exceed sixty percent (60%) of the lot area for detached dwellings and seventy percent (70%) for attached dwellings. For lots with buildings legally existing on April 12, 1995, the coverage of existing buildings shall be considered legal conforming.
   G.   Maximum Lot Size: With the exception of lots created by a subdivision or subdivision amendment recorded in the Office of the Salt Lake County Recorder, the maximum size of a new lot shall not exceed two hundred percent (200%) of the minimum lot size allowed by the base zoning district. Lots in excess of the maximum lot size may be created through the subdivision process subject to the following standards:
      1.   The size of the new lot is compatible with other lots on the same block face;
      2.   The configuration of the lot is compatible with other lots on the same block face; and
      3.   The relationship of the lot width to the lot depth is compatible with other lots on the same block face.
   H.   Standards for Attached Garages:
      1.   Width of an Attached Garage: The width of an attached garage facing the street may not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the width of the front facade of the house. The width of the garage is equal to the width of the garage door, or in the case of multiple garage doors, the sum of the widths of each garage door plus the width of any intervening wall elements between garage doors.
      2.   Located Behind or In Line with the Front Line of the Building: No attached garage shall be constructed forward of the "front line of the building" (as defined in section 21A.62.040 of this title), unless:
         a.   A new garage is constructed to replace an existing garage that is forward of the "front line of the building". In this case, the new garage shall be constructed in a similar location as the garage being replaced with dimensions that do not increase the degree of noncompliance; or
         b.   At least fifty percent (50%) of the existing garages on the block face are located forward of the "front line of the building". (Ord. 29-24, 2024: Ord. 10-24, 2024: Ord. 64-21, 2021: Ord. 46-17, 2017: Ord. 59-16, 2016: Ord. 7-14, 2014: Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 62-13, 2013: Ord. 73-11, 2011: Ord. 12-11, 2011: Ord. 90-05 § 2 (Exh. B), 2005: Ord. 13-04 § 4, 2004: Ord. 88-95 § 2 (Exh. A), 1995: Ord. 26-95 § 2(12-9), 1995)

21A.24.110: R-2 SINGLE- AND TWO-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT:

A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the R-2 Single- and Two-Family Residential District is to preserve the character of existing neighborhoods which exhibit a mix of predominantly single- and two-family dwellings. Uses are intended to be compatible with the existing scale and intensity of the neighborhood. The standards for the district are intended to provide for safe and comfortable places to live and play and to promote sustainable and compatible development patterns.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the R-2 Single- and Two-Family Residential District, as specified in section 21A.33.020, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Residential Districts", of this title, are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in section 21A.24.010 of this chapter and this section.
   C.   Minimum Lot Area And Lot Width: The minimum lot areas and lot widths required in this district are as follows:
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Municipal service uses, including City utility uses and police and fire stations
No minimum
No minimum
Natural open space and conservation areas, public and private
No minimum
No minimum
Places of worship less than 4 acres in size
12,000 square feet
80 feet
Public pedestrian pathways, trails and greenways
No minimum
No minimum
Public/private utility transmission wires, lines, pipes and poles
No minimum
No minimum
Single-family detached dwellings
5,000 square feet
50 feet
Twin home dwellings
4,000 square feet per dwelling
25 feet
Two-family dwellings1
8,000 square feet
50 feet
Utility substations and buildings
5,000 square feet
50 feet
Other permitted or conditional uses as listed in section 21A.33.020 of this title
5,000 square feet
50 feet
 
Qualifying provisions:
1.   In subdivisions approved after April 12, 1995, no more than 2 lots may be used for such dwellings located adjacent to one another and no more than 3 such dwellings may be located on the same block face.
   D.   Maximum Building Height:
      1.   The maximum height of buildings with pitched roofs shall be:
         a.   Twenty eight feet (28') measured to the ridge of the roof; or
         b.   The average height of other principal buildings on the block face.
      2.   The maximum height of a flat roof building shall be twenty feet (20').
      3.   Maximum exterior wall height adjacent to interior side yards shall be twenty feet (20') for exterior walls placed at the building setback established by the minimum required yard. Exterior wall height may increase one foot (1') (or fraction thereof) in height for each foot (or fraction thereof) of increased setback beyond the minimum required interior side yard. If an exterior wall is approved with a reduced setback through a special exception, variance or other process, the maximum allowable exterior wall height decreases by one foot (1') (or fraction thereof) for each foot (or fraction thereof) that the wall is located closer to the property line than the required side yard setback.
         a.   Lots with cross slopes where the topography slopes, the downhill exterior wall height may be increased by one-half foot (0.5') for each one foot (1') difference between the elevation of the average grades on the uphill and downhill faces of the building.
         b.   Exceptions:
            (1)   Gable Walls: Walls at the end of a pitched roof may extend to a height necessary to support the roof structure except that the height of the top of the widest portion of the gable wall must conform to the maximum wall height limitation described in this section.
            (2)   Dormer Walls: Dormer walls are exempt from the maximum exterior wall height if:
               (A)   The width of a dormer is ten feet (10') or less; and
               (B)   The total combined width of dormers is less than or equal to fifty percent (50%) of the length of the building facade facing the interior side yard; and
               (C)   Dormers are spaced at least eighteen inches (18") apart.
      4.   Building height for initial construction of a building shall be measured as the vertical distance between the top of the roof and the established grade at any given point of building coverage. Building height for any subsequent structural modification or addition to a building shall be measured from finished grade existing at the time a building permit is requested. Building height for the R-1 districts, R-2 District and SR districts is defined and illustrated in chapter 21A.62 of this title.
      5.   Where buildings are stepped to accommodate the slope of terrain, each step shall have a horizontal dimension of at least twelve feet (12').
      6.   Additional Principal Building Height: Requests for additional building height for properties located in an H Historic Preservation Overlay District shall be reviewed by the historic landmark commission which may grant such requests subject to the provisions of section 21A.34.020 of this title.
   E.   Minimum Yard Requirements:
      1.   Front Yard: The minimum depth of the front yard for all principal buildings shall be equal to the average of the front yards of existing buildings within the block face. Where there are no existing buildings within the block face, the minimum depth shall be twenty feet (20'). Where the minimum front yard is specified in the recorded subdivision plat, the requirement specified on the plat shall prevail. For buildings legally existing on April 12, 1995, the required front yard shall be no greater than the established setback line of the building.
      2.   Corner Side Yard: Ten feet (10').
      3.   Interior Side Yard:
         a.   Twin home dwellings: No side yard is required along one side lot line. A ten foot (10') side yard is required along the other.
         b.   Other uses: Four feet (4'); provided, that on interior lots one yard must be at least ten feet (10').
      4.   Rear Yard: Twenty five percent (25%) of the lot depth, but not less than fifteen feet (15') and need not exceed twenty five feet (25').
      5.   Accessory Buildings And Structures In Yards: Accessory buildings and structures may be located in a required yard subject to section 21A.36.020, table 21A.36.020B, "Obstructions In Required Yards", of this title.
   F.   Maximum Building Coverage: The building coverage of all principal and accessory buildings shall not exceed forty five percent (45%) of the lot for single-family and two-family uses. For lots with buildings legally existing on April 12, 1995, the coverage of existing buildings shall be considered legal conforming.
   G.   Maximum Lot Size: With the exception of lots created by a subdivision or subdivision amendment recorded in the Office of the Salt Lake County Recorder, the maximum size of a new lot shall not exceed one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the minimum lot size allowed by the base zoning district. Lots in excess of the maximum lot size may be created through the subdivision process subject to the following standards:
      1.   The size of the new lot is compatible with other lots on the same block face;
      2.   The configuration of the lot is compatible with other lots on the same block face; and
      3.   The relationship of the lot width to the lot depth is compatible with other lots on the same block face.
   H.   Standards for Attached Garages:
      1.   Width of an Attached Garage: The width of an attached garage facing the street may not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the width of the front facade of the house. The width of the garage is equal to the width of the garage door, or in the case of multiple garage doors, the sum of the widths of each garage door plus the width of any intervening wall elements between garage doors.
      2.   Located Behind or In Line with the Front Line of the Building: No attached garage shall be constructed forward of the "front line of the building" (as defined in section 21A.62.040 of this title), unless:
         a.   A new garage is constructed to replace an existing garage that is forward of the "front line of the building". In this case, the new garage shall be constructed in a similar location as the garage being replaced with dimensions that do not increase the degree of noncompliance; or
         b.   At least fifty percent (50%) of the existing garages on the block face are located forward of the "front line of the building". (Ord. 29-24, 2024: Ord. 74-23, 2023: Ord. 49-22, 2022: Ord. 64-21, 2021: Ord. 46-17, 2017: Ord. 59-16, 2016: Ord. 7-14, 2014: Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 73-11, 2011: Ord. 12-11, 2011: Ord. 90-05 § 2 (Exh. B), 2005: Ord. 26-95 § 2(12-10), 1995)

21A.24.120: RMF-30 LOW DENSITY MULTI-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the RMF-30 Low Density Multi-Family Residential District is to provide area in the city for various multi-family housing types that are small scale in nature and that provide a transition between single-family housing and larger multi-family housing developments. The primary intent of the district is to maintain the existing physical character of established residential neighborhoods in the city, while allowing for incremental growth through the integration of small scale multi-family building types. The standards for the district are intended to promote new development that is compatible in mass and scale with existing structures in these areas along with a variety of housing options. This district reinforces the walkable nature of multi-family neighborhoods, supports adjacent neighborhood-serving commercial uses, and promotes alternative transportation modes.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the RMF-30 Low Density Multi-Family Residential District, as specified in section 21A.33.020, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Residential Districts", of this title, are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in section 21A.24.010 of this chapter and this section.
   C.   Multiple Buildings on a Single Parcel: More than one principal building may be located on a single parcel, without all having public street frontage, provided that all other zoning requirements are met. Where new principal buildings do not have public street frontage, design standards applicable to street facing facades in Chapter 21A.37 of this title shall be applied to the building face where the primary entrance is located.
   D.   Lot Width Maximum: The width of a new lot shall not exceed one hundred and ten feet (110'). Where more than one lot is created, the combined lot width of abutting lots within a new subdivision, including area between lots, shall not exceed one hundred and ten feet (110').
   E.   Density Bonus: To encourage the preservation of existing structures, bonus dwelling units may be granted when an existing principal structure is retained as part of a project that adds at least one additional dwelling unit on the same lot pursuant to the following:
      1.   A density bonus may only be requested at the time of filing for a building permit application to add at least one additional unit on a lot where that unit meets the minimum lot area requirement.
      2.   One (1) bonus unit may be granted for retaining an existing single or two-family structure and two (2) bonus units for retaining an existing multi-family structure.
      3.   A bonus unit may be added within or attached to the existing principal structure or as a separate building provided that all other applicable zoning requirements are met. Bonus units are not subject to minimum lot area requirements.
      4.   The addition of a bonus unit to an existing principal structure does not change the building type of the existing structure.
      5.   Bonus units are exempt from off-street parking requirements.
      6.   The exterior building walls and roofline of the existing principal structure must be retained to obtain a bonus unit; however, architectural elements such as window openings and doorways may be modified; dormers may be added; and additions to the rear of the structure are allowed.
      7.   Any density bonus granted will be documented through a zoning certificate in accordance in Chapter 21A.08. The zoning certificate will be issued by the Building Services Division once the bonus unit has passed its final building inspection. The certificate will indicate that this unit was established through the preservation of the existing structure on the site.
   F.   RMF-30 Building Types: The permitted building types are described in this subsection. Each building type includes a general description and definition. These definitions in Section 21A.24.120F shall prevail over those in the definitions in Chapter 21A.62 of this title as applied to this section.
      1.   Single-Family Dwelling: A detached residential structure that contains one (1) dwelling unit. The structure has an entry facing the street, a front porch or landing, and a front yard.
      2.   Two-Family Dwelling: A residential structure that contains two (2) dwelling units in a single building. The units may be arranged side by side, up and down, or front and back. Each unit has its own separate entry directly to the outside. Dwellings may be located on separate lots or grouped on one lot.
      3.   Cottage Development: A unified development that contains a minimum of two (2) and a maximum of eight (8) detached dwelling units with each unit appearing to be a small single-family dwelling with a common green or open space. Dwellings may be located on separate lots or grouped on one lot.
         a.   Additional Development Standards for Cottage Building Forms:
            (1)   Setbacks Between Individual Cottages: All cottages shall have a minimum setback of eight feet (8') from another cottage.
            (2)   Area: No cottage shall have more than eight hundred and fifty square feet (850 ft2) of gross floor area, excluding basement area.
            (3)   Building Entrance: All building entrances shall face a public street or a common open space.
            (4)   Open Space: A minimum of two hundred fifty square feet (250 ft2) of common, open space is required per cottage. At least fifty percent (50%) of the open space shall be contiguous and include landscaping and walkways or other amenities intended to serve the residents of the development.
            (5)   Parking: A minimum of one (1) off street parking space per unit is required.
         b.   Cottage Units on Individual Lots without Public Street Frontage: Lots without public street frontage may be created to accommodate cottage developments without planned development approval per the following standards.
            (1)   Required setbacks in Table 21A.24.120G shall be applied to the perimeter of the cottage development as opposed to each individual lot within the development. The front and corner yards of the perimeter shall be maintained as landscaped yards.
            (2)   Lot coverage shall be calculated for the overall development as opposed to each individual lot within the development.
            (3)   Required off street parking stalls for a unit within the cottage development is permitted on any lot within the development.
            (4)   A final subdivision plat is required for any cottage development creating individual lots without public street frontage. The final plat must document the following:
               (A)   The new lots have adequate access to a public street by way of easements or a shared driveway.
               (B)   A disclosure of private infrastructure costs for any shared infrastructure associated with the new lots per Section 21A.55.110 of this title is submitted with the preliminary subdivision plat.
      4.   Row House: A series of attached single-family dwellings that share at least one common wall with an abutting dwelling unit and where each unit's entry faces a public street. A row house contains a minimum of three (3) and a maximum of six (6) residential dwelling units in order to maintain the scale found within the RMF-30 zoning district. Each unit may be on its own lot, however, each lot must have frontage on a public street unless approved as a planned development.
      5.   Sideways Row House: A series of attached single-family dwellings that share at least one common wall with an abutting dwelling unit and where each unit's entry faces a side yard as opposed the front yard. A sideways row house contains a minimum of three (3) and a maximum of six (6) residential dwelling units in order to maintain the scale found within the RMF-30 zoning district. Each unit may be on its own lot.
         a.   Additional Development Standards for Sideways Row House Building Forms:
            (1)   Setbacks: Setbacks shall be applied as depicted in Reference Illustration 21A.24.120B. The interior side yard setbacks shall be ten feet (10') on one side and six feet (6') on the other. A sideways row house is not subject to Subsection 21A.24.010H of this section regarding buildings with side entries.
            (2)   Front Building Entry: The unit adjacent to a public street shall have its primary entrance on the street facing façade of the building with an entry feature per Chapter 21A.37 of this title.
            (3)   Garage Doors: Garage doors are prohibited on the façade of the building that is parallel to, or located along, a public street.
            (4)   Required Glass: Ground and upper floor glass requirements shall apply per Section 21A.37.060 and Table 21A.37.060 of this title to the front and each interior façade of a sideways row house.
         b.   Sideways Row House Units on Individual Lots without Public Street Frontage: Lots without public street frontage may be created to accommodate sideways row houses without planned development approval per the following standards:
            (1)   Required setbacks shall be applied to the perimeter of the row house development as opposed to each individual lot within the development. The front and corner side yards of the perimeter shall be maintained as landscaped yards.
            (2)   Lot coverage shall be calculated for the overall development as opposed to each individual lot within the development.
            (3)   Required off street parking for a unit within the row house development is permitted on any lot within the development.
            (4)   A final subdivision plat is required for any row house development creating individual lots without public street frontage. The final plat must document the following:
               (A)   The new lots have adequate access to a public street by way of easements or a shared driveway.
               (B)    A disclosure of private infrastructure costs for any shared infrastructure associated with the new lots per Section 21A.55.110 of this title is submitted with the preliminary subdivision plat.
 
 
F = Front Yard Adjacent to a Public Street
S = Side Yard
R = Rear Yard
      6.     Multi-Family Residential: A multi-family residential structure containing at least three (3) dwelling units that may be arranged in a number of configurations. A maximum of eight (8) dwellings units are allowed in each multi-family residential building.
      7.   Tiny House: A detached residential structure that contains one (1) dwelling unit with a permanent foundation that is four hundred square feet (400 ft2) or less in usable floor area excluding lofted space. The structure has a single entry facing the street, an alley or open space on a lot, but shall not face an interior property line.
         a.   Additional Development Standards for Tiny House Forms:
            (1)   Balconies and Decks: Balconies and decks shall not exceed eighty square feet (80ft2) in size when located above the ground level of the buildings and shall be located a minimum of ten feet (10') from a side or rear yard lot line unless the applicable side or rear yard lot line is adjacent to an alley.
         (2)   Rooftop Decks: Rooftop decks on tiny houses are prohibited.
         (3)   Parking: A minimum of one (1) off street parking space per unit is required.
      8.   Non Residential Building: A building that houses a non-residential use either permitted or permitted as a conditional use in the RMF-30 zoning district.
   G.   RMF-30 Building Type Zoning Standards:
Table 21A.24.120.G
Building Regulation
Building Type
Single-Family Dwelling
Two-Family Dwelling
Multi-Family Residential
Row House1
Sideways Row House1
Cottage Development1
Tiny House1
Non Residential Building
Building Regulation
Building Type
Single-Family Dwelling
Two-Family Dwelling
Multi-Family Residential
Row House1
Sideways Row House1
Cottage Development1
Tiny House1
Non Residential Building
H
Height
30'
Pitched Roof-23'
Flat Roof-16'
16'
30'
F
Front yard setback
20' or the average of the block face
C
Corner side yard setback
10'
S
Interior side yard setback
4' on one side
10' on the other
10'
4'
6' on one side
10' on the other
4'
10'
R
Rear yard
Minimum of 20% lot depth, need not exceed 25'
10'
Minimu m of 20% lot depth, need not exceed 25'
L
Minimum lot size2 
2,000 sq. ft. per dwelling unit
1,500 sq. ft. per dwelling unit
5,000 sq. ft. per building
DU
Maximum Dwelling Units per Form
1
2
8
6
8 per develop- ment
1
n/a
BC
Maximum Building Coverage
50%
LY
Required Landscape d Yards
The front and corner side yards shall be maintained as landscape yards.
LB
Landscape Buffers per Chapter 21A.48 .
X
X
X
G
Attached Garages
Garage doors accessed from the front or corner side yard shall be no wider than 50% of the front facade of the structure and set back at least 5' from the street facing building facade and at least 20' from the property line. Interior side loaded garages are permitted.
DS
Design Standards
All new buildings are subject to applicable design standards in Chapter 21A.37 of this title.
 
Notes:
   1.   See Subsection 21A.24.120F of this title for additional standards
   2.   Minimum lot size may be calculated for a development as whole as opposed to each individual lot within a development.
   H.   Additional Lot Area Requirements: No minimum lot area is required for public or private natural open space and conservation areas; public pedestrian pathways, trails, greenways, parks and community gardens; or, public or private utility transmission wires, lines, pipes, poles, and utility buildings or structures.
   I.   Accessory Uses, Buildings, And Structures: All accessory uses, buildings, and structures shall comply with the applicable standards in Chapter 21A.40 and Section 21A.36.020 of this title. (Ord. 12-24, 2024: Ord. 10-24, 2024: Ord. 68- 22, 2022: Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 12-11, 2011: Ord. 62-09 §§ 5, 8, 2009: Ord. 61-09 § 6, 2009: Ord. 88-95 § 1 (Exh. A), 1995: Ord. 26-95 § 2(12-11), 1995)

21A.24.130: RMF-35 MODERATE DENSITY MULTI-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the RMF-35 Moderate Density Multi-Family Residential District is to provide an environment suitable for a variety of moderate density housing types, including single-family, two-family, and multi-family dwellings with a maximum height of thirty five feet (35'). This district is appropriate in areas where the applicable Master Plan policies recommend a density of less than thirty (30) dwelling units per acre. This district includes other uses that are typically found in a multi-family residential neighborhood of this density for the purpose of serving the neighborhood. Uses are intended to be compatible with the existing scale and intensity of the neighborhood. The standards for the district are intended to provide for safe and comfortable places to live and play, promote sustainable and compatible development patterns and to preserve the existing character of the neighborhood.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the RMF-35 Moderate Density Multi-Family Residential District, as specified in section 21A.33.020, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Residential Districts", of this title, are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in section 21A.24.010 of this chapter and this section.
   C.   Minimum Lot Area And Lot Width: The minimum lot areas and lot widths required in this district are as follows:
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Multi-family dwellings (3 through 11 units)
9,000 square feet1
80 feet
Multi-family dwellings (12 or more units)
26,000 square feet1
80 feet
Municipal service uses, including City utility uses and police and fire stations
No minimum
No minimum
Natural open space and conservation areas, public and private
No minimum
No minimum
Places of worship less than 4 acres in size
12,000 square feet
140 feet
Public pedestrian pathways, trails and greenways
No minimum
No minimum
Public/private utility transmission wires, lines, pipes and poles
No minimum
No minimum
Single-family attached dwellings (3 or more)
3,000 square feet per unit
Interior: 22 feet
Corner: 32 feet
Single-family detached dwellings
5,000 square feet
50 feet
Twin home dwellings
4,000 square feet per unit
25 feet
Two-family dwellings
8,000 square feet
50 feet
Utility substations and buildings
5,000 square feet
50 feet
Other permitted or conditional uses as listed in section 21A.33.020 of this title
5,000 square feet
50 feet
 
Qualifying provisions:
1.   9,000 square feet for 3 units, plus 2,000 square feet for each additional dwelling unit up to and including 11 units. 26,000 square feet for 12 units, plus 1,000 square feet for each additional dwelling unit up to 1 acre. For developments greater than 1 acre, 1,500 square feet for each dwelling unit is required.
   D.   Maximum Building Height: The maximum building height permitted in this district is thirty five feet (35').
   E.   Minimum Yard Requirements:
      1.   Front Yard: Twenty feet (20').
      2.   Corner Side Yard: Ten feet (10').
      3.   Interior Side Yard:
         a.   Single-family detached and two-family dwellings:
            (1)   Interior lots: Four feet (4') on one side and ten feet (10') on the other.
            (2)   Corner lots: Four feet (4').
         b.   Single-family attached: No yard is required, however, if one is provided it shall not be less than four feet (4').
         c.   Twin home dwelling: No yard is required along one side lot line while a ten foot (10') yard is required on the other.
         d.   Multi-family dwellings:
            (1)   Interior lots: Side yard shall be at least ten feet (10').
         e.   All other permitted and conditional uses: Ten feet (10') on each side.
      4.   Rear Yard: Twenty five percent (25%) of the lot depth, but not less than twenty feet (20') and need not exceed twenty five feet (25').
      5.   Accessory Buildings And Structures In Yards: Accessory buildings and structures may be located in a required yard subject to section 21A.36.020, table 21A.36.020B, "Obstructions In Required Yards", of this title.
      6.   Existing Yards: For buildings legally existing on April 12, 1995, the required yard shall be no greater than the established setback line of the existing building.
   F.   Required Landscape Yards: The front yard, corner side and, for interior multi-family lots, one of the interior side yards shall be maintained as landscape yards.
   G.   Maximum Building Coverage:
      1.   Single-Family Detached: The surface coverage of all principal and accessory buildings shall not exceed forty five percent (45%) of the lot area.
      2.   Single-Family Attached Dwellings: The surface coverage of all principal and accessory buildings shall not exceed sixty percent (60%) of the lot area.
      3.   Two-Family And Twin Home Dwellings: The surface coverage of all principal and accessory buildings shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the lot area.
      4.   Multi-Family Dwellings: The surface coverage of all principal and accessory buildings shall not exceed sixty percent (60%) of the lot area.
      5.   Existing Dwellings: For dwellings existing on April 12, 1995, the coverage of such existing buildings shall be considered legally conforming.
      6.   Nonresidential Land Uses: The surface coverage of all principal and accessory buildings shall not exceed sixty percent (60%) of the lot area.
   H.   Landscape Buffers: Where a lot abuts a lot in a single-family or two-family residential district, a landscape buffer shall be provided in accordance with chapter 21A.48 of this title. (Ord. 56-24, 2024: Ord. 46-17, 2017: Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 12-11, 2011: Ord. 62-09 §§ 6, 9, 2009: Ord. 61-09 § 7, 2009: Ord. 35-99 §§ 18, 19, 1999: Ord. 26-95 § 2(12-12), 1995)

21A.24.140: RMF-45 MODERATE/HIGH DENSITY MULTI-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the RMF-45 Moderate/High Density Multi-Family Residential District is to provide an environment suitable for multi-family dwellings of a moderate/high density with a maximum building height of forty five feet (45'). This district is appropriate in areas where the applicable Master Plan policies recommend a density of less than forty three (43) dwelling units per acre. This district includes other uses that are typically found in a multi-family residential neighborhood of this density for the purpose of serving the neighborhood. Such uses are designed to be compatible with the existing scale and intensity of the neighborhood. The standards for the district are intended to provide for safe and comfortable places to live and play, promote sustainable and compatible development patterns and to preserve the existing character of the neighborhood.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the RMF-45 Moderate/High Density Multi-Family Residential District, as specified in section 21A.33.020, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Residential Districts", of this title, are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in section 21A.24.010 of this chapter and this section.
   C.   Minimum Lot Area And Lot Width: The minimum lot areas and lot widths required in this district are as follows:
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Multi-family dwellings (3 to 14 units)
9,000 square feet1
80 feet
Multi-family dwellings (15 or more)
21,000 square feet1
80 feet
Municipal service uses, including City utility uses and police and fire stations
No minimum
No minimum
Natural open space and conservation areas, public and private
No minimum
No minimum
Places of worship less than 4 acres in size
12,000 square feet
140 feet
Public pedestrian pathways, trails and greenways
No minimum
No minimum
Public/private utility transmission wires, lines, pipes and poles
No minimum
No minimum
Single-family attached dwellings
3,000 square feet per unit
Interior: 22 feet
Corner: 32 feet
Single-family detached dwellings
5,000 square feet
50 feet
Utility substations and buildings
5,000 square feet
50 feet
Other permitted or conditional uses as listed in section 21A.33.020 of this title
10,000 square feet
80 feet
 
Qualifying provisions:
1.   9,000 square feet for 3 units, plus 1,000 square feet for each additional dwelling unit up to and including 14 units. 21,000 square feet for 15 units, plus 800 square feet for each additional dwelling unit up to 1 acre. For developments greater than 1 acre, 1,000 square feet for each dwelling unit is required.
   D.   Maximum Building Height: The maximum building height permitted in this district is forty five feet (45').
   E.   Minimum Yard Requirements:
      1.   Front Yard: Twenty percent (20%) of lot depth, but need not exceed twenty five feet (25'). For buildings legally existing on April 12, 1995, the required front yard shall be no greater than the existing yard.
      2.   Corner Side Yard:
         a.   Single-family attached dwellings: Ten feet (10').
         b.   Multi-family dwellings: Twenty feet (20').
         c.   All other permitted and conditional uses: Twenty feet (20').
      3.   Interior Side Yard:
         a.   Single-family attached dwelling: No yard is required, however if one is provided it shall not be less than four feet (4').
         b.   Multi-family dwellings: The minimum yard shall be eight feet (8'); provided, that no principal building is erected within ten feet (10') of a building on an abutting lot.
         c.   All other permitted and conditional uses: Ten feet (10') on each side.
      4.   Rear Yard: The rear yard shall be twenty five percent (25%) of the lot depth, but need not exceed thirty feet (30').
      5.   Accessory Buildings And Structures In Yards: Accessory buildings and structures may be located in a required yard subject to section 21A.36.020, table 21A.36.020B, "Obstructions In Required Yards", of this title.
   F.   Required Landscape Yards: The front yard, corner side and, for interior lots, one of the interior side yards shall be maintained as a landscape yard except that single-family attached dwellings, no interior side yard shall be required.
   G.   Maximum Building Coverage: The surface coverage of all principal and accessory buildings shall not exceed sixty percent (60%) of the lot area.
   H.   Landscape Buffers: Where a lot abuts a lot in a single-family or two-family residential district, a landscape buffer shall be provided in accordance with chapter 21A.48, "Landscaping And Buffers", of this title. (Ord. 10-24, 2024: Ord. 46-17, 2017: Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 12-11, 2011: Ord. 62-09 § 7, 2009: Ord. 26-95 § 2(12-13), 1995)

21A.24.150: RMF-75 HIGH DENSITY MULTI-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the RMF-75 High Density Multi-Family Residential District is to provide an environment suitable for high density multi-family dwellings. This district is appropriate in areas where the applicable Master Plan policies recommend a maximum density less than eighty five (85) dwelling units per acre. This district includes other uses that are typically found in a multi-family residential neighborhood of this density for the purpose of serving the neighborhood. Such uses are designed to be compatible with the existing scale and intensity of the neighborhood. The standards for the district are intended to provide for safe and comfortable places to live and play, promote sustainable and compatible development patterns and to preserve the existing character of the neighborhood.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the RMF-75 High Density Multi-Family Residential District as specified in section 21A.33.020, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Residential Districts", of this title are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in section 21A.24.010 of this chapter and this section.
   C.   Minimum Lot Area And Lot Width: The minimum lot areas and lot widths required in this district are as follows:
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Multi-family dwellings (3 to 14 units)
9,000 square feet2
80 feet
Multi-family dwellings (15 or more)
19,000 square feet2
100 feet
Municipal service uses, including City utility uses and police and fire stations
No minimum
No minimum
Natural open space and conservation areas, public and private
No minimum
No minimum
Off site parking facilities
10,000 square feet
50 feet
Places of worship less than 4 acres in size
12,000 square feet
140 feet
Public pedestrian pathways, trails and greenways
No minimum
No minimum
Public/private utility transmission wires, lines, pipes and poles
No minimum
No minimum
Single-family attached (3 or more)
2,000 square feet per unit1
Interior: 16 feet
End unit: 20 feet
Corner: 22 feet
Single-family detached dwellings
5,000 square feet
50 feet
Utility substations and buildings
5,000 square feet
50 feet
Other permitted or conditional uses as listed in section 21A.33.020 of this title
20,000 square feet
100 feet
 
Qualifying provisions:
1.   3 unit minimum.
2.   9,000 square feet for 3 units, plus 800 square feet for each additional unit up to and including 14 units. 19,000 square feet for 15 units, plus 350 square feet for each additional unit up to 1 acre. For development greater than 1 acre, 500 square feet for each dwelling unit is required.
   D.   Maximum Building Height: The maximum building height permitted in this district is seventy five feet (75').
   E.   Minimum Yard Requirements:
      1.   Front Yard: Twenty five feet (25'), except single-family detached or attached, fifteen feet (15').
      2.   Corner Side Yard: Twenty five feet (25'), except single-family detached or attached, fifteen feet (15').
      3.   Interior Side Yard: Fifteen feet (15'), except for single- family detached, four feet (4'), or attached, four feet (4') for end units, no setback for attached units.
      4.   Rear Yard: The rear yard shall be twenty five percent (25%) of the lot depth, but need not exceed thirty feet (30').
      5.   Accessory Buildings And Structures In Yards: Accessory buildings and structures may be located in a required yard subject to section 21A.36.020, table 21A.36.020B, "Obstructions In Required Yards", of this title.
   F.   Required Landscape Yards: The required front yard, corner side and, for interior lots, one of the interior side yards shall be maintained as a landscape yard.
   G.   Maximum Building Coverage: The surface coverage of all principal and accessory buildings shall not exceed sixty percent (60%) of the lot area.
   H.   Landscape Buffers: Where a lot abuts a lot in a single-family or two-family residential district, a landscape buffer shall be provided in accordance with chapter 21A.48, "Landscaping And Buffers", of this title. (Ord. 46-17, 2017: Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 12-11, 2011: Ord. 11-05 § 1, 2005: Ord. 26-95 § 2(12-14), 1995)

21A.24.160: FB-UN1 FORM BASED URBAN NEIGHBORHOOD 1 DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the FB-UN1 district is to provide areas for a mix of housing types that are generally up to two and one-half stories in height, on relatively small lots. Reuse of existing residential structures is encouraged. Development regulations are based on the building type.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the FB-UN1 district as specified in Section 21A.33.020 “Table of Permitted and Conditional Uses for Residential Districts” of this title are allowed subject to all regulations that are applicable to the FB-UN1 district.
   C.   FB-UN1 Building Form Standards:
TABLE 21A.24.160.C
FB-UN1 BUILDING FORM STANDARDS
Building Regulation
Building Form
Urban House
Two-Family Dwelling
Cottage Development
Row House
Building height and placement:
 
 
 
 
Height
2.5 stories, maximum of 30', measured from established grade
Front and corner side yard setback
Equal to average setback of block face, where applicable, otherwise minimum of 10' and maximum of 20'
Interior side yard
Minimum 4'
Rear yard
Minimum of 20% lot depth up to 25'
4' minimum
Minimum of 20% lot depth up to 25'
Minimum lot size
3,000 sq. ft.; not to be used to calculate density
1,500 sq. ft.; not to be used to calculate density
1,500 sq. ft.; not to be used to calculate density
Minimum lot width
30'
15' per unit
15' per unit facing a street
15' per unit. Side orientation allowed provided building configuration standards are complied with.
Maximum dwelling units per building form
2 units in main building plus 1 unit detached
2 units in main building plus 1 unit detached
1 unit per cottage, multiple cottages per lot
Minimum of 3; maximum of 4
Number of building forms per lot
1 building form permitted for every 3,000 sq. ft. of lot area
1 cottage for every 1,500 sq. ft. of lot area
1 building form permitted for every 1,500 sq. ft. of lot area
Design Standards
See Section 21A.37.060 for applicable design standards.
Parking:
Surface parking in front and corner side yards
Not permitted
Vehicle access
If off street parking is provided, vehicle access from an alley is required when property is served by a public or private alley with access rights. Vehicle access from the street is only permitted when no alley access exists. If pull through parking is required by fire or other code, ingress shall be from street and egress onto alley.
Parking on separate lots
Not permitted
Parking may be provided on an adjacent lot or in a common area associated with the development
Attached garages and carports
Attached garages and carports are required to be accessed from the rear yard where the rear yard is accessible by an alley with access rights to the subject property. If there is no access to the rear yard, an attached garage may be accessed from the front or corner side yard provided the garage door (or doors) is no wider than 50% of the front facade of the structure and set back at least 5' from the street facing building facade and at least 20' from the property line. Side loaded garages are permitted.
 
   D.   Additional Development Standards for Cottage Building Forms:
      1.   Setbacks Between Individual Cottages: All cottages shall have a minimum setback of eight feet from another cottage.
      2.   Footprint: No cottage shall have a footprint in excess of eight hundred fifty (850) square feet.
      3.   Building Entrance: All building entrances shall face a public street or a common open space area.
      4.   Open Space Area: A minimum of two hundred fifty (250) square feet of common, open space area is required per cottage. At least fifty percent (50%) of the open space area shall be contiguous and include landscaping, walkways, or other amenities intended to serve the residents of the development. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 56-24, 2024: Ord. 12-17, 2017)

21A.25.010: GENERAL PROVISIONS:

   A.   Intent: The intent of this chapter is to create a scale of form based, mixed use districts that can be used in different areas of the city based on the land use policies identified in the general plan. The regulations are intended to provide places for small and large businesses, increase the supply of a variety of housing types in the city, and promote the public health by increasing the opportunity for people to access daily needs by walking or biking. The regulations focus on the form of development, the manner in which buildings are oriented toward public spaces, the scale of development, and the interaction of uses within the city.
   B.   Allowed Uses: Land uses shall be allowed as a permitted or conditional use based on the land use tables for each listed district in Chapter 21A.33. Any permitted or conditional use shall also be limited by any specific provision in this chapter or as determined by the building type definitions found in Section 21A.62.060.
      1.   Accessory Uses and Structures: Accessory uses and structures shall be allowed subject to the requirements of Sections 21A.36.020, 21A.36.030, and Chapter 21A.40 of this title and any other provisions that specifically applies to accessory uses and structures that may be found in this title.
      2.   Obnoxious or Offensive Uses: No use of land shall be permitted which creates a nuisance by reason of odor, dust, smoke, vapors, noise, light, vibration, or refuse matter. Any nuisance shall be considered a violation of this title.
   C.   Building Forms and Standards:
      1.   Allowed building forms shall be determined based on the definitions in Section 21A.62.060.
      2.   Building form standards for each allowed building form are listed in the building form standards tables of each zone in this section.
   D.   Open Space Area Requirements: When required by the building form standards in this chapter, the following open space standards apply.
      1.   Open Space Area: A minimum of ten percent (10%) of the lot area shall be provided as open space area, unless otherwise specified in this chapter. Open space area may include landscaped yards, patios, dining areas, common balconies, rooftop gardens, and other similar outdoor living spaces. Private balconies, required parking lot landscaping, or required perimeter parking lot landscaping, shall not be counted toward the minimum open space area requirement, except where specifically authorized by the individual district.
         a.   A minimum of twenty percent (20%) of the required open space area shall include vegetation. Tree canopy at maturity shall count toward the vegetation area requirement.
         b.   At least one open space area shall have a minimum dimension of fifteen feet (15') by fifteen feet (15'). This does not apply to the row house building form, except when the required open space area is consolidated into a shared common space.
         c.   Open space areas that are greater than five hundred (500) square feet shall contain at least one useable element from the following list:
         (1)   A bench for every two hundred fifty (250) square feet of open space area;
         (2)   A table for outdoor eating for every five hundred (500) square feet of open space area;
         (3)   An outdoor amenity intended to provide outdoor recreation and leisure opportunities including walking paths, playgrounds, seating areas, gardens, sports courts, or similar amenities intended to promote outdoor activity;
         (4)   Trees with a minimum spread of twenty feet (20') at mature height to shade a minimum of thirty three percent (33%) of the open space area; and/or
         (5)   Vegetation that equals at least thirty three percent (33%) of the open space area.
         d.   For development sites that involve subdividing the site into multiple lots, the open space area requirement may be applied to the entire site instead of per lot.
   E.   Midblock Walkways: The purpose of requiring midblock walkways is to ensure that pedestrian facilities are provided in areas where the general plan identifies an increase in density, population, and people who will rely on using existing sidewalks to fulfill daily needs. A minimum width is required to ensure that sidewalks and walkways are sufficient to accommodate the anticipated number of people. When required by this chapter, midblock walkways are subject to the following requirements:
      1.   Width: The midblock walkway shall be a minimum of ten feet (10') wide, except those identified in the downtown plan shall be a minimum of fifteen feet (15') wide. If the walkway is more than twenty percent (20%) of the lot width, the midblock walkway may be reduced to six feet (6'). The width of the midblock walkway may be located within and included as a portion or all of a required setback.
      2.   Location: The midblock walkway may be incorporated into the interior of the building provided it is open to the public. A sign shall be posted indicating that the public may use the walkway.
      3.   Encroachments: The following building encroachments are permitted in an outdoor midblock walkway:
         a.   Balconies: All balconies must be located at the third story or above;
         b.   Building overhangs and associated cantilever: These coverings may be between nine and fourteen feet above the level of the sidewalk and may project up to six feet (6').
         c.   Skybridge: A single skybridge is permitted and may only be located at the third, fourth, or fifth stories; and
         d.   Other architectural element(s) not listed above that offer refuge from weather and/or provide publicly accessible usable space, projecting up to one foot into the midblock walkway.
   F.   Uses Not Associated with Building Form: Allowed uses that do not involve the construction of a building, such as parks and open space, are not required to comply with any specific building form regulation. All other buildings shall be classified as one of the identified building types allowed in the zoning district.
   G.   General Yard and Setback Provisions:
      1.   Front/Corner Side Yard Exceptions and Modifications:
         a.   Landscape Yard Exceptions: Plazas, courtyards, outdoor dining, or similar areas, may be located in any required or provided front/corner side landscape yard and may exceed the impervious surface limits of Subsection 21A.48.060.C. However, the minimum vegetation requirement still applies.
         b.   Utility Easements Exception: When an existing utility easement prevents a building from complying with the maximum front/corner side yard or build-to requirement, the maximum front yard setback or build-to requirement shall be at the edge of the easement.
         c.   Active Outdoor Spaces Exception: The maximum front/corner side yard setback and build-to requirements may be increased if the additional setback area is used for plazas, courtyards, outdoor dining areas, or other similar uses.
         d.   Curb Distance Exception: No minimum setback is required for the front or corner side yard if the respective lot line is more than thirty feet (30') from the street curb face.
         e.   Design Review Modifications: In addition to the by-right modifications allowed in this chapter, all front and corner side yard and build-to regulations of this chapter may be modified through the design review process in Chapter 21A.59.
      2.   General Yard/Setback Applicability: Minimum required yards apply to the perimeter of a development site and not to the individual lots within the development site.
      3.   Maximum Setbacks/Build-To Lines: Where not otherwise specified, maximum setbacks and build-to lines only apply to seventy five percent (75%) of the front building line.
      4.   Side/Rear Yard Setback Abutting Alleys: The width of an abutting alley may be counted toward the abutting required side or rear yard setback requirement.
      5.   Doorways and Zero Setbacks: Doors are not allowed to swing into the public right-of-way.
      6.   Accessory Building Setbacks: Accessory buildings are not subject to the maximum setback or build-to requirements.
   H.   Public Street Frontage:
      1.   Buildings without Frontage: Multiple buildings are allowed on a single lot regardless of street frontage. When lots are authorized without frontage according to subsection 2, all principal buildings within the development site are exempt from having public street frontage. The buildings may exceed the maximum front yard setback and build-to requirements, provided that:
         a.   At least one principal building on the lot or development site has public street frontage and meets front yard setback and build-to requirements;
         b.   Each building has legally established access to a public street that includes a minimum five foot (5') wide paved walkway and vehicle access to any provided parking on the lot, and
         c.   Each ground floor dwelling unit of the row house, urban house, two family, and cottage development forms shall include an entry feature allowed by Section 21A.37.050, regardless of street frontage.
      2.   Lots without Frontage: Lots without public street frontage, used for individual dwelling units or buildings, are allowed subject to a preliminary subdivision plat process and recording a final subdivision plat that:
         a.   Documents that new lots have adequate access to a public street by way of easements or a shared driveway; and
         b.   Includes a disclosure of private infrastructure costs for any shared infrastructure associated with the new lot(s) per Section 21A.55.110 of this title and all other requirements therein.
   I.   Building Heights:
      1.   Measurement: Building height in this chapter is measured from finished grade.
      2.   Additional Height Allowance: When a qualifying “Enhanced Active Ground Floor Use” is provided within the ground floor use area required by Subsection 21A.37.050.A or this chapter, any additional vertical ceiling space over eight feet (8') in height (measured to the finished ceiling) on that floor may be added to the total allowable height of the building.
      3.   Topographic Exception: The maximum height of buildings may be increased up to ten percent (10%) on any building face due to the natural topography of the site pursuant to the following standards:
         a.   At least fifty percent (50%) of the building complies with the maximum height of the underlying zoning district; and
         b.   The modification allows the upper floor of a building to be level with the portion of the building that complies with the maximum building height of the zone without the ten percent (10%) modification.
   J.   Site Plan Review: In certain districts, permitted uses and conditional uses have the potential for adverse impacts if located and laid out without careful planning. Such impacts may interfere with the use and enjoyment of adjacent property and uses. Site plan review is a process designed to address such adverse impacts and minimize them where possible. Site plan review is required for all conditional uses, and all permitted uses except single-family dwellings, two family dwellings, and twin homes. All uses in these districts shall be subject to the site plan review regulations contained in Chapter 21A.58.
   K.   Terms:
      1.   Lot/Parcel: For the purposes of this chapter, the terms lot and parcel shall have the same meaning. See the definition of parcel.
      2.   Block corners: For the purposes of this chapter, the term “block corner” applies to a corner of a block located at the intersection of rights-of-way at least sixty feet (60') wide.
   L.   Other Applicable Regulations: The following additional regulations apply:
      1.   Chapter 21A.33 Land Use Tables.
      2.   Chapter 21A.36 General Provisions.
      3.   Chapter 21A.37 Design Standards.
      4.   Chapter 21A.38 Nonconforming Uses and Noncomplying Structures.
      5.   Chapter 21A.40 Accessory Uses, Buildings, and Structures.
      6.   Chapter 21A.42 Temporary Uses.
      7.   Chapter 21A.44 Off Street Parking, Mobility, and Loading.
      8.   Chapter 21A.46 Signs.
      9.   Chapter 21A.48 Landscaping and Buffers. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 37-24, 2024)

21A.25.020: MU-2 MIXED USE 2 DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose: The purpose of the MU-2 Mixed Use 2 District is to provide small-scale commercial and mixed-use development located within and serving residential neighborhoods. Buildings in this district are generally no taller than two stories. The main purpose of the district is to provide neighborhood-serving commercial uses; however, residential uses may be allowed as part of a mixed-use development. Development regulations are intended to reinforce the historic scale and design of traditional neighborhood-serving businesses that are oriented toward the pedestrian, restricted in size to promote local orientation, and designed to limit adverse impacts on nearby residential areas. This zone is appropriate in areas supported by applicable general plans and along local streets. This designation may also be appropriate along collector streets in areas with low-scale development patterns.
   B.   Ground Floor Use: The following regulations apply to the ground floor use area required by Table 21A.37.060. Enhanced Active Use, as indicated in Subsection 21A.37.050.A.2, is required except for:
      1.   Existing Residential: Properties with existing buildings used for residential or other non-commercial uses, whether re-used or redeveloped with new buildings, shall comply with the active use requirements (Subsection 21A.37.050.A.1).
      2.   Mixed Use Exception: In a development containing more than one building, only one building is subject to the enhanced active use requirement. All other buildings shall comply with the active use requirement.
   C.   Building Form Standards:
      1.   Urban House, Two-Family Dwelling, Row House, and Cottage Development Building Form Standards:
TABLE 21A.25.020.C.1
Building Regulation
Regulation for Building Form: Urban House, Two-Family Dwelling, Row House, and Cottage Development
Building Regulation
Regulation for Building Form: Urban House, Two-Family Dwelling, Row House, and Cottage Development
Height
Maximum: 30 feet.
Front and Corner Side Yard
1. Minimum: 5 feet.
2. Landscape Yard: Provided yards exceeding the minimum shall be maintained as landscape yards, subject to Subsection 21A.48.060 .C.
Interior Side Yard
Minimum: 4 feet.
Rear Yard
Minimum: 20 feet.
Building Form Separation
When multiple building forms are located on a single lot, each building form must be separated by at least 6 feet, measured from exterior walls.
Open Space Area
As required in Subsection 21A.25.010 .D.
Maximum Lot Width
The width of a new lot shall not exceed 110 feet. This standard may be modified through the design review process (Chapter 21A.59 ) or planned development process (Chapter 21A.55 ).
Building Size Limits
Buildings in excess of 5,000 gross square feet of floor area on the first floor or in excess of 10,000 gross square feet of floor area overall shall be allowed only through the design review process (Chapter 21A.59 ). This includes any additions that bring the floor area above these thresholds. An unfinished basement used only for storage or for parking shall be allowed in addition to the total square footage.
Compatibility
If subject to design review: The proposed height and width of new buildings and additions shall be visually compatible with buildings found on the block face.
 
      2.   Multi-family Residential, Storefront, and Vertical Mixed-Use Building Form Standards:
TABLE 21A.25.020.C.2
Building Regulation
Regulation for Building Form: Multi- family Residential, Storefront, and Vertical Mixed Use
Building Regulation
Regulation for Building Form: Multi- family Residential, Storefront, and Vertical Mixed Use
Height
Maximum: 30 feet.
Front and Corner Side Yard
1. Minimum: 5 feet.
2. Landscape Yard: Provided yards exceeding the minimum shall be landscape yards, subject to Subsection 21A.48.060 .C.
3. Exception: Roof coverings for outdoor dining are allowed to encroach into the required setback.
Interior Side Yard
Minimum: None.
Rear Yard
Minimum: None. When a rear yard abuts an R-1, R-2, FR, SR, or FBUN1 zone along a rear lot line, the minimum is 20 feet.
Open Space Area
As required in Subsection 21A.25.010 .D.
Maximum Lot Width
The width of a new lot shall not exceed 110 feet. This standard may be modified through the design review process (Chapter 21A.59 ) or the planned development process (Chapter 21A.55 ).
Building Size Limits
Buildings in excess of 5,000 gross square feet of floor area on the first floor or in excess of 10,000 gross square feet of floor area overall shall be allowed only through the design review process (Chapter 21A.59 ). This includes any additions that bring the floor area above these thresholds. An unfinished basement used only for storage or for parking shall be allowed in addition to the total square footage.
Compatibility
If subject to design review:
The proposed height and width of new buildings and additions shall be visually compatible with buildings found on the block face.
 
   D.   Additional Regulations: See the general provisions Section in 21A.25.010 for additional applicable regulations. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025)

21A.25.030: MU-3 MIXED USE 3 DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose: The purpose of the MU-3 Mixed Use 3 District is to provide up to three to four-story moderately scaled commercial and mixed-use development that is adjacent to low-density residential neighborhoods. Development is intended to be oriented toward the pedestrian while accommodating other transportation modes. The zone is intended to provide a vibrant commercial area that provides local services to residents while incorporating a mix of medium-density residential to support commercial uses.
   B.   Ground Floor Use: The following regulations apply to the ground floor use area required by Table 21A.37.060.
      1.   Enhanced Use: Enhanced active ground floor use, as indicated in Subsection 21A.37.050.A.2, is required for the following:
         a.   On any property occupied by a building currently utilized for commercial uses, whether re-used or redeveloped with a new building.
         b.   Along the following streets:
         (1)   600 North.
         (2)   700 North.
         (3)   900 South.
         (4)   1300 East.
         (5)   2100 South.
         (6)   Parleys Way.
         (7)   On any corner property located at an intersection of any arterial or collector street with any other arterial or collector street, as shown on the adopted major street plan, for a minimum of one hundred feet (100') from the intersection of the street right-of-way lines.
      2.   Active Use: Active ground floor use, as indicated in Subsection 21A.37.050.A.1, is required for the following:
         a.   All Other Areas: Any area not covered by subsection 1 above.
         b.   Existing Residential: Properties with existing buildings used for residential or other non-commercial uses, whether re-used or redeveloped with new buildings.
         c.   Mixed Use Exception: In a development containing more than one building, only one building is subject to the enhanced active use requirement. All other buildings shall comply with the active use requirement.
   C.   Building Form Standards:
      1.   Urban House, Two-Family Dwelling, and Cottage Development Building Form Standards:
TABLE 21A.25.030.C.1
Building Regulation
Regulation for Building Form: Urban House, Two-Family Dwelling, and Cottage Developments
Building Regulation
Regulation for Building Form: Urban House, Two-Family Dwelling, and Cottage Developments
Height
Maximum: 35 feet.
Front and Corner Side Yard
1. Minimum: 5 feet.
2. Landscape Yard: Provided yards exceeding the minimum shall be landscape yards, subject to Subsection 21A.48.060 .C.
Interior Side Yard
Minimum: 4 feet.
Rear Yard
Minimum: 10 feet.
Building Form
Separation
When multiple building forms are located on a single lot, each building form must be separated by at least 6 feet, measured from the exterior walls.
Open Space Area
As required in Subsection 21A.25.010 .D.
Midblock Walkway
All new buildings shall provide a midblock walkway if a midblock walkway on the subject property has been identified in an adopted city plan, subject to the requirements of Subsection 21A.25.010 .E “Midblock Walkways.”
Maximum Lot Width
The width of a new lot shall not exceed 110 feet.
This standard may be modified through the design review process (Chapter 21A.59 ) or the planned development process (Chapter 21A.55 ).
Building Size Limits
Buildings in excess of 7,500 gross square feet of floor area on the first floor or in excess of 15,000 gross square feet of floor area overall shall be allowed only through the design review process (Chapter 21A.59 ). This includes any additions that bring the floor area above these thresholds. An unfinished basement used only for storage or parking shall be allowed in addition to the total square footage.
Compatibility
If subject to design review: The proposed height and width of new buildings and additions shall be visually compatible with buildings found on the block face.
 
      2.   Row House Building Form Standards:
TABLE 21A.25.030.C.2
Building Regulation
Regulation for Building Form: Row House
Building Regulation
Regulation for Building Form: Row House
Height
Maximum: 35 feet.
Front and Corner Side Yard
1. Minimum: 5 feet.
2. Landscape Yard: Provided yards exceeding the minimum shall be landscape yards, subject to Subsection 21A.48.060 .C.
Interior Side Yard
Minimum: 4 feet.
Rear Yard
Minimum: 10 feet.
Building Form Separation
When multiple building forms are located on a single lot, each building form must be separated b at least 6 feet, measured from the exterior walls.
Open Space Area
As required in Subsection 21A.25.010 .D.
Midblock Walkway
All new buildings shall provide a midblock walkway if a midblock walkway on the subject property has been identified in an adopted city plan, subject to the requirements of Subsection 21A.25.010 .E “Midblock Walkways.”
Maximum Lot Width
The width of a new lot shall not exceed 110 feet. This may be modified through the design review process (Chapter 21A.59 ) or the planned development process (Chapter 21A.55 ).
Building Size Limits
Buildings in excess of 7,500 gross square feet of floor area on the first floor or in excess of 15,000 gross square feet of floor area overall shall be allowed only through the design review process (Chapter 21A.59 ). This includes any additions that bring the floor area above these thresholds. An unfinished basement used only for storage or parking shall be allowed in addition to the total square footage.
Compatibility
If subject to design review: The proposed height and width of new buildings and additions shall be visually compatible with buildings found on the block face.
 
      3.   Multi-Family Residential, Storefront, and Vertical Mixed-Use Building Form Standards:
TABLE 21A.25.030.C.3
Building Regulation
Regulation for Building Form: Multi-family Residential, Vertical Mixed Use, and Storefront
Building Regulation
Regulation for Building Form: Multi-family Residential, Vertical Mixed Use, and Storefront
Height
Maximum: 35 feet.
Additional Height: An additional 5 feet may be permitted through the design review process of Chapter 21A.59 .
Front and Corner Side Yard
1. Minimum: 5 feet.
2. Landscape Yard: Provided yards exceeding the minimum shall be landscape yards, subject to Subsection 21A.48.060 .C.
3. Exception: Roof coverings for outdoor dining are allowed to encroach into the required setback.
Interior Side Yard
Minimum: None.
Rear Yard
Minimum: None
When the rear yard abuts an R-1, R-2, FR, SR, or FB-UN1 zone along a rear lot line, the minimum is 20 feet.
Open Space Area
As required in Subsection 21A.25.010 .D.
Midblock Walkway
All new buildings shall provide a midblock walkway if a midblock walkway on the subject property has been identified in an adopted city plan, subject to the requirements of Subsection 21A.25.010 .E “Midblock Walkways.”
Maximum Lot
Width
The width of a new lot shall not exceed 110 feet.
This standard may be modified through the design review process (Chapter 21A.59 ) or the planned development process (Chapter 21A.55 ).
Building Size Limits
Buildings in excess of 7,500 gross square feet of floor area on the first floor or in excess of 15,000 gross square feet of floor area overall shall be allowed only through the design review process (Chapter 21A.59 ). This includes any additions that bring the floor area above these thresholds. An unfinished basement used only for storage or parking shall be allowed in addition to the total square footage.
Compatibility
If subject to design review: The proposed height and width of new buildings and additions shall be visually compatible with buildings found on the block face.
Vehicular Access
If subject to design review: New buildings and additions shall provide a continuous street wall of buildings with minimal breaks for vehicular access.
Façade Design
If subject to design review: Facade treatments shall be used to break up the mass of larger buildings, so they appear to be multiple, smaller-scale buildings. Varied rooflines, varied facade planes, upper story step backs, or lower building heights for portions of buildings next to zoning districts with a maximum height of 30 feet or less may be used to reduce the apparent size of the building.
Stepbacks
If subject to design review: When abutting single-story development or a public street, the planning commission may require that any story above the ground story be stepped back from the building foundation at grade to address compatibility issues with the other buildings on the block face and/or uses.
 
      4.   Existing Commercial Building Expansion Exception: Existing buildings used for commercial uses, with a gross floor area greater than fifteen thousand (15,000) square feet that are non-complying with the maximum setback, may expand without being subject to the applicable design standards of Chapter 21A.37, subject to the following:
         a.   Any portion of an expansion within fifteen feet (15') of a front or corner side lot line shall comply with the storefront building form standards in this section and with the building form applicable design standards in Chapter 21A.37.
         b.   Expansions greater than seven thousand five hundred (7,500) gross square feet on the first floor or 15,000 gross square feet of floor area overall shall be allowed only through the design review process in Chapter 21A.59.
   D.   Additional Regulations: See the general provisions section in Section 21A.25.010 for additional applicable regulations. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025)

21A.25.040: MU-5 MIXED USE 5 DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose: The purpose of the MU-5 Mixed Use 5 District is to implement the city’s general plan in areas that identify mid-rise buildings, generally five (5) stories or less in height, that contain a mix of land uses.
   B.   Ground Floor Use: The following regulations apply to the ground floor use area required by Table 21A.37.060. Enhanced active use, as indicated in Subsection 21A.37.050.A.2, is required when located along the following streets:
      1.   400 South, within one hundred feet (100') of a block corner.
      2.   900 South, from 300 West to 300 East.
      3.   2100 South, from 800 East to 1300 East.
      4.   2100 South, from West Temple to 300 West.
      5.   North Temple, from 600 West to I-215 when located within one hundred feet (100') of a block corner.
   C.   Building Form Standards:
      1.   Urban House, Two-Family Dwelling, and Cottage Development Form Standards:
TABLE 21A.25.040.C.1
Building Regulation
Regulation for Building Form: Urban House, Two-Family Dwelling, and Cottage Development
Building Regulation
Regulation for Building Form: Urban House, Two-Family Dwelling, and Cottage Development
Height
Maximum: 40 feet.
Front and Corner Side Yard
Minimum: 10 feet.
Interior Side Yard
Minimum: 4 feet.
Rear Yard
Minimum: 10 feet.
When the rear yard abuts an R-1, R-2, FR, SR, FB-UN1, RMF-30, MU-2, or MU-3 zone the minimum is 20 feet.
Building Form Separation
When multiple building forms are located on a single lot, each building form must be separated by at least 6 feet, measured from exterior walls.
Open Space Area
As required in Subsection 21A.25.010 .D.
Midblock Walkway
All new buildings shall provide a midblock walkway if a midblock walkway on the subject property has been identified in an adopted city plan, subject to the requirements of Subsection 21A.25.010 .E “Midblock Walkways.”
 
      2.   Row House Building Form Standards:
TABLE 21A.25.040.C.2
Building Regulation
Regulation for Building Form: Row House
Building Regulation
Regulation for Building Form: Row House
Height
Maximum: 45 feet.
Front and Corner Side Yard
Minimum: 10 feet.
Maximum: 20 feet.
Interior Side Yard
Minimum: 4 feet.
Rear Yard
Minimum: 10 feet.
When the rear yard abuts an R-1, R-2, FR, SR, FB-UN1, RMF-30, MU-2, or MU-3 zone along the rear lot line, the minimum is 20 feet.
Uses Per Story
Residential on all stories; live/work units permitted on ground level.
Open Space Area
As required in Subsection 21A.25.010 .D.
Midblock Walkway
All new buildings shall provide a midblock walkway if a midblock walkway on the subject property has been identified in an adopted city plan, subject to the requirements of Subsection 21A.25.010 .E “Midblock Walkways.”
 
      3.   Multi-family Residential, Storefront, and Vertical Mixed-Use Building Form Standards:
TABLE 21A. 25.040.C.3
 
Building Regulation
Regulation for Building Form: Multi-family Residential/Storefront/Vertical Mixed-Use
Height
Maximum: 55 feet.
Front and Corner Side Yard
1. Ground Floor Occupied by Residential Uses:
   a. Minimum: 10 feet.
   b. Maximum: 20 feet.
2. Ground Floor Occupied by Non-Residential Uses:
   a. Minimum: None, except 5 feet on North Temple and 10 feet on 400 South.
   b. Maximum: 10 feet, except 15 feet on North Temple and 20 feet on 400 South.
Interior Side Yard
Minimum: None.
When the interior side yard abuts an R-1, R-2, FR, SR, FB-UN1, RMF-30, MU-2, or MU-3 zone, the minimum is 10 feet.
Rear Yard
Minimum: 10 feet.
When the rear yard abuts an R-1, R-2, FR, SR, FB-UN1, RMF-30, MU-2, or MU-3 zone along the rear lot line, the minimum is 20 feet.
Open Space Area
As required in Subsection 21A.25.010 .D.
Midblock Walkway
All new buildings shall provide a midblock walkway if a midblock walkway on the subject property has been identified in an adopted city plan, subject to the requirements of Subsection 21A.25.010 .E “Midblock Walkways.”
 
   D.   Additional Regulations: See the general provisions section in Section 21A.25.010 for additional applicable regulations. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025)

21A.25.050: MU-6 MIXED USE 6 DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose: The purpose of the MU-6 Mixed Use 6 District is to implement the city’s general plan in areas that identify mid-rise buildings, generally six stories or less in height, that contain a mix of land uses.
   B.   Ground Floor Use: The following regulations apply to the ground floor use area required by Table 21A.37.060. Enhanced active use, as indicated in Subsection 21A.37.050.A.2, is required when located along the following streets:
      1.   400 South, within one hundred feet (100') of a block corner.
      2.   900 South, from 300 West to 300 East.
      3.   2100 South, from 800 East to 1300 East.
      4.   1100 East, from Hollywood Avenue to 2100 South.
      5.   Highland Drive, from 2100 South to I-80.
      6.   North Temple, from 600 West to I-215 when located within one hundred feet (100') of a block corner.
   C.   Building Form Standards:
      1.   Urban House, Two-Family Dwelling, and Cottage Development Form Standards:
TABLE 21A.25.050.C.1
Building Regulation
Regulation for Building Form: Urban House, Two-Family Dwelling, and Cottage Development
Building Regulation
Regulation for Building Form: Urban House, Two-Family Dwelling, and Cottage Development
Height
Maximum: 40 feet.
Front and Corner Side Yard
Minimum: 10 feet.
Interior Side Yard
Minimum: 4 feet.
Rear Yard
Minimum: 10 feet.
When the rear yard abuts an R-1, R-2, FR, SR, FB-UN1, RMF-30, MU-2, or MU-3 zone along the rear lot line, the minimum is 20 feet.
Building Form
Separation
When multiple building forms are located on a single lot, each building form must be separated by at least 6 feet, measured from exterior walls.
Open Space Area
As required in Subsection 21A.25.010 .D.
Midblock Walkway
All new buildings shall provide a midblock walkway if a midblock walkway on the subject property has been identified in an adopted city plan, subject to the requirements of Subsection 21A.25.010 .E “Midblock Walkways.”
 
      2.   Row House Building Form Standards:
TABLE 21A.25.050.C.2
Building Regulation
Regulation for Building Form: Row House
Building Regulation
Regulation for Building Form: Row House
Height
Maximum: 45 feet.
Front and Corner Side Yard
Minimum: 10 feet.
Maximum: 20 feet.
Interior Side Yard
Minimum: 4 feet.
Rear Yard
Minimum: 10 feet.
When the rear yard abuts an R-1, R-2, FR, SR, FB-UN1, RMF-30, MU-2, or MU-3 zone along the rear lot line, the minimum is 20 feet.
Uses Per Story
Residential on all stories; live/work units permitted on ground level.
Open Space Area
As required in Subsection 21A.25.010 .D.
Midblock Walkway
All new buildings shall provide a midblock walkway if a midblock walkway on the subject property has been identified in an adopted city plan, subject to the requirements of Subsection 21A.25.010 .E “Midblock Walkways.”
 
      3.   Multi- family Residential, Storefront, and Vertical Mixed- Use Building Form Standards:
TABLE 21A.25.050.C.3
 
Building Regulation
Regulation for Building Form: Multi-family Residential/ Storefront/Vertical Mixed Use
Height
Maximum: 65 feet.
Front and Corner Side Yard
1. Ground Floor Occupied by Residential Uses:
   a. Minimum: 10 feet.
   b. Maximum: 20 feet.
2. Ground floor Occupied by Non-Residential Uses:
   a. Minimum: None, except 5 feet on North Temple and 10 feet on 400 South.
   b. Maximum: 10 feet, except 15 feet on North Temple and 20 feet on 400 South.
Interior Side Yard
Minimum: None.
When the interior side yard abuts an R-1, R-2, FR, SR, FB-UN1, RMF-30, RMF-35, MU-2, or MU-3 zone, the minimum is 10 feet.
Rear Yard
Minimum: 10 feet.
When the rear yard abuts an R-1, R-2, FR, SR, FB-UN1, RMF-30, RMF-35, MU-2, or MU-3 zone along the rear lot line, the minimum is 20 feet.
Open Space Area
As required in Subsection 21A.25.010 .D.
Midblock Walkway
All new buildings shall provide a midblock walkway if a midblock walkway on the subject property has been identified in an adopted city plan, subject to the requirements of Subsection 21A.25.010 .E “Midblock Walkways.”
 
   D.   Additional Regulations: See the general provisions section in Section 21A.25.010 for additional applicable regulations. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025)

21A.25.060: MU-8 FORM BASED MIXED USE 8 SUBDISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose: The purpose of the MU-8 Mixed Use 8 District is to implement the city’s general plan in areas that identify mid-rise buildings, generally eight stories or less in height, that contain a mix of land uses.
   B.   Ground Floor Use: The following regulations apply to the ground floor use area required by Table 21A.37.060. Enhanced active use, as indicated in Subsection 21A.37.050.A.2, is required when located along the following streets:
      1.   400 South, within one hundred feet (100') of block corners.
      2.   1300 South, from State Street to 200 West.
      3.   Main Street, from Harvard Avenue to 1300 South.
      4.   North Temple, from 600 West to I-215 when located within one hundred feet (100') of a block corner.
      5.   West Temple, from Lucy Avenue to 1400 South.
   C.   Building Form Standards:
      1.   Row House Building Form Standards:
TABLE 21A.25.060.C.1
Building Regulation
Regulation for Building Form: Row House
Building Regulation
Regulation for Building Form: Row House
Height
Maximum: 45 feet.
Front and Corner Side Yard
Minimum: 10 feet.
Maximum: 20 feet.
Interior Side Yard
Minimum: 4 feet.
Rear Yard
Minimum: 10 feet.
When the rear yard abuts an R-1, R-2, FR, SR, FB-UN1, RMF-30, MU-2, or MU-3 zone along the rear lot line, the minimum is 20 feet.
Uses Per Story
Residential on all stories; live/work units permitted on ground level.
Open Space Area
As required in Subsection 21A.25.010 .D
Midblock Walkway
All new buildings shall provide a midblock walkway if a midblock walkway on the subject property has been identified in an adopted city plan, subject to the requirements of Subsection 21A.25.010 .E “Midblock Walkways.”
 
      2.   Multi-Family Residential, Storefront, and Vertical Mixed-Use Building Form Standards:
TABLE 21A. 25.060.C.2
 
Building Regulation
Regulation for Building Form: Multi-family Residential/ Storefront/ Vertical Mixed Use
Height
Maximum: 90 feet.
Buildings in excess of 75 feet require design review in accordance with Chapter 21A.59 .
Front and Corner
Side Yard
1. Ground Floor Occupied by Residential Uses:
   a. Minimum: 10 feet.
   b. Maximum: 20 feet.
2. Ground Floor Occupied by Non-Residential Uses:
   a. Minimum: None, except 5 feet on North Temple and 10 feet on 400 South.
   b. Maximum: 10 feet, except 15 feet on North Temple and 20 feet on 400 South.
Interior Side Yard
Minimum: None.
When the interior side yard abuts an R-1, R-2, FR, SR, FB-UN1, RMF-30, RMF-35, MU-2, or MU-3 zone, the minimum is 10 feet.
Rear Yard
Minimum: None.
When the interior side yard abuts an R-1, R-2, FR, SR, FB-UN1, RMF-30, RMF-35, MU-2, or MU-3 zone along the rear lot line, the minimum is 20 feet.
Open Space Area
As required in Subsection 21A.25.010 .D.
Midblock
Walkway
All new buildings shall provide a midblock walkway if a midblock walkway on the subject property has been identified in an adopted city plan, subject to the requirements of Subsection 21A.25.010 .E “Midblock Walkways.”
 
   D.   Additional Regulations: See the general provisions section in Section 21A.25.010 for additional applicable regulations. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 37-24, 2024)

21A.25.070: MU-11 MIXED USE 11 DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose: The MU-11 Mixed Use 11 District generally includes buildings up to 8 stories in height, with taller buildings up to eleven (11) stories allowed through the design review process. Development regulations are based on types of buildings and differ based on the building types as indicated. The district contains a mix of uses that include commercial, technical, high-density residential, and other supportive land uses.
   B.   Ground Floor Use: The following regulations apply to the ground floor use area required by Table 21A.37.060. Enhanced active use, as indicated in Subsection 21A.37.050.A.2, is required when located along the following streets:
      1.   300 West, within one hundred feet (100') of the intersection right-of-way lines of 900 South, 1300 South, and 1700 South.
      2.   300 West, from 1700 South to 2100 South.
      3.   400 South, from 500 West to 1000 East, within one hundred feet (100') of a block corner.
      4.   900 South, from 300 West to I-15.
      5.   1100 East, from Hollywood Ave to 2100 South.
      6.   2100 South, from 800 East to 1300 East.
      7.   Highland Drive, from 2100 South to I-80.
      8.   North Temple, from 300 West to 400 West, within one hundred feet (100') of a block corner.
      9.   North Temple, from 600 West to I-215, within one hundred feet (100') of a block corner.
   C.   Building Form Standards:
      1.   Row House Building Form Standards:
TABLE 21A.25.070.C.1
Building Regulation
Regulation for Building Form: Row House
Building Regulation
Regulation for Building Form: Row House
Height
Maximum: 45 feet.
Front and Corner Side Yard
Minimum: 5 feet, except as listed below.
   1. 10 feet, on the following streets:
      a. 300 West
      b. 400 South
      c. 1700 South, from West Temple to I-15
      d. 2100 South, from West Temple to I-15
Maximum: 20 feet.
Interior Side Yard
Minimum: 4 feet.
Rear Yard
Minimum: 10 feet.
When the rear yard abuts an R-1, R-2, FR, SR, FB-UN1, RMF-30, MU-2, or MU-3 zone along the rear lot line, the minimum is 20 feet.
Uses Per Story
Residential on all stories; live/work units permitted on the ground level.
Open Space Area
As required in Subsection 21A.25.010 .D.
Midblock Walkway
All new buildings shall provide a midblock walkway if a midblock walkway on the subject property has been identified in an adopted city plan, subject to the requirements of Subsection 21A.25.010 .E “Midblock Walkways.”
 
      2.   Multi-Family Residential, Storefront, and Vertical Mixed-Use Building Form Standards:
TABLE 21A.25.070.C.2
Building Regulation
Regulation for Building Form: Multi-family Residential/Storefront/Vertical Mixed Use
Building Regulation
Regulation for Building Form: Multi-family Residential/Storefront/Vertical Mixed Use
Height
Maximum: 125 feet.
Design Review: Buildings in excess of 85 feet require design review in accordance with Chapter 21A.59 .
Additional Height
Properties located in the areas bounded by (1) 400 South to the I-15 West Temple Off-ramp and 300 West to I-15 or (2) McClelland Street and extending along the eastern boundary of Fairmont Park to 1300 East and 2100 South to I-80, may be allowed up to 150 feet in height through the design review process of Chapter 21A.59 , subject to the following:
   1. At least 10% of the lot shall be open space area at the ground level with an outdoor active space, such as midblock walkways with a public access easement, plazas, outdoor dining area, outdoor recreation area, or similar. The applicant may expand the park strip to accommodate a portion or all of the 10% open space area; and
   2. The development includes at least one of the following uses: 100% enhanced active use” (as defined and regulated in Subsection 21A.37.050 .A.2) within the required ground floor use area or a midblock walkway at least 20 feet wide.
Front and Corner Side Yard Setback
Minimum: None, except as listed below:
   1. 5 feet on North Temple.
   2. 10 feet, on the following streets:
      a. 300 West
      b. 400 South
      c. 1700 South, from West Temple to I-15
      d. 2100 South, from West Temple to I-15
Maximum: 20 feet.
Interior Side Yard
Minimum: None.
When the interior side yard abuts an R-1, R-2, FR, SR, FB-UN1, RMF-30, RMF-35, MU-2, or MU-3 zone, the minimum is 10 feet.
Rear Yard
Minimum: None.
When the rear yard abuts an R-1, R-2, FR, SR, FB-UN1, RMF-30, RMF-35, MU-2, or MU-3 zone along the rear lot line, the minimum is 20 feet.
Open Space Area
As required in Section 21A.25.010 .D.
Midblock Walkway
All new buildings shall provide a midblock walkway if a midblock walkway on the subject property has been identified in an adopted city plan, subject to the requirements of Subsection 21A.25.010 .E “Midblock Walkways.”
 
   D.   Additional Regulations: See the general provisions section in Section 21A.25.010 for additional applicable regulations. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025)

21A.28.010: GENERAL PROVISIONS:

   A.   Statement Of Intent: The manufacturing districts are intended to provide appropriate locations for manufacturing, fabrication, processing, packaging, distribution, storage, shipping and other transportation activities contributing to the economic base of the city; to enhance employment opportunities; to encourage the efficient use of land; to enhance property values and the tax base; to improve the design quality of industrial areas; and to help implement adopted plans.
   B.   Impact Controls and General Restrictions in the Manufacturing Districts:
      1.   Refuse Control: Refuse containers must be covered and shall be stored within completely enclosed buildings or screened in conformance with the requirements of Section 21A.40.120 of this title.
      2.   Lighting: On site lighting shall be located, directed or designed in such a manner as to contain and direct light and glare only to the property on which it is located.
      3.   Outdoor Sales, Display Or Storage: "Sales and display (outdoor)" and "storage and display (outdoor)", as defined in chapter 21A.62 of this title, are allowed where specifically authorized in the table of permitted and conditional uses in section 21A.33.040 of this title. These uses shall conform to the following:
         a.   The outdoor sales display of merchandise, and outdoor storage of equipment shall not:
            (1)   Encroach into areas of required parking;
            (2)   Be located in any required yard area within the lot; or
            (3)   Include the use of banners, pennants or strings of pennants.
         b.   Outdoor storage of auto bodies, or other metal, glass bottles, rags, rubber, paper or other articles commonly known as junk, in the M-1 and M-2 districts shall be screened by a solid wall or fence (including solid entrance and exit gates) not less than seven feet (7') nor more than ten feet (10') in height. The outdoor storage shall not be stacked higher than the enclosing wall or fence. Fencing location shall not encroach into any sight distance triangle.
         c.   Outdoor sales and display and outdoor storage shall also be permitted when part of an authorized temporary use, as established in chapter 21A.42 of this title.
   C.   Permitted Uses: The uses specified as permitted uses, in section 21A.33.040, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Manufacturing Districts", of this title, are permitted, provided that they comply with all requirements of this chapter, the general standards set forth in part IV of this title, and all other applicable requirements of this title.
   D.   Conditional Uses: The uses specified as conditional uses, in section 21A.33.040, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Manufacturing Districts", of this title, shall be allowed in the manufacturing districts provided they are approved pursuant to the standards and procedures for conditional uses set forth in chapter 21A.54 of this title, and comply with all other applicable requirements of this title.
   E.   Accessory Uses: Accessory uses such as restaurants, cafeterias, doctors'/nurses' offices and daycare facilities that are provided for the use and convenience of employees/occupants of the principal use are allowed, provided they are located within the principal building. Accessory uses integral to the operation of the principal use are permitted within separate accessory buildings and structures. Storage of flammable liquids that are accessory to a principal use shall be permitted subject to fire department approval. The requirements of chapter 21A.40 of this title shall also apply.
   F.   Off Street Parking And Loading: All uses in the manufacturing districts shall comply with the provisions governing off street parking and loading in chapter 21A.44 of this title.
   G.   Landscaping and Buffering: All uses in the manufacturing districts shall comply with the provisions governing landscaping and buffering in Chapter 21A.48 of this title.
   H.   Signs: Signs shall be allowed in the manufacturing districts in accordance with provisions of chapter 21A.46 of this title.
   I.   Environmental Performance Standards: All uses in the manufacturing districts shall conform to the environmental performance standards in section 21A.36.180 of this title. (Ord. 12-24, 2024: Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 88-95 § 1 (Exh. A), 1995: Ord. 26-95 § 2(14-0), 1995)

21A.28.020: M-1 LIGHT MANUFACTURING DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the M-1 Light Manufacturing District is to provide an environment for light industrial uses that produce no appreciable impact on adjacent properties, that desire a clean attractive industrial setting, and that protects nearby sensitive lands and waterways. This zone is appropriate in locations that are supported by the applicable Master Plan policies adopted by the City. This district is intended to provide areas in the City that generate employment opportunities and to promote economic development. The uses include other types of land uses that support and provide service to manufacturing and industrial uses. Safe, convenient and inviting connections that provide access to businesses from public sidewalks, bike paths and streets are necessary and to be provided in an equal way. Certain land uses are prohibited in order to preserve land for manufacturing uses and to promote the importance of nearby environmentally sensitive lands.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the M-1 Light Manufacturing District as specified in section 21A.33.040, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Manufacturing Districts", of this title are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in section 21A.28.010 of this chapter.
   C.   Minimum Lot Size:
      1.   Minimum Lot Area: Ten thousand (10,000) square feet.
      2.   Minimum Lot Width: Eighty feet (80').
      3.   Existing Lots: Lots legally existing as of April 12, 1995, shall be considered legal conforming lots.
   D.   Minimum Yard Requirements:
      1.   Front Yard: Fifteen feet (15').
      2.   Corner Side Yard: Fifteen feet (15').
      3.   Interior Side Yard: None required.
      4.   Rear Yard: None required.
      5.   Accessory Uses, Buildings And Structures In Yards: Accessory uses, buildings and structures may be located in a required yard area subject to section 21A.36.020, table 21A.36.020B of this title.
      6.   Additional Setback When Abutting AG-2 And AG-5 Districts: When abutting a lot in the AG-2 or AG-5 Zoning District, buildings or portions of buildings, shall be set back one foot (1') beyond the required landscape buffer as required in section 21A.48.080 of this title for every one foot (1') of building height above thirty feet (30').
   E.   Landscape Yard Requirements:
      1.   Front And Corner Side Yards: All required front and corner side yards shall be maintained as landscape yards in conformance with the requirements of chapter 21A.48 of this title.
      2.   Landscape Buffer Yards: All lots abutting a lot in a residential district shall conform to the landscape buffer yard requirements of chapter 21A.48 of this title.
      3.   Northwest Quadrant Overlay District: Properties located within the Northwest Quadrant Overlay District are subject to special landscape requirements as outlined in subsection 21A.34.140B2 of this title.
   F.   Maximum Height:
      1.   Distillation Column Structures; Development In AFPP Overlay District: No building shall exceed sixty five feet (65') except that emission free distillation column structures, necessary for manufacture processing purposes, shall be permitted up to the most restrictive Federal Aviation Administration imposed minimal approach surface elevations, or one hundred twenty feet (120') maximum, whichever is less. Said approach surface elevation will be determined by the Salt Lake City Department of Airports at the proposed locations of the distillation column structure. Any proposed development in the Airport Flight Path Protection (AFPP) Overlay District, as outlined in section 21A.34.040 of this title, will require approval of the Department of Airports prior to issuance of a building permit. All proposed development within the AFPP Overlay District which exceeds fifty feet (50') may also require site specific approval from the Federal Aviation Administration.
      2.   Location exceptions:
         a.   West of the Salt Lake City International Airport and north of Interstate 80 (I-80): Buildings may exceed sixty-five feet (65') in height subject to the design review standards and procedures of chapter 21A.59 of this title. In no case shall any building exceed eighty-five feet (85').
         b.   West of 5600 West Street and between 100' and 1,000' south of the Interstate 80 (I-80) right of way: Bulk material storage structures associated with a railroad freight terminal may be allowed up to one hundred fifty feet (150') in height. When the structure is located between 5600 West Street and John Glenn Road, the height of the structure shall not exceed 4,378.8 Mean Sea Level (MSL).
         (1)   Size and spacing: Structures exceeding eight five feet (85') in height are limited to one hundred feet (100') in diameter. A group of such structures may be permitted if the combined width, including the space in between the structures, does not exceed two hundred feet (200'). Such structures or groups of structures shall be separated by a distance equal to or greater than two times its height.
         c.   Within the area bounded by 1730 South and 2100 South, and 5200 West and 5500 West Streets: The maximum allowed building height is eighty five (85) feet.
   3.   Railroad Offloading Structures: Cranes, lifts, and other similar offloading structures related to the operation of a railroad freight terminal are allowed up to eighty five feet (85') in height and are also subject to the Airport Flight Path Protection (AFPP) Overlay District and Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) requirements. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 10-24, 2024: Ord. 54-23, 2023: Ord. 14-19, 2019: Ord. 3-18, 2018)

21A.28.030: M-2 HEAVY MANUFACTURING DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the M-2 Heavy Manufacturing District is to provide an environment for larger and more intensive industrial uses that do not require, and may not be appropriate for, a nuisance free environment. This zone is appropriate in locations that are supported by the applicable Master Plan policies adopted by the City. This district is intended to provide areas in the City that generate employment opportunities and to promote economic development. The uses include other types of land uses that support and provide service to manufacturing and industrial uses. Due to the nature of uses allowed in this zone, land uses that may be adversely impacted by heavy manufacturing activities are not permitted. Certain land uses are prohibited in order to preserve land for manufacturing uses. Safe, convenient and inviting connections that provide access to businesses from public sidewalks, bike paths and streets are necessary and to be provided in an equal way.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the M-2 Heavy Manufacturing District as specified in section 21A.33.040, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Manufacturing Districts", of this title are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in section 21A.28.010 of this chapter.
   C.   Minimum Lot Size:
      1.   Minimum Lot Area: Twenty thousand (20,000) square feet.
      2.   Minimum Lot Width: Eighty feet (80').
      3.   Existing Lots: Lots established prior to April 12, 1995, shall be considered legal conforming lots.
   D.   Minimum Yard Requirements:
      1.   Front Yard: Twenty five feet (25').
      2.   Corner Side Yard: Fifteen feet (15').
      3.   Interior Side Yard: Twenty feet (20').
      4.   Rear Yard: Thirty five feet (35').
      5.   Accessory Uses, Buildings And Structures In Yards: Accessory uses, buildings and structures may be located in a required yard area subject to section 21A.36.020, table 21A.36.020B of this title.
   E.   Landscape Yard Requirements: The first twenty five feet (25') of all required front yards and the first fifteen feet (15') of all required corner side yards shall be maintained as landscape yards in conformance with the requirements of Chapter 21A.48 of this title.
   F.   Maximum Height:
      1.   Height Limits: No building shall exceed eighty feet (80'), except that chimneys and smokestacks shall be permitted up to one hundred twenty feet (120') in height.
      2.   Railroad Offloading Structures: Cranes, lifts, and other similar offloading structures related to the operation of a railroad freight terminal are allowed up to eighty five feet (85') in height and are also subject to the Airport Flight Path Protection (AFPP) Overlay District and Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) requirements. (Ord. 12-24, 2024: Ord. 3-18, 2018)

21A.28.040: NORTHPOINT LIGHT INDUSTRIAL ZONING DISTRICT (M-1A):

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the Northpoint District is to protect sensitive lands and wildlife habitat surrounding the Great Salt Lake shore lands and the Jordan River while providing an environment for light industrial, office, and research uses that produce minimal impact on adjacent residential and agricultural properties. This district is appropriate within the Northpoint Small Area Plan boundaries and other areas with similar attributes. The district promotes a high standard of building design quality, open space preservation, and protection of sensitive lands and waterways.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the Northpoint District as specified in Section 21A.33.040, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Manufacturing Districts", of this title are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in Section 21A.28.010.
   C.   Maximum Lot Area: The maximum allowable lot size is 10 acres. Approval for lots larger than 10 acres may be granted per Subsection 21A.28.040.I.
   D.   Minimum Yard and Setback Requirements:
      1.   Front Yard: 20'
      2.   Corner Side Yard: 20'
      3.   Interior Side Yard: 15'
      4.   Rear Yard: 15'
      5.   Additional Setback:
         a.   Principal structures must be a minimum of 65' from principal residential structures on abutting properties.
         b.   Vehicle laneways used to access a development site must be a minimum of 30' from principal residential structures on abutting properties.
      6.   Buffer Yards:
         a.   The Jordan River shall have a 300' buffer from the annual high-water level (AHWL), as defined in Section 21A.34.130, to protect the riparian corridor. Unless otherwise specified below, the Jordan River buffer is subject to all rules and regulations in 21A.34.130: Riparian Corridor Overlay District.
         (1)   No-Disturbance Area: The first 100' of the buffer from the AHWL, nearest to the river, shall be designated as a no-disturbance area. Permitted uses in the no-disturbance area shall be subject to the uses in Area A in Table 21A.34.130-3: USES ALLOWED ON UNDEVELOPED LAND.
         (2)   Structure Limit Area: The area between 100' and 200' from the AHWL shall be designated as a structure limit area. Permitted uses in the structure limit area shall be subject to the uses in Area B in Table 21A.34.120-2: USES ALLOWED ON DEVELOPED LOTS.
         (3)   Buffer Transition Area: The area between 200' and 300' from the AHWL shall be designated as the buffer transition area. Permitted uses in the buffer transition area shall be subject to the uses in Area C in Table 21A.34.130-2: USES ALLOWED BY AREA ON DEVELOPED LOTS.
   E.   Maximum Height: No building shall exceed 40 feet in height. Building height along loading dock areas may exceed the maximum height limit by 5 feet. The additional height shall only be allowed below the average elevation of finished grade and the area shall be excluded from the calculation of the average elevation of finished grade.
   F.   Building Size Limits: Building footprints are limited to a maximum of 100,000 square feet. The maximum footprint of a building may be increased per Subsection 21A.28.040.I.
   G.   Landscaping Requirements: The purpose of the landscaping in the Northpoint area is to provide appropriate native landscaping that prevents noxious weeds and to provide landscaping that will not negatively impact the adjacent sensitive lands.
      1.   All landscaping shall consist of native plants as identified in the "Salt Lake City Plant List and Hydrozone Schedule" on file with the planning division.
      2.   All required front, corner side, side, and rear yards shall be maintained as landscape yards in conformance with the requirements of Section 21A.48.060.C.
      3.   Trees are required along all property lines in the following yards:
         a.   Front and Corner Side Yards: One tree for every 30 linear feet of lot frontage. Trees may be spaced irregularly or clustered to form a natural grouping.
         b.   Interior Side and Rear Yards: One tree is required for every 30 linear feet of yard length. Trees may be spaced irregularly or clustered to form a natural grouping.
         c.   Interior Side and Rear Yards When Abutting a Residential Use: One tree is required for every 15 linear feet of the property line abutting the residential use. The zoning administrator may approve alternate planting locations for required trees to allow for clustering under the following conditions:
         (1)   No trees may be removed from any areas abutting or within 30 feet of a primary residential use; and
         (2)   The total number of required trees may not be reduced.
      4.   Noxious weed species as identified by the Utah Department of Agriculture and Food (or its successor) in the State of Utah Noxious Weed List (or its successor) shall be removed from landscaped areas and areas disturbed by construction activity. Noxious weeds shall be controlled for a period of two years and methods of control shall be identified on the landscape plan.
      5.   All other requirements in Chapter 21A.48 apply. This section shall take precedence in the case of a conflict with Chapter 21A.48.
   H.   Design Standards:
      1.   Maximum Building Façade Length along 2200 West: The maximum building façade length along 2200 West is limited to 250 feet. The maximum building façade length may be increased per Subsection 21A.28.040.I.
      2.   Blank Walls: The maximum length of any blank wall uninterrupted by windows, doors, art, or architectural detailing along any ground level street facing facade is 25'. Changes in plane, texture, materials, scale of materials, patterns, art, or other architectural detailing are acceptable methods to comply with this standard. The architectural feature shall be either recessed a minimum of twelve inches (12") or projected a minimum of twelve inches (12").
      3.   Building Materials: To mitigate the contrast of the built and natural environment, the following building materials are permitted: brick, natural stone, wood, and painted, tinted, or textured concrete. Stucco, including EIFS, is limited to architectural detailing surfaces and articulation. Exterior plastic vinyl siding or any reflective or polished materials are prohibited. Other materials not specifically mentioned may be permitted, on a case-by-case basis, with approval from the planning director, provided they meet the intent to mitigate the contrast and impact of the materials on the natural environment. Windows and doors are not subject to the building material restrictions.
      4.   Roofs: Light reflective roofing material with a minimum solar reflective index (SRI) of 82 shall be used for all roofs.
      5.   Glass: For any building elevation with more than 10% glass, a minimum of 90% of all glass shall be treated with applied films, coatings, tints, exterior screens, netting, fritting, frosted glass, or other means to reduce the number of birds that may collide with the glazing. Any treatment must create a grid pattern that is equal to or smaller than 2 inches wide by 4 inches tall. Mirrored or highly reflective glass is prohibited.
      6.   Lighting:
         a.   All lighting, including lighting on buildings, parking areas, and signs shall be shielded to direct light down and away from the edges of the property to eliminate glare or light encroaching onto adjacent properties and have cutoffs so that no light is emitted and/or reflected above the horizontal plane of the fixture. When a light manufacturer provides a BUG rating, the uplight rating (U) shall equal zero (0).
         b.   Uplighting and event searchlights are prohibited.
         c.   Total site illumination shall not exceed 100,000 lumens per net acre.
         d.   Outdoor lighting shall be a color temperature of 3,000 Kelvin or less.
      7.   Fencing: To minimize impacts on wildlife, fences shall have a visually open design with at least 50% of the fence open for the continuous length of the fence. Fencing that is less than 50% open is permitted when solid screening is otherwise required by this title.
         a.   Prohibited Decorative Features:
         (1)   Pointed extensions at the top of fences are prohibited to prevent injury to wildlife attempting to traverse the fence.
         (2)   Woven wire fencing and incorporating loose wires that may entangle animals is prohibited to avoid harm to wildlife.
         (3)   Hollow fence posts that are open at the top, where birds or other small animals may become entrapped, are prohibited. All fence posts must be solid or have caps securely attached.
      8.   Stormwater Management:
         a.   This subsection shall be enforced by the Salt Lake City Public Utilities Department.
         b.   Drainage: Site stormwater shall be collected on site and routed to the public storm drain system or gutter. Stormwater may not discharge across property lines or across public sidewalks without legal authorization to do so. A technical drainage study is required for the development of all lots detailing compliance with the requirements of this section to be reviewed with any site development or building permit.
         c.   Stormwater Quality: Stormwater treatment is required prior to discharge to the public storm drain. Sites shall utilize stormwater best management practices (BMP's) to remove solids, oils, and other pollutants. Green infrastructure should be used whenever possible. Options for green infrastructure and low impact development include bioretention systems, harvest/reuse, permeable surfaces, green roofs, and site design.
         d.   Retention: Retention of the 80th percentile storm is required for all new and redevelopment projects greater than 1 acre.
         e.   Detention: Detention shall be provided to ensure stormwater discharge does not exceed 0.2 cfs per acre, or less, to match pre-development flows, as identified in the area stormwater master plan. Detention systems shall be designed using the 100-year 3-hour storm using the Farmer-Fletcher rainfall distribution.
   I.   Modifications of Standards: Modifications to the standards of this section are allowed as identified in this subsection:
      1.   Applicability. All development sites within the M-1A (Northpoint Light Industrial) zoning district. Development site includes all land under the same ownership that is proposed to be developed as one development area. Development sites can include land that contains multiple parcels or lots.
      2.   Restrictive Covenants: Development limitations elected in connection with modifying a development standard as set forth in this subsection shall be documented by a restrictive covenant in favor of the city recorded on the title of the development site that describes the area that is being voluntarily restricted to modify a zoning standard.
      3.   Land used to allow one modification may not be counted toward allowing another modification.
      4.   Allowed modifications:
         a.   Maximum Lot Area: Approval for lots larger than 10 acres may be granted, provided the buildings and structures are grouped and comply with the following standards:
         (1)   The cluster development shall be a minimum of 10 acres.
         (2)   A minimum separation of 15 feet shall be provided between all principal buildings.
         (3)   A minimum of 20% of the area of the lot to be modified is designated as natural open space on the development site, as defined in Section 21A.62.040. Natural open space shall, to the greatest extent possible, be contiguous. Fragmented and disconnected small areas scattered throughout the development site including required building separations, and required setback yards, shall not count toward the 20%. Any required wetland, canal, or riparian buffers may be counted toward the 20%,
         b.   Maximum Building Façade Length: The maximum building façade length along 2200 West may be increased if natural open space in excess of any required buffer is provided on the development site. The maximum building façade length may increase by 20 feet if 5% of the total non-buffer area of the site is dedicated as natural open space, as defined in Section 21A.62.040, and may increase by an additional 20 feet for every additional 5%. The natural open space dedicated and permanently protected on site shall be no less than 7,000 SF and shall, to the greatest extent possible, be contiguous. Fragmented and disconnected small areas scattered throughout the development site, and required setback yards, shall not be counted.
         c.   Maximum Building Footprint Size: The maximum footprint of a building may be increased by complying with one or more of the options below. No more than an additional 100,000 square feet in building footprint will be permitted:
 
Option
Amount of additional building square footage
 
Option
Amount of additional building square footage
1.
Electric Vehicle Parking: Provide a minimum of 10 electric vehicle parking spaces on the development site. 1 ADA electric vehicle stall shall be provided for every 25 electric vehicle stalls Electric vehicle parking spaces shall count toward the minimum required number of parking spaces. The electric vehicle parking space shall be:
   a.   Located in the same lot as the principal use;
   b.   Signed in a clear and conspicuous manner, such as special pavement marking or signage, indicating exclusive availability to electric vehicles; and
   c.   Outfitted with a standard electric vehicle charging station.
10,000 SF per 10 parking stalls
2.
At least 30% of the roof area of the building seeking an increase in footprint shall be devoted to either solar panels or a vegetated green roof, or a combination of the two.
40,000 SF
3.
Designation of natural open space within the development site, as defined in Section 21A.62.040. Natural open space shall, to the greatest extent possible, be contiguous. Fragmented and disconnected small areas scattered throughout the development, and required setback yards, shall not count towards the designated open space.
Jordan River Transitional Buffer Area and Wetland Buffers: Land within the Transitional Buffer Area or any required wetland buffers may count as natural open space. The square footage increase shall be for a building outside of the required buffer area on the same development site and shall include item #4 below (Inclusion of a privately-owned public pathway, trail, or greenway connecting to or through natural open space areas).
1 SF per 1 SF of natural open space
4.
Inclusion of a privately-owned public pathway, trail, or greenway connecting to or through natural open space areas.
10,000 SF per 1,000 linear feet of trail
25,000 SF per trailhead. The trailhead must include amenities such as directional signage, benches, etc.
5.
Providing full retention of site stormwater with no release to the public storm drain system and providing enhanced stormwater quality practices.
System design to be approved by the Salt Lake City Public Utilities Department.
50,000 SF
6.
Providing detention to the effect that no more than 0.1 cfs/acre is discharged for the 100-year 3-hour storm with the Farmer Fletcher Rainfall Distribution and providing enhanced stormwater quality practices.
System design to be approved by the Salt Lake City Public Utilities Department.
35,000 SF
7.
The site is developed as an all-electric property. All-electric property means a property that contains no permanently installed equipment or appliances that utilize combustion, plumbing for fuel gas or fuel oil or fuel gas utility connection, installed within the building(s) or site, except for emergency power systems and standby power systems.
50,000 SF
 
(Ord. 3-25, 2025)

21A.30.010: GENERAL PROVISIONS:

   A.   Statement of Intent: The downtown districts are intended to provide use, bulk, urban design and other controls and regulations appropriate to the commercial core of the city and adjacent areas in order to enhance employment opportunities; to encourage the efficient use of land; to enhance property values; to improve the design quality of downtown areas; to create a unique downtown center which fosters the arts, entertainment, financial, office, retail and governmental activities; to provide safety and security; encourage permitted residential uses within the downtown area; and to help implement adopted plans.
   B.   Permitted Uses: The uses specified as permitted uses in Section 21A.33.050, "Table of Permitted and Conditional Uses for Downtown Districts", of this title are permitted; provided, that they comply with all requirements of this chapter, the general standards set forth in Part IV of this title, and all other applicable requirements of this title.
      1.   Conditional Uses: The uses specified as conditional uses in Section 21A.33.050, "Table of Permitted and Conditional Uses for Downtown Districts", of this title, may be allowed in the downtown districts provided they are approved pursuant to the standards and procedures for conditional uses set forth in Chapter 21A.54 of this title, and comply with all other applicable requirements.
   C.   Impact Controls and General Restrictions in the Downtown Districts:
      1.   Refuse Control: Refuse containers must be covered and shall be stored within completely enclosed buildings or screened in conformance with the requirements of Section 21A.40.120 of this title. For buildings existing as of April 12, 1995, this screening provision shall be required if the floor area or parking requirements are increased by twenty five percent (25%) or more by an expansion to the building or change in the type of land use.
      2.   Lighting: On site lighting, including parking lot lighting and illuminated signs, shall be located, directed or designed in such a manner so as not to create glare on adjacent properties.
      3.   Fencing for Vacant Lots in the D-1 Central Business District and D-4 Downtown Secondary Central Business District: Fencing shall be required on those lots becoming vacant, where no replacement use is proposed, in conformance with the following:
         a.   Fencing, pursuant to Section 21A.40.120 of this title, is required to secure vacant lots in the downtown area;
         b.   Fencing shall consist of wrought iron or other similar material (chainlink is prohibited); and
         c.   Fencing shall be open so as not to create a visual barrier, and shall be limited to a maximum of 4 feet in height, with the exception of a fence located within a sight distance on any corner lot as noted in Section 21A.40.120 of this title.
      The approval of a building permit shall be delegated to the building official with the input of the planning director, to determine if the fencing materials, location, and height are compatible with adjacent properties in a given setting.
   D.   Outdoor Sales, Display and Storage: "Sales and display (outdoor)" and "storage and display (outdoor)", as defined in Chapter 21A.62 of this title, are allowed where specifically authorized in Section 21A.33.050, "Table of Permitted and Conditional Uses for Downtown Districts", of this title. These uses shall conform to the following:
      1.   The outdoor sales or display of merchandise shall not encroach into areas of required parking for periods longer than thirty (30) days;
      2.   The outdoor sales or display of merchandise shall not be located in any required yard area within the lot when the required yard abuts a residential zoning district;
      3.   The outdoor sales or display of merchandise shall not include the use of banners, pennants or strings of pennants;
      4.   Outdoor storage shall be allowed only where specifically authorized in the applicable district regulation and shall be required to be fully screened with opaque fencing not to exceed eight feet in height; and
      5.   Outdoor sales and display and outdoor storage shall also be permitted when part of an authorized temporary use as established in Chapter 21A.42 of this title.
   E.    Restrictions on Parking Lots: An excessive amount of parking lots can negatively impact the urban design objectives of the Downtown zoning districts. To control such impacts, the following regulations apply to parking lots:
      1.   A parking lot shall only be allowed when associated with a building on the property.
      2.   A parking lot shall be located behind or to the side of a building. Parking lots located to the side of a building shall:
         a.   Be setback a minimum of twenty five feet (25') from the front or corner side lot line. The twenty five foot (25') setback shall be considered a landscaped yard subject to the requirements of landscaped yards in Chapter 21A.48.
         b.   Be limited to a single parking row and aisle.
Illustration of Regulation 21A.30.010.E.2 Restrictions on Parking Lots
      3.   A parking lot shall have a maximum of forty (40) parking stalls.
      4.   A parking lot for government facilities necessary for public health and safety are exempt from the parking lot restrictions in this subsection.
   F.   Midblock Walkways: As part of the city's plan for the downtown area, it is intended that midblock walkways be provided to increase pedestrian connectivity and overall livability downtown through the creation of an intricate pedestrian network. The city has adopted the Downtown Plan that includes a midblock walkway map and establishes a need for such walkways as the Downtown grows. Because the districts within the downtown area allow building heights that exceed those of other districts in the city, the requirement for a midblock walkway is considered to be necessary to alleviate pedestrian impacts on the public sidewalks by dispersing future use of the public sidewalks. All buildings constructed after the effective date hereof within the Downtown zoning districts shall conform to this officially adopted plan for midblock walkways, in addition to the following standards:
      1.   Any new development shall provide a midblock walkway if a midblock walkway on the subject property has been identified in a master plan that has been adopted by the city.
      2.   The following standards apply to the midblock walkway:
         a.   The midblock walkway must be a minimum of 15' wide and include a minimum 6' wide unobstructed path.
         b.   The midblock walkway may be incorporated into the building provided it is open to the public. A sign shall be posted indicating that the public may use the walkway.
         c.   Building encroachments into the midblock walkway are permitted if they include one or more of the following elements:
            (1)   Colonnades;
            (2)   Staircases;
            (3)   Balconies: All balconies must be located at the third story or above.
            (4)   Building overhangs and associated cantilever - These coverings may be between nine (9) and fourteen feet (14') above the level of the sidewalk. They shall provide a minimum depth of coverage of six feet (6') and project no closer to the curb than three feet.
            (5)   Skybridge: A single skybridge is permitted. All skybridges must be located at the third, fourth, or fifth stories.
            (6)   Other architectural element(s) not listed above that offers refuge from weather and/or provide publicly accessible usable space.
Illustration of Regulation 21A.30.010.F Midblock Walkways
   G.    Sid ewa lks: For all do wnt ow n districts, sidewalks must be a clear walking path that is a minimum of 10' wide. Outdoor dining shall be permitted within the sidewalk if it complies with the minimum width of a clear path as defined in the outdoor dining design guidelines.
   H.   Landscaping and Buffers: All uses in the downtown districts shall comply with the provisions governing landscaping and buffers in Chapter 21A.48 of this title. Where a park strip does not exist, street trees are only required when the sidewalk width of at least 10' can be maintained, in which required street trees shall be planted in tree wells with tree grates.
   I.   Additional Standards: All uses in the downtown districts shall comply with the standards set in Part IV, Regulations of General Applicability, of this title, including the applicable standards in the following chapters:
      1.   21A.36 General Provisions
      2.   21A.37 Design Standards
      3.   21A.38 Nonconforming Uses and Noncomplying Structures
      4.   21A.40 Accessory Uses, Buildings, and Structures
      5.   21A.42 Temporary Uses
      6.   21A.44 Off Street Parking, Mobility, and Loading
      7.   21A.46 Signs
      8.   21A.48 Landscaping and Buffers
      9.   Any other applicable chapter of this title that may include applicable provisions. (Ord. 48-25, 2025: Ord. 12-24, 2024: Ord. 24B-23, 2023: Ord. 24-23, 2023: Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 83-98 § 1, 1998: Ord. 26-95 § 2(15-0), 1995)

21A.30.020: D-1 CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the D-1 Central Business District is to provide for commercial and economic development within Salt Lake City's most urban and intense areas. A broad range of uses, including very high density housing, are intended to foster a twenty four (24) hour activity environment consistent with the area's function as the business, office, retail, entertainment, cultural and tourist center of the region. Development is intended to be very intense with high lot coverage and large buildings that are placed close together while being oriented toward the pedestrian with a strong emphasis on a safe and attractive streetscape and preserving the urban nature of the downtown area. This district is appropriate in areas where supported by applicable master plans. The standards are intended to achieve established objectives for urban design, pedestrian amenities and land use control.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the D-1 Central Business District as specified in Section 21A.33.050, "Table of Permitted and Conditional Uses for Downtown Districts", of this title, are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in Section 21A.30.010 of this chapter.
   C.   D-1 Central Business District General Regulations: The regulations established in this section apply to the D-1 Central Business District as a whole.
      1.   Yard Requirements: No minimum yards are required. A maximum yard of eight feet (8') is allowed.
         a.   If provided, the yard must include one of the following elements:
            (1)   Seating at a ratio of at least one bench for every 500 square feet of yard space; or
            (2)   Landscaping that includes an increase of at least 25% in the total number of trees required to be planted on the site; or
            (3)   Awning or a similar form of weather protection that covers at least five feet in width and length from all street-facing building entrances.
         b.   Exceptions to this requirement may be authorized through the design review process, subject to the requirements of Chapter 21A.59 of this title.
         c.   The planning director, in consultation with the transportation director, may modify this requirement to accommodate a wider sidewalk if the adjacent public sidewalk is less than 15' wide and the resulting modification to the setback results in a more efficient public sidewalk. The planning director may waive this requirement for any addition, expansions, or intensification, which increases the floor area or parking requirement by less than 50% if the planning director finds the following:
            (1)   The architecture of the addition is compatible with the architecture of the original structure or the surrounding architecture, or
            (2)   The addition reduces the extent of the noncompliance of the existing building.
         d.   Regardless of the setback provided, doors shall be setback a minimum distance to allow the door to operate without swinging into a right of way or midblock walkway.
         e.   Interior Side Yards: No minimum interior side yard is required.
         f.   Rear Yard: No minimum rear yard is required.
   D.   Height Regulations: Buildings in the D-1 zoning district shall comply with the following provisions:
      1.   Building Heights: No building shall be less than one hundred feet (100'). There is no maximum building height, subject to standards contained in Subsections 21A.30.020.D.2 through D.3.
      2.   Exceptions to the minimum height requirements are as follows:
         a.   Utility Buildings necessary to provide electricity, water, sewer, storm water, and other necessary utility services to the downtown area.
         b.   Accessory building and structures, including accessory buildings that serve public transportation, downtown improvement districts, and other public maintenance buildings.
         c.   Buildings on lots or parcels that are less than five thousand (5,000) square feet in size.
         d.   Buildings with a footprint of less than two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet.
         e.   Building approved through the design review process in Chapter 21A.59.
      3.   Buildings in excess of one hundred feet (100'), are allowed subject to the following standard:
         a.   A minimum stepback of five feet (5') or other architectural feature that can deflect snow and ice from falling directly onto a sidewalk, midblock walkway, or other public space. The stepback may be located above the height of the first floor and below one hundred fifty feet (150') in height above the sidewalk or public space. Buildings that are not clad in glass are exempt from this requirement.
      4.   Buildings in excess of two hundred feet (200') with no limit and subject to Chapter 21A.59, Design Review, shall include at least one of the following five options:
         a.   Midblock walkway is provided on the property and the midblock walkway connects to an existing or planned street, midblock walkway, or publicly accessible public space and exceeds all the required dimensions of Subsection 21A.30.010.G by at least five feet (5'). This option allows for additional height in return for exceeding the midblock walkway requirements; or
         b.   The building is utilizing affordable housing incentives identified in Chapter 21A.52 of this title; or
         c.   The enhanced active ground floor use requirement identified in Subsection 21A.37.050.A.2 must be increased to one hundred percent (100%). This requires that the entire ground floor use of a building consists of retail good establishments, retail service establishments or restaurants, public service portions of businesses, department stores, art galleries, motion picture theaters, performing art facilities or similar uses that encourage walk-in traffic through an active use. Vehicle entry and exit ways necessary for access to parking are exempt from this requirement.
         d.   The applicant provides a restrictive covenant on a historic building, a building that is fifty (50) years or older, or a building that is a nationally recognized property, located outside of the H Historic Preservation Overlay District for the purpose of preserving the structure for a minimum of fifty (50) years.
         e.   The proposal includes a privately owned, publicly accessible open space on the property or on another property within the geographic boundaries of the Downtown Plan. To qualify for this provision, a restrictive covenant in the favor of the city shall be recorded against the open space portion of the property. The space shall be a minimum of five hundred (500) square feet and include enough trees to provide a shade canopy that covers at least sixty percent (60%) of the open space area. This option allows for additional height in return for the designation of open public open space.
   E.   Special Controls Over the Main Street Retail Core:
      1.   Intent: Special controls shall apply to land located within the Main Street retail core area to preserve and enhance the viability of retail uses within the downtown area. The regulations of this subsection shall be in addition to the requirements of Subsections C and D of this section.
      2.   Area of Applicability: The controls established in this subsection shall apply to property developed or redeveloped after April 12, 1995, when located along any block face on the following streets:
         a.   Main Street located within the D-1 District;
         b.   100 South Street between West Temple Street and State Street;
         c.   200 South Street between West Temple Street and State Street; and
         d.   300 South Street between West Temple Street and State Street.
      3.   First Floor Retail Required: The first floor space of all buildings within this area shall be required to provide uses consisting of retail goods establishments, retail service establishments or restaurants, public service portions of businesses, department stores, art galleries, motion picture theaters or performing arts facilities.
      4.   Restrictions on Driveways: Driveways shall not be permitted along Main Street, but shall be permitted along other streets within the Main Street retail core area, provided they are located at least eighty feet (80') from the intersection of two street right of way lines. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 12-24, 2024: Ord. 24B- 23, 2023: Ord. 24-23, 2023: Ord. 67-22, 2022: Ord. 14-19, 2019: Ord. 12-17, 2017: Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 62-13, 2013: Ord. 15-13, 2013)

21A.30.030: D-2 DOWNTOWN SUPPORT DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the D-2 Downtown Support District is to provide an area that fosters the development of a sustainable urban neighborhood that accommodates commercial, office, residential and other uses that relate to and support the Central Business District. Development within the D-2 Downtown Support District is intended to be less intensive than that of the Central Business District, with high lot coverage and buildings placed close to the sidewalk. This district is appropriate in areas where supported by applicable master plans. Design standards are intended to promote pedestrian oriented development with a strong emphasis on a safe and attractive streetscape.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the D-2 Downtown Support District, as specified in Section 21A.33.050, "Table of Permitted and Conditional Uses for Downtown Districts", of this title, are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in Section 21A.30.010 of this chapter and this section.
   C.   Lot Size Requirements: No minimum lot area or lot width shall be required.
   D.   Maximum Building Height: The maximum permitted building height shall not exceed one hundred twenty feet (120') subject to the following review process: Buildings over sixty five feet (65') in height are subject to design review according to the requirements of Chapter 21A.59 of this title.
   E.   Yard Requirements:
      1.   Front and Corner Side Yard: There is no minimum setback. The maximum setback is ten feet (10'). Buildings that contain ground floor residential uses shall have a front yard setback of a minimum of eight feet (8') and a maximum setback no greater than sixteen feet (16'). A provided yard for any use shall be considered a landscaped yard and subject to the provisions of Chapter 21A.48 for required landscaped yards.
         a.   If provided, the yard must include one of the following elements:
            (1)   Seating at a ratio of at least one bench for every five hundred (500) square feet of yard space; or
            (2)   Landscaping that includes an increase of at least twenty five percent (25%) in the total number of trees required to be planted on the site; or
            (3)   Awning or a similar form of weather protection that covers at least five feet (5') in width and length from all street-facing building entrances.
         b.   Exceptions to this requirement may be authorized through the design review process, subject to the requirements of Chapter 21A.59 of this title.
         c.   The planning director, in consultation with the transportation director, may modify this requirement to accommodate a wider sidewalk if the adjacent public sidewalk is less than fifteen feet (15') wide and the resulting modification to the setback results in a more efficient public sidewalk. The planning director may waive this requirement for any addition, expansions, or intensification, which increases the floor area or parking requirement by less than fifty percent (50%) if the planning director finds the following:
            (1)   The architecture of the addition is compatible with the architecture of the original structure or the surrounding architecture, or
            (2)   The addition reduces the extent of the noncompliance of the existing building.
         d.   Regardless of the setback provided, doors shall be setback a minimum distance to allow the door to operate without swinging into a right of way or midblock walkway.
      2.   Interior Side Yards: No minimum side yard is required except a minimum of 10' is required when the side yard is abutting a zoning district with a maximum permitted height of 35' or less.
      3.   Rear Yard: No minimum rear yard is required except a minimum of 10' is required when the rear yard is abutting a zoning district with a maximum permitted height of 35' or less.
      4.   Landscape Buffer Yards: Any lot abutting a lot in a residential district shall conform to the landscape buffer yard requirements of Chapter 21A.48 of this title or the above standards, whichever is greater.
   F.   Existing Vehicle Sales or Lease Lots:
      1.   Vehicle Display Area: The parking provided in the vehicle display area will not be counted as off street parking when computing maximum parking requirements and is not considered to be a surface parking lot when determining required setbacks in this section.
      2.   Design Standards: Structures associated with accessory uses such as, but not limited to, repair shops or vehicle washing do not need to meet required design standards and may exceed the maximum front and corner side yard setbacks. These structures are required to have one of the following elements listed below:
         a.   Durable materials, as defined in Subsection 21A.37.050.B; or
         b.   Landscaping.
      Primary structures that contain sales floors and auto display areas must meet all design standards and setbacks.
      3.   Landscaping: A landscaped yard of at least ten feet (10') in depth is required along any portion of the street frontage of the property that is not occupied by a permanent structure. All other landscaping requirements in Chapter 21A.48 remain applicable.
      4.   Multiple Buildings: Vehicle sales or lease lots may have multiple buildings on a parcel subject to all buildings being associated with the use of the lot as vehicles sales or lease. (Ord. 10-24, 2024: Ord. 24B-23, 2023: Ord. 24-23, 2023: Ord. 67-22, 2022: Ord. 44-19, 2019: Ord. 14-19, 2019: Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 15-13, 2013: Ord. 12-11, 2011: Ord. 88-95 § 1 (Exh. A), 1995: Ord. 26-95 § 2(15-2), 1995)

21A.30.040: D-3 DOWNTOWN WAREHOUSE/RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the D-3 Downtown Warehouse/Residential District is to provide for the reuse of existing warehouse buildings for multi-family and mixed use while also allowing for continued retail, office and warehouse use within the district. The reuse of existing buildings and the construction of new buildings are to be done as multi- family residential or mixed use developments containing retail or office uses on the lower floors and residential on the upper floors. This district is appropriate in areas where supported by applicable master plans. The standards are intended to create a unique and sustainable downtown neighborhood with a strong emphasis on urban design, adaptive reuse of existing buildings, alternative forms of transportation and pedestrian orientation.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the D-3 Downtown Warehouse/Residential District as specified in Section 21A.33.050, "Table of Permitted and Conditional Uses for Downtown Districts", of this title, are permitted subject to the provisions of this chapter and other applicable provisions of this title.
   C.   Lot Size Requirements: No minimum lot area or lot width shall be required.
   D.   Yard Requirements: There are no minimum setbacks, except for buildings that contain ground floor residential uses in which case the front yard setback shall be a minimum of eight feet (8') and no greater than sixteen feet (16'). A provided front yard for any use shall be considered a landscaped yard and subject to the provision of Chapter 21A.48 for required landscaped yards. The maximum front yard setback shall be eight feet (8') for all other uses.
      1.   The yard must be designed with usability as a consideration. Development that implements the maximum yard is required to have at least one of the following elements:
         a.   Seating at a ratio of at least one bench for every five hundred (500) square feet of yard space; or
         b.   Landscaping that includes an increase of at least twenty five percent (25%) in the total number of trees required to be planted on the site; or
         c.   Awning or a similar form of weather protection that covers at least five feet (5') in width and length from all street-facing building entrances.
      2.   Exceptions to this requirement may be authorized through the design review process, subject to the requirements of Chapter 21A.59 of this title.
      3.   The planning director, in consultation with the transportation director, may modify this requirement to accommodate a wider sidewalk if the adjacent public sidewalk is less than fifteen feet (15') wide and the resulting modification to the setback results in a more efficient public sidewalk. The planning director may waive this requirement for any addition, expansions, or intensification, which increases the floor area or parking requirement by less than fifty percent (50%) if the planning director finds the following:
         a.   The architecture of the addition is compatible with the architecture of the original structure or the surrounding architecture, or
         b.   The addition reduces the extent of the noncompliance of the existing building.
      4.   Regardless of the setback provided, doors shall be setback a minimum distance to allow the door to operate without swinging into a right of way or midblock walkway.
   E.   Maximum Building Height: Buildings in the D3 zoning district shall comply with the following provisions:
      1.   The permitted building height shall not exceed seventy five feet (75').
      2.   Buildings taller than seventy five feet (75') but less than one hundred eighty feet (180') may be allowed subject to the following provisions:
         a.   Approval is subject to Chapter 21A.59 Design Review:
         (1)   Provided the additional height is supported by the applicable master plan.
         (2)   The building includes at least one of the following five options:
            (A)   Midblock walkway is provided on the property and the midblock walkway connects to an existing or planned street, midblock walkway, or publicly accessible public space and exceeds all the required dimensions of Subsection 21A.30.010.G by at least five feet. This option allows for additional height in return for exceeding the midblock walkway requirements;
            (B)   The building is utilizing affordable housing incentives identified in Chapter 21A.52 of this title;
            (C)   The enhanced active ground floor use requirement identified in Subsection 21A.37.050.A.2 must be increased to one hundred percent (100%). This requires that the entire ground floor use of a building consists of retail good establishments, retail service establishments or restaurants, public service portions of businesses, department stores, art galleries, motion picture theaters, performing art facilities or similar uses that encourages walk-in traffic through an active use. Vehicle entry and exit ways necessary for access to parking are exempt from this requirement.
            (D)   The applicant provides a restrictive covenant on a historic building, a building that is fifty (50) years or older, or a building that is a nationally recognized property, located outside of the H Historic Preservation Overlay District for the purpose of preserving the structure for a minimum of fifty (50) years; or
            (E)   The proposal includes a privately owned, publicly accessible open space on the property or on another property within the geographic boundaries of the Downtown Plan. To qualify for this provision, a restrictive covenant in the favor of the city shall be recorded against the open space portion of the property. The space shall be a minimum of five hundred (500) square feet and include enough trees to provide a shade canopy that covers at least sixty percent (60%) of the open space area. This option allows for additional height in return for the designation of open public open space. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 24B-23, 2023: Ord. 24-23, 2023: Ord. 67- 22, 2022: Ord. 14-19, 2019: Ord. 13-19, 2019: Ord. 12-17, 2017)

21A.30.045: D-4 DOWNTOWN SECONDARY CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the D-4 Secondary Central Business District is to foster an environment consistent with the area's function as a housing, entertainment, cultural, convention, business, and retail section of the city that supports the Central Business District. Development is intended to support the regional venues in the district, such as the Salt Palace Convention Center, and to be less intense than in the Central Business District. This district is appropriate in areas where supported by applicable master plans. The standards are intended to achieve established objectives for urban and historic design, pedestrian amenities, and land use control, particularly in relation to retail commercial uses.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the D-4 Secondary Central Business District as specified in Section 21A.33.050, "Table of Permitted and Conditional Uses for Downtown Districts", of this title, are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in Section 21A.30.010 of this chapter. In addition, all conditional uses in the D-4 District shall be subject to design evaluation and approval by the planning commission.
   C.   Minimum Lot Size: No minimum lot area or lot width is required.
   D.   Yard Requirements:
      1.   Front and Corner Side Yards: No minimum yards are required. If a front or corner side yard is provided, the maximum setback shall be eight feet, except for plazas and other similar spaces.
         a.   If a yard is provided, the yard is required to have at least one of the following elements:
         (1)   Seating at a ratio of at least one bench for every five hundred (500) square feet of yard space;
         (2)   Landscaping that includes an increase of at least twenty five percent (25%) in the total number of trees required to be planted on the site; or
         (3)   Awning or a similar form of weather protection that covers at least five feet (5') in width and length from all street-facing building entrances.
         b.   Exceptions to this requirement may be authorized through the design review process, subject to the requirements of Chapter 21A.59 of this title.
         c.   The planning director, in consultation with the transportation director, may modify this requirement to accommodate a wider sidewalk if the adjacent public sidewalk is less than fifteen feet (15') wide and the resulting modification to the setback results in a more efficient public sidewalk. The planning director may waive this requirement for any addition, expansions, or intensification, which increases the floor area or parking requirement by less than fifty percent (50%) if the planning director finds the following:
         (1)   The architecture of the addition is compatible with the architecture of the original structure or the surrounding architecture, or
         (2)   The addition reduces the extent of the noncompliance of the existing building.
         d.   Regardless of the setback provided, doors shall be setback a minimum distance to allow the door to operate without swinging into a right of way or midblock walkway.
      2.   Interior Side Yards: No minimum side yard is required except a minimum of ten feet (10') is required when the side yard is adjacent abutting to a zoning district with a maximum permitted height of thirty five feet (35') or less.
      3.   Rear Yard: No minimum rear yard is required except a minimum of ten feet (10') is required when the rear yard is abutting to a zoning district with a maximum permitted height of thirty five feet (35') or less.
   E.   Building Height: Buildings in the D-4 zoning district shall comply with the following provisions:
      1.   The permitted building height shall not exceed 600 feet.
      2.   Buildings taller than 200 feet and up to 600 feet shall only be authorized through the design review process, subject to the requirements of Chapter 21A.59 of this title and the following regulations.
         a.   Shall include a minimum stepback of five feet (5') or other architectural feature that can deflect snow and ice from falling directly onto a sidewalk, midblock walkway, or other public space. The stepback may be located above the first floor and below one hundred twenty feet (120') in height above the sidewalk or public space. Buildings with less than fifty percent (50%) of the total façade surface cladded in glass are exempt from this requirement;
         b.   The building includes at least one of the following options:
         (1)   Midblock walkway is provided on the property. The midblock walkway connects to an existing or planned street, midblock walkway, or publicly accessible public space and exceeds all the required dimensions of Section 21A.30.010.G by at least five feet;
         (2)   The building is utilizing affordable housing incentives identified in chapter 21A.52 of this title;
         (3)   The enhanced active ground floor use requirement identified in Subsection 21A.37.050.A.2 must be increased to one hundred percent (100%). This option requires that the entire ground floor use of a building consists of retail good establishments, retail service establishments or restaurants, public service portions of businesses, department stores, art galleries, motion picture theaters, performing art facilities or similar uses that encourages walk-in traffic through an active use. Vehicle entry and exit ways, necessary for access to parking and loading and unloading areas required by this title are exempt from this requirement provided these areas do not exceed twenty percent (20%) of the length of a building façade that faces a public street or public space;
         (4)   The applicant provides a restrictive covenant on a historic building, a building that is fifty (50) years or older, or a building that is a nationally recognized property, located outside of the H Historic Preservation Overlay District for the purpose of preserving the structure for a minimum of fifty (50) years; or
         (5)   The proposal includes a privately owned, publicly accessible open space on the property or on another property within the geographic boundaries of the Downtown Plan. To qualify for this provision, a restrictive covenant in the favor of the city shall be recorded against the open space portion of the property. The space shall be a minimum of five hundred (500) square feet and include enough trees to provide a shade canopy that covers at least sixty percent (60%) of the open space area.
         c.   Exception: The first fifty feet (50') of height shall not be set back more than five feet (5') from the front property line, unless approved through the design review process or when otherwise allowed by this code. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 63-24, 2024: Ord. 10-24, 2024: Ord. 24B-23, 2023: Ord. 24-23, 2023: Ord. 67-22, 2022: Ord. 14-19, 2019: Ord. 75-18, 2018: Ord. 12-17, 2017)

21A.30.050: TABLE OF PERMITTED AND CONDITIONAL USES FOR DOWNTOWN DISTRICTS1:

(Rep. by Ord. 66-13, 2013)

21A.30.060: SUMMARY TABLE OF YARD AND BULK REQUIREMENTS; DOWNTOWN DISTRICTS:

(Rep. by Ord. 19-11, 2011)

21A.31.010: GENERAL PROVISIONS:

   A.   Statement of Intent: The G-MU Gateway-Mixed Use District is intended to provide an urban setting for residential and commercial, developments, and implement the objectives of the Downtown Plan through district regulations that reinforce the mixed use character of the area and encourage the development of urban neighborhoods containing supportive retail, service commercial, office, and high density residential.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the G-MU Gateway-Mixed District as specified in Section 21A.33.060, "Table of Permitted and Conditional Uses in the Gateway District", of this title, are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in this section.
   C.   Permitted Uses: The uses specified as permitted uses, in Section 21A.33.060, "Table of Permitted and Conditional Uses in the Gateway District", of this title are permitted; provided, that they comply with all requirements of this chapter, the general standards set forth in Part IV of this title, and all other applicable requirements of this title.
   D.   Conditional Uses: The uses specified as conditional uses in Section 21A.33.060, "Table of Permitted and Conditional Uses in the Gateway District", of this title, shall be permitted in the G-MU Gateway-Mixed Use District provided they are approved pursuant to the standards and procedures for conditional uses set forth in Chapter 21A.54 of this title.
   E.   Midblock Walkways: As part of the city's plan for the downtown area, it is intended that midblock walkways be provided to increase pedestrian connectivity and overall livability downtown through the creation of an intricate pedestrian network. The city has adopted the Downtown Plan that includes a midblock walkway map and establishes a need for such walkways as the Downtown grows. Because the districts within the downtown area allow building heights that exceed those of other districts in the city, the requirement for a midblock walkway is considered to be necessary to alleviate pedestrian impacts on the public sidewalks by dispersing future use of the public sidewalks. This requirement implements the city's Downtown Plan and provides visual relief from the additional height that is available in these zone districts when compared to the remainder of the city. All buildings constructed after the effective date hereof within the Downtown zoning districts shall conform to this officially adopted plan for midblock walkways, in addition to the following standards:
      1.   Any new development shall provide a midblock walkway if a midblock walkway on the subject property has been identified in a master plan that has been adopted by the city.
      2.   The following standards apply to the midblock walkway:
         a.   The midblock walkway must be a minimum of fifteen (15') wide and include a minimum six feet (6') wide unobstructed path.
         b.   The midblock walkway may be incorporated into the building provided it is open to the public. A sign shall be posted indicating that the public may use the walkway.
         c.   Building encroachments into the midblock walkway are permitted if they include one or more of the following elements:
            (1)   Colonnades;
            (2)   Staircases;
            (3)   Balconies: All balconies must be located at the third story or above;
            (4)   Building overhangs and associated cantilever - These coverings may be between nine (9) and fourteen feet (14') above the level of the sidewalk. They shall provide a minimum depth of coverage of six feet (6') and project no closer to the curb than three feet (3');
            (5)   Skybridge: A single skybridge is permitted. All skybridges must be located at the third, fourth, or fifth stories; and
            (6)   Other architectural element(s) not listed above that offers refuge from weather and/or provide publicly accessible usable space.
 
   F.    Modifications of Standards: A modification to the provisions of this chapter may be granted through the design review process, subject to conformance with the standards and procedures of Chapter 21A.59 of this title.
   G.   Midblock Street Development: Developments constructing midblock streets, either privately owned with a public easement or publicly dedicated, that are desired by an applicable master plan:
      1.   May transfer a portion or all of the above ground development square footage of the proposed new midblock street to other land within the proposed development.
      2.   May increase the height of the building on the remaining land within the development site to a height necessary to accommodate the development square footage of the proposed right of way that is being transferred.
      3.   Any proposal under this section shall be subject to conformance with the standards and procedures of Chapter 21A.59, "Design Review", of this title.
   H.   Restrictions on Parking Lots: An excessive amount of parking lots can negatively impact the urban design objectives of the Gateway zoning district. To control such impacts, the following regulations apply to parking lots.
      1.   A parking lot shall only be allowed when associated with a building on the property.
      2.   A parking lot shall be located behind or to the side of the building. Parking lots located to the side of the building shall:
         a.   Be setback a minimum of twenty five feet (25') from the front or corner side lot line. The twenty five foot (25') setback shall be considered a landscaped yard subject to the requirements of landscaped yards in Chapter 21A.48.
         b.   Be limited to a single parking row and aisle.
Illustration of Regulation 21A.31.010.H.2 Surface Parking Lots
 
      3.   A parking lot shall have a maximum of forty (40) parking stalls.
      4.   A parking lot for government facilities necessary for public health and safety are exempt from the parking lot restrictions in this subsection.
   I.   Outdoor Sales, Display and Storage: "Sales and display (outdoor)" and "storage and display (outdoor)", is permitted for retail uses and the retail components of other permitted and conditional uses authorized in Section 21A.33.060 "Table of Permitted and Conditional Uses in the Gateway District. These uses shall conform to the following:
      1.   Outdoor sales and display and outdoor storage may also be permitted when part of an authorized temporary use as established in Chapter 21A.42 of this title;
      2.   The outdoor sales or display of merchandise shall not encroach into areas of required parking for longer than thirty (30) days;
      3.   The outdoor permanent sales or display of merchandise shall not be located in any required yard area within the lot when the lot abuts a residential zoning district;
      4.   The outdoor sales or display of merchandise shall not include the use of banners, pennants or strings of pennants. (Ord. 48-25, 2025: Ord. 24B-23, 2023: Ord. 24-23, 2023: Ord. 67-22, 2022: Ord. 14-19, 2019: Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 62-13, 2013: Ord. 15-13, 2013: Ord. 83-98 § 6 (Exh. D), 1998)

21A.31.020: G-MU GATEWAY-MIXED USE DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The G-MU Gateway-Mixed Use District is intended to implement the objectives of the adopted Downtown Plan and encourage the mixture of residential, commercial and assembly uses within an urban neighborhood atmosphere. The 200 South corridor is intended to encourage commercial development on an urban scale and the 500 West corridor is intended to be a primary residential corridor from North Temple to 400 South. Development in this district is intended to create an urban neighborhood that provides employment and economic development opportunities that are oriented toward the pedestrian with a strong emphasis on a safe and attractive streetscape. The standards are intended to achieve established objectives for urban and historic design, pedestrian amenities and land use regulation.
   B.   Special Provisions:
      1.   Commercial Uses, 200 South: All buildings fronting 200 South shall have commercial uses that may include retail goods/service establishments, offices, restaurants, art galleries, motion picture theaters or performing arts facilities shall be provided on the first floor adjacent to the front or corner side lot line. The facades of such first floor shall be compatible and consistent with the associated retail or office portion of the building and other retail uses in the area.
      2.   Residential Units, 500 West: Buildings fronting on 500 West shall be required to have residential units occupying a minimum of fifty percent (50%) of the structure's gross square footage.
   C.   Building Height: The minimum building height shall be seventy five feet (75'). The maximum building height shall not exceed one hundred eighty feet (180').
      1.   Design Review: A modification to building height over ninety feet (90') in height shall only be allowed if approved through the design review process, subject to conformance with the standards and procedures of Chapter 21A.59 of this title, and subject to compliance to the applicable master plan.
   D.   All buildings shall be designed with a base that is differentiated from the remainder of the building. The base shall be between one and three stories in height, be visible from pedestrian view, and appropriately scaled to the surrounding contiguous historic buildings. The base shall include fenestration that distinguishes the lower from upper floors. Insets and/or projections are encouraged. The ground floor of all new buildings shall have a minimum floor to ceiling height of sixteen feet (16').
   E.   Yard Requirements: No minimum setback requirements. A maximum setback of ten feet (10') is allowed for up to thirty percent (30%) of the building facade.
      1.   If provided, the yard must include one of the following elements:
         a.   Seating at a ratio of at least one bench for every five hundred (500) square feet of yard space; or
         b.   Landscaping that includes an increase of at least twenty five percent (25%) in the total number of trees required to be planted on the site; or
         c.   Awning or a similar form of weather protection that covers at least five feet (5') in width and length from all street-facing building entrances.
      2.   Regardless of the setback provided, doors shall be setback a minimum distance to allow the door to operate without swinging into a right of way or midblock walkway.
      3.   The planning director, in consultation with the transportation director, may modify this requirement to accommodate a wider sidewalk if the adjacent public sidewalk is less than fifteen feet (15') wide and the resulting modification to the setback results in a more efficient public sidewalk. The planning director may waive this requirement for any addition, expansion, or intensification, which increases the floor area or parking requirement by less than fifty percent (50%) if the planning director finds the following:
         a.   The architecture of the addition is compatible with the architecture of the original structure or the surrounding architecture, or
         b.   The addition reduces the extent of the noncompliance of the existing building.
      4.   Exceptions to this requirement may be authorized through the design review process, subject to the requirements of Chapter 21A.59 of this title.
      5.   Ground floor residential uses shall have a minimum setback of ten feet (10'). This setback shall be incorporated into a private yard for the ground floor units. (Ord. 24B-23, 2023: Ord. 24-23, 2023: Ord. 67-22, 2022: Ord. 14-19, 2019: Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 15-13, 2013)

21A.32.010: GENERAL PROVISIONS:

   A.   Statement Of Intent: Certain geographic areas of the city contain land uses or platting patterns that do not fit traditional zoning classifications (e.g., residential, commercial, industrial) or uniform bulk regulations. These areas currently contain special land uses (e.g., airports or medical centers) which have a unique character, or contain mixed land uses which are difficult to regulate using uniform bulk and density standards. Because these areas have unique land uses, platting patterns and resources, special districts are needed to respond to these conditions. These special purpose districts are further intended to maintain the integrity of these areas, allow for greater flexibility in site design, and achieve the specialized goals for these areas.
   B.   Site Plan Review: In certain districts, permitted uses and conditional uses have the potential for adverse impacts if located and laid out without careful planning. Such impacts may interfere with the use and enjoyment of adjacent property and uses. Site plan review is a process designed to address such adverse impacts and minimize them where possible. Site plan review of development proposals is required in the RP, BP, FP, PL, PL-2, I, UI, MH and MU districts. All uses in these districts shall be subject to the site plan review regulations contained in chapter 21A.58 of this title.
   C.   Permitted Uses: The uses specified as permitted uses in section 21A.33.070, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Special Purpose Districts", of this title, are permitted provided that they comply with all requirements of this chapter, the general standards set forth in part IV of this title and all other applicable requirements of this title.
   D.   Conditional Uses: The uses specified as conditional uses, in section 21A.33.070, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Special Purpose Districts", of this title, shall be allowed in the special purpose districts provided they are approved pursuant to the standards and procedures for conditional uses set forth in chapter 21A.54 of this title, and comply with all other applicable requirements of this title.
   E.   Accessory Uses, Buildings And Structures: Accessory uses, buildings and structures are allowed in special purpose districts subject to the requirements of this chapter, section 21A.36.020, table 21A.36.020B and chapter 21A.40 of this title.
   F.   Environmental Performance Standards: All uses shall conform to the environmental performance standards established in section 21A.36.180 of this title.
   G.   Off Street Parking And Loading: The parking and loading requirements for the special purpose districts are set forth in chapter 21A.44 of this title.
   H.   Signs: Signs shall be allowed in the special purpose districts in accordance with provisions of chapter 21A.46 of this title. (Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 73-02 § 2, 2002: Ord. 35-99 § 39, 1999: Ord. 12-98 § 2, 1998: Ord. 26-95 § 2(16-0), 1995)

21A.32.020: RP RESEARCH PARK DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the RP Research Park District is to provide a campuslike environment for high technology research and development uses and related activities and to create employment centers that may benefit from being located near the University of Utah. This district is appropriate in areas of the City where the applicable master plans support this type of land use. The standards promote development that is intended to create an environment that is compatible with nearby areas.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the RP Research Park District as specified in section 21A.33.070, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Special Purpose Districts", of this title are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in section 21A.32.010 of this chapter and this section.
   C.   Minimum Lot Area And Lot Width:
      1.   Minimum lot area: Forty thousand (40,000) square feet.
      2.   Minimum lot width: One hundred fifty feet (150').
   D.   Maximum Building Height: Building height shall be limited to forty five feet (45'). Building heights in excess of forty five feet (45') but less than seventy five feet (75') may be approved through the design review process; provided, that the additional height is supported by the master plan and compatible with the adjacent neighborhood.
   E.   Minimum Open Space Area: The minimum open space area for any use shall not be less than thirty percent (30%) of the lot area.
   F.   Minimum Yard Requirements:
      1.   Front Yard: Thirty feet (30').
      2.   Corner Side Yard: Thirty feet (30').
      3.   Interior Side Yard: Twenty feet (20').
      4.   Rear Yard: Twenty five feet (25').
      5.   Accessory Buildings And Structures In Yards: Accessory buildings and structures may be located in required yard areas subject to section 21A.36.020, table 21A.36.020B of this title.
   G.   Attached Buildings On Separate Lots: Buildings on separate lots of record that are attached by a common wall along the interior side lot line may be permitted, subject to the site plan review approval pursuant to the provisions of chapter 21A.58 of this title. Where such buildings are authorized, the requirement for interior side yards in subsection F3 of this section shall be waived.
   H.   Landscape Yard Requirements: All of the minimum yard requirements shall be maintained as landscape yards. All landscape yards shall comply with the requirements of chapter 21A.48 of this title.
      1.   Front Yard: Thirty feet (30').
      2.   Corner Side Yard: Thirty feet (30').
      3.   Interior Side Yard: Eight feet (8'). Where a common access drive serves two (2) adjacent lots and extends along the side lot line to parking facilities in the rear of the lot, this landscape yard may be reduced or eliminated if the reduction or elimination is compensated for by increasing another landscape yard, subject to site plan review approval.
      4.   Rear Yard: Eight feet (8').
   I.   Landscape Buffer: Where a lot in the RP Research Park District abuts a lot in a Residential District, a landscape buffer shall be provided in conformance with the requirements of chapter 21A.48 of this title.
   J.   Other District Regulations: In addition to the foregoing regulations, all uses shall comply with the following requirements:
      1.   Enclosed Operations: All principal uses shall take place within entirely enclosed buildings.
      2.   Outdoor Storage: No outdoor storage shall be permitted.
      3.   Nuisance Impacts: Uses and processes shall be limited to those that do not create a nuisance to the use and enjoyment of adjacent property due to odor, dust, smoke, gases, vapors, noise, light, vibration, refuse matter or water carried waste. The use of explosive or radioactive materials, or any other hazardous materials, shall conform to all applicable State or Federal regulations. (Ord. 14-19, 2019: Ord. 13-19, 2019: Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 15-13, 2013: Ord. 12-11, 2011: Ord. 88-95 § 1 (Exh. A), 1995: Ord. 26-95 § 2(16-1), 1995)

21A.32.030: BP BUSINESS PARK DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the BP Business Park District is to provide an attractive environment for modern offices, light assembly and warehouse development and to create employment and economic development opportunities within the City in a campuslike setting. This district is appropriate in areas of the City where the applicable master plans support this type of land use. The standards promote development that is intended to create an environment that is compatible with nearby, existing developed areas.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the BP Business Park District as specified in section 21A.33.070, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Special Purpose Districts", of this title are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in section 21A.32.010 of this chapter and this section.
   C.   Minimum Lot Area And Lot Width:
      1.   Minimum lot area: Twenty thousand (20,000) square feet.
      2.   Minimum lot width: One hundred feet (100').
   D.   Maximum Building Height: No building shall exceed sixty feet (60') in height.
   E.   Minimum Open Space Area: The minimum open space area for any use shall not be less than fifteen percent (15%) of the lot area.
      1.   At least thirty three percent (33%) of the required open space area shall be covered with vegetation.
      2.   All landscaped open space areas shall conform with the water efficient landscaping standards found in Chapter 21A.48 of this title.
   F.   Minimum Yard Requirements:
      1.   Front Yard: Thirty feet (30').
      2.   Corner Side Yard: Thirty feet (30').
      3.   Interior Side Yard: Twenty feet (20').
      4.   Rear Yard: Twenty five feet (25').
      5.   Accessory Buildings And Structures In Yards: Accessory buildings and structures may be located in required yard areas subject to section 21A.36.020, table 21A.36.020B of this title.
   G.   Landscape Yard Requirements: All or a portion of the yards required shall be maintained as landscape yards. All landscape yards shall comply with the requirements of chapter 21A.48 of this title.
      1.   Front Yard: Thirty feet (30').
      2.   Corner Side Yard: Thirty feet (30').
      3.   Interior Side Yard: Eight feet (8').
      4.   Rear Yard: Eight feet (8').
   H.   Landscape Buffers: Where a lot in the BP Business Park District abuts a lot in a Residential District, landscape buffers shall be required in conformance with chapter 21A.48 of this title.
   I.   Other District Regulations: In addition to the foregoing regulations, all uses shall comply with the following requirements:
      1.   Enclosed Operations: All principal uses shall take place within entirely enclosed buildings.
      2.   Outdoor Storage: Accessory outdoor storage shall be screened with a solid fence and approved through the site plan review process.
      3.   Nuisance Impacts: Uses and processes shall be limited to those that do not create a nuisance to the use and enjoyment of adjacent property due to odor, dust, smoke, gases, vapors, noise, light, vibration, refuse matter or water carried waste. The use of explosive or radioactive materials, or any other hazardous materials, shall conform to all applicable State or Federal regulations.
      4.   Property Zoned Business Park: When a property zoned Business Park abuts, or is across the street from, an AG-2 or AG-5 Zoning District the following standards shall apply:
         a.   Buildings shall be prohibited within one hundred feet (100') of the adjacent property line;
         b.   Parking lots shall be prohibited within fifty feet (50') of the adjacent property line; and
         c.   The portion of the lot located between the adjacent property line and the parking lot or building shall be improved in the form of a landscaped buffer with a minimum 5 foot berm and shall comply with the provisions of Chapter 21A.48 of this title. (Ord. 12-24, 2024: Ord. 13-19, 2019: Ord. 9-16, 2016: Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 12-11, 2011: Ord. 61-09 § 20, 2009: Ord. 14-00 § 2, 2000: Ord. 88-95 § 1 (Exh. A), 1995: Ord. 26-95 § 2(16-2), 1995)

21A.32.040: FP FOOTHILLS PROTECTION DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the FP Foothills Protection District is to protect the foothill areas from intensive development in order to protect the scenic value of these areas, wildlife habitats and to minimize flooding and erosion. This district is appropriate in areas where supported by applicable master plans.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the FP Foothills Protection District as specified in Section 21A.33.070 , "Table of Permitted and Conditional Uses for Special Purpose Districts", of this title, are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in Section 21A.32.010 of this chapter and this section.
   C.   Special Foothills Regulations: The regulations contained in Subsection 21A.24.010 .P of this title, shall apply to the FP Foothills Protection District.
   D.   Minimum Lot Area and Lot Width: Any use, except trailheads, in the FP Foothills Protection District shall comply with the following lot area and width requirements:
      1.   Minimum lot area: Sixteen (16) acres.
      2.   Minimum lot width: One hundred forty feet (140').
   E.   Maximum Building Height: See Subsection 21A.24.010 .P of this title for special foothills regulations governing building height.
   F.   Minimum Yard Requirements: No principal or accessory building shall be located within twenty feet (20') of the front or corner side lot line nor shall any principal or accessory building be located within 75' of any side or rear lot line. Accessory structures (other than accessory buildings) shall conform to Section 21A.36.020 , Table 21A.36.020.B of this title.
   G.   Maximum Disturbed Area: The disturbed site area shall not exceed two (2) acres. For the purposes of this district, "disturbed areas" shall be defined as areas of grading and removal of existing vegetation for principal and accessory buildings and areas to be hard surfaced.
   H.   Slope Restrictions: To protect the visual and environmental quality of foothill areas, no building shall be constructed on any portion of the site that exceeds a thirty percent (30%) slope for lots in subdivisions granted preliminary approval by the planning commission after November 4, 1994.
   I.   Fence Restrictions: Fences and walls shall only be constructed after first obtaining a building permit subject to the standards of this subsection.
      1.   Site Plan Submittal: As a part of the site plan review process, a fencing plan shall be submitted which shall show:
         a.   Any specific subdivision approval conditions regarding fencing;
         b.   Material specifications and illustrations necessary to determine compliance with specific subdivision approval limitations and the standards of this section.
      2.   Field Fencing of Designated Undevelopable Areas: Fencing on areas identified as undevelopable areas or transitional areas on any subdivision granted preliminary approval by the planning commission after November 4, 1994, or any lot previously platted which identifies undevelopable areas or transitional areas shall be limited to the following standards unless subdivision approval granted prior to November 4, 1994, included specific fencing requirements which are more restrictive. The more restrictive requirement shall apply.
         a.   A low visibility see through fence shall consist of flat black colored steel "T" posts and not more than four strands of nonbarbed steel wire, strung at even vertical spacing on the "T" post, and erected to a height of not more than 42" above the natural ground surface.
         b.   When fencing lot boundary lines, vegetation or native brush shall not be cleared so as to create a visible demarcation from off site.
         c.   The existing surface of the ground shall not be changed by grading activities when erecting boundary fences.
         d.   Fence materials and designs must not create a hazard for big game wildlife species.
         e.   No field fencing shall be erected in conflict with pedestrian easements dedicated to Salt Lake City.
      3.   Buildable Area Fencing: Fencing on any portions of a lot identified as buildable area or required side yard on any subdivision granted preliminary approval by the planning commission after November 4, 1994, or any lot previously platted which identifies undevelopable areas or transitional areas shall be limited to the following standards unless subdivision approval granted prior to November 4, 1994, includes specific fencing requirements which are more restrictive. The more restrictive requirement shall apply.
         a.   An open, see through fence shall be constructed of tubular steel, wrought iron or similar materials, finished with a flat black, nonreflective finish constructed to a height of six feet (6') or less; or
         b.   A sight obscuring or privacy type fence shall be of earth tone colors, or similar materials to the primary dwelling, and located in a way to screen private outdoor living spaces from off site view.
      4.   Front or Corner Side Yard Fencing: Walls and fences located within the front or corner side yards or along dedicated roads shall not exceed a maximum of 42" in height.
   J.   Special Landscape Regulations: In addition to the regulations in Chapter 21A.48 "Landscaping and Buffers" the following special landscape regulations apply:
      1.   Landscape Plan: In addition to the landscape plan submittal requirements listed in Section 21A.48.050 , landscape plans shall also include:
         a.   Delineation between proposed revegetation of disturbed areas of the site, and road/driveway areas. The landscape plan shall extend 100 feet beyond the disturbed site area and 25 feet beyond the limits of grading for roads/driveways, but need not include any portions of the site designated as undevelopable unless these areas are disturbed.
         b.   As a condition of site plan approval, a plan for erosion protection.
         c.   An irrigation plan designed to provide sufficient water for at least the first 2 years of growth to establish revegetation of natural areas.
      2.   Maximum Disturbed Area: The maximum disturbed area shall not exceed 10% of the total site area.
      3.   Tree Preservation and Replacement: Existing trees over 2 inches in caliper that are removed from the site to accommodate development shall be replaced. Whenever microclimate conditions make it practical, the proportion of replacement tree species shall be the same as the trees removed.
      4.   Limits on Turf: To minimize the impact on the natural landscape and promote the intent of this district, the area of turf grasses shall not exceed 33% of the area to be landscaped and shall not encroach into undevelopable areas.
      5.   Slope Revegetation: All slopes graded or otherwise disturbed shall be restored/replanted. Restored vegetation shall consist of native or adapted grasses, herbaceous perennials, or woody trees and shrubs as appropriate for slope, soil and microclimate conditions. (Ord. 12-24, 2024: Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 12-11, 2011: Ord. 26-95 § 2(16-3), 1995)

21A.32.050: AG AGRICULTURAL DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the AG Agricultural District is to preserve and protect agricultural uses for local food production in suitable portions of Salt Lake City. These regulations are also designed to minimize conflicts between agricultural and nonagricultural uses. This district is appropriate in areas of the City where the applicable Master Plans support this type of land use.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the AG Agricultural District as specified in section 21A.33.070, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Special Purpose Districts", of this title are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in section 21A.32.010 of this chapter and this section.
   C.   Minimum Lot Area And Lot Width:
      1.   Minimum lot area: Two (2) acres.
      2.   Minimum lot width: One hundred feet (100').
   D.   Maximum Building Height: Forty five feet (45').
   E.   Minimum Yard Requirements:
      1.   Front Yard: Thirty feet (30').
      2.   Corner Side Yard: Thirty feet (30').
      3.   Interior Side Yard: Twenty feet (20').
      4.   Rear Yard: Thirty feet (30').
      5.   Accessory Buildings And Structures In Yards: Accessory buildings and structures may be located in required yard areas subject to section 21A.36.020, table 21A.36.020B of this title.
   F.   Restrictions On Agricultural Uses: In addition to the applicable foregoing regulations, agricultural uses shall comply with the following requirements:
      1.   No feeding, grazing, or sheltering of livestock and poultry, whether within penned enclosures or within enclosed buildings, shall be permitted within one hundred feet (100') of an existing single-family dwelling on an adjacent lot.
      2.   Stockyards, feed yards, slaughterhouses and rendering plants shall not be permitted. (Ord. 48-17, 2017)

21A.32.052: AG-2 AGRICULTURAL DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the AG-2 Agricultural District is to preserve and protect agricultural uses in suitable portions of Salt Lake City on lots not less than two (2) acres. These regulations are also designed to minimize conflicts between agricultural and nonagricultural uses. This district is appropriate in areas of the City where the applicable Master Plans support this type of land use.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the AG-2 Agricultural District as specified in section 21A.33.070, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Special Purpose Districts", of this title are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in section 21A.32.010 of this chapter and this section.
   C.   Minimum Lot Area And Lot Width:
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Agricultural uses
2 acres
150 feet
Kennel, public and private
5 acres
220 feet
Natural open space and conservation areas, public and private
No minimum
No minimum
Public pedestrian pathways, trails and greenways
No minimum
No minimum
Public/private utility wires, lines, pipes and poles
No minimum
No minimum
Single-family dwellings
2 acres
150 feet
Small group homes
2 acres
150 feet
Utility substations and buildings
5,000 square feet
50 feet
Other permitted or conditional uses as listed in section 21A.33.070 of this title
2 acres
150 feet
 
   D.   Maximum Building Height:
      1.   Single-Family Dwellings: Thirty feet (30').
      2.   Small Group Homes: Thirty feet (30').
      3.   Agricultural Uses: Forty five feet (45').
      4.   Conditional Uses: Forty five feet (45').
   E.   Minimum Yard Requirements For Single-Family And Group Homes:
      1.   Front Yard: Thirty feet (30').
      2.   Corner Side Yard: Thirty feet (30').
      3.   Interior Side Yard: Thirty five feet (35').
      4.   Rear Yard: None.
      5.   Accessory Buildings And Structures In Yards: Accessory buildings and structures may be located in required yard areas subject to section 21A.36.020, table 21A.36.020B of this title.
   F.   Maximum Building Coverage For Single-Family And Group Homes: The surface coverage of the principal dwelling shall not exceed eighty percent (80%) of the buildable area for residential uses of the lot.
   G.   Buildable Area For Principal Dwelling: A residential structure shall not be located farther than two hundred feet (200') from the front property line.
   H.   Required Landscape Yards: All front and corner side yards shall be maintained as landscape yards in conformance with the requirements of chapter 21A.48 of this title.
   I.   Restrictions On Agricultural Uses: In addition to the applicable foregoing regulations, agricultural uses shall comply with the following requirements:
      1.   No feeding, grazing, or sheltering of livestock and poultry, whether within penned enclosures or within enclosed buildings, shall be permitted within fifty feet (50') of an existing single- family dwelling on an adjacent lot. (Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 12-11, 2011: Ord. 61-09 § 22, 2009: Ord. 14-00 § 3, 2000)

21A.32.054: AG-5 AGRICULTURAL DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the AG-5 agricultural district is to preserve and protect agricultural uses in suitable portions of Salt Lake City on lots not less than five (5) acres. These regulations are also designed to minimize conflicts between agricultural and nonagricultural uses. This district is appropriate in areas of the city where the applicable master plans support this type of land use.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the AG-5 agricultural district as specified in section 21A.33.070, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Special Purpose Districts", of this title are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in section 21A.32.010 of this chapter and this section.
   C.   Minimum Lot Area And Lot Width:
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Agricultural uses
5 acres
220 feet
Natural open space and conservation areas, public and private
No minimum
No minimum
Pet cemetery
2 acres
150 feet
Public pedestrian pathways, trails and greenways
No minimum
No minimum
Public/private utility wires, lines, pipes and poles
No minimum
No minimum
Single-family dwellings
5 acres
220 feet
Small group homes
5 acres
220 feet
Utility substations and buildings
5,000 square feet
50 feet
Other permitted or conditional uses as listed in section 21A.33.070 of this title
5 acres
220 feet
 
   D.   Maximum Building Height:
      1.   Single-Family Dwellings: Thirty feet (30').
      2.   Small Group Homes: Thirty feet (30').
      3.   Agricultural Uses: Forty five feet (45').
      4.   Conditional Uses: Forty five feet (45').
   E.   Minimum Yard Requirements:
      1.   Front Yard: Thirty feet (30').
      2.   Corner Side Yard: Thirty feet (30').
      3.   Interior Side Yard: Thirty five feet (35').
      4.   Rear Yard: None.
      5.   Accessory Buildings And Structures In Yards: Accessory buildings and structures may be located in required yard areas subject to section 21A.36.020, table 21A.36.020B of this title.
   F.   Maximum Building Coverage For Single-Family And Group Homes: The surface coverage of all principal dwellings shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the buildable area for residential uses of the lot.
   G.   Buildable Area For Principal Dwelling: A residential structure shall not be located farther than two hundred feet (200') from the front property line.
   H.   Required Landscape Yards: All front and corner side yards shall be maintained as landscape yards in conformance with the requirements of chapter 21A.48 of this title.
   I.   Restrictions On Agricultural Uses: In addition to the applicable foregoing regulations, agricultural uses shall comply with the following requirements:
      1.   No feeding, grazing, or sheltering of livestock and poultry, whether within penned enclosures or within enclosed buildings, shall be permitted within fifty feet (50') of an existing single- family dwelling on an adjacent lot. (Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 12-11, 2011: Ord. 61-09 § 23, 2009: Ord. 14-00 § 3, 2000)

21A.32.056: AG-20 AGRICULTURAL DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the AG-20 Agricultural District is to preserve and protect agricultural uses, on lots not less than twenty (20) acres, in suitable portions of Salt Lake City. These regulations are also designed to minimize conflicts between agricultural and nonagricultural uses. This district is appropriate in areas of the City where the applicable master plans support this type of land use.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the AG-20 Agricultural District as specified in section 21A.33.070, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Special Purpose Districts", of this title are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in section 21A.32.010 of this chapter and this section.
   C.   Minimum Lot Area And Lot Width:
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Agricultural uses
20 acres
500 feet
Kennels, public and private
5 acres
220 feet
Natural open space and conservation areas, public and private
No minimum
No minimum
Pet cemetery
2 acres
150 feet
Public pedestrian pathways, trails and greenways
No minimum
No minimum
Public/private utility wires, lines, pipes and poles
No minimum
No minimum
Utility substations and buildings
5,000 square feet
50 feet
Other permitted or conditional uses as listed in section 21A.33.070 of this title
20 acres
500 feet
 
   D.   Maximum Building Height: Building height shall be limited to forty five feet (45'). Building heights in excess of forty five feet (45') but not more than sixty five feet (65') may be approved through the design review process provided that the additional height is compatible with adjacent properties and does not conflict with the Airport Flight Path Protection Overlay Zone.
   E.   Minimum Yard Requirements:
      1.   Front Yard: Fifty feet (50').
      2.   Corner Side Yard: Fifty feet (50').
      3.   Interior Side Yard: None required.
      4.   Rear Yard: None required.
      5.   Accessory Buildings And Structures In Yards: Accessory buildings and structures may be located in required yard areas subject to section 21A.36.020, table 21A.36.020B of this title.
   F.   Required Landscape Yards: None required.
   G.   Restrictions On Agricultural Uses: In addition to the applicable foregoing regulations, agricultural uses shall comply with the following requirements:
      1.   No feeding, grazing, or sheltering of livestock and poultry, whether within penned enclosures or within enclosed buildings, shall be permitted within fifty feet (50') of an existing single- family dwelling on an adjacent lot. (Ord. 14-19, 2019: Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 15-13, 2013: Ord. 12-11, 2011: Ord. 14-00 § 3, 2000)

21A.32.060: A AIRPORT DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the A Airport District is to provide a suitable environment for the Salt Lake City International Airport and private uses that function in support of the airport facility. This district is appropriate in areas of the City where the applicable master plans support this type of land use.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the A Airport District as specified in section 21A.33.070, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Special Purpose Districts", of this title, are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in section 21A.32.010 of this chapter and this section.
   C.   Minimum Lot Area And Width: No minimum lot area or lot width is required.
   D.   Maximum Building Height: Maximum building height shall be determined by the Salt Lake City International Airport in accordance with subsections 21A.34.040F through R of this title.
   E.   Minimum Yard Requirements: No minimum yards shall be required. (Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 12-11, 2011: Ord. 86-98 § 18, 1998: Ord. 26-95 § 2(16-5), 1995)

21A.32.070: PL PUBLIC LANDS DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the PL Public Lands District is to specifically delineate areas of public use and to control the potential redevelopment of public uses, lands and facilities. This district is appropriate in areas of the City where the applicable master plans support this type of land use.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the PL Public Lands District, as specified in section 21A.33.070, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Special Purpose Districts", of this title, are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in section 21A.32.010 of this chapter and this section.
   C.   Minimum Lot Area And Lot Width:
 
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Public schools
5 acres
150 feet
Other permitted uses
20,000 square feet
75 feet
 
   D.   Maximum Building Height:
      1.   Local government facilities, prison or jail, government offices, arenas, stadiums, fairgrounds and exhibition halls: Seventy five feet (75'); provided, that where abutting a zoning district allowing greater height, the height standard of the abutting district shall apply.
      2.   Other uses: Thirty five feet (35').
   E.   Minimum Yard Requirements:
      1.   Public School:
         a.   Front Yard: Thirty feet (30').
         b.   Corner Side Yard: Thirty feet (30').
         c.   Interior Side Yard: Fifty feet (50').
         d.   Rear Yard: One hundred feet (100').
      2.   Other Uses:
         a.   Front Yard: Thirty feet (30').
         b.   Corner Side Yard: Thirty feet (30').
         c.   Interior Side Yard: Twenty feet (20').
         d.   Rear Yard: Thirty feet (30').
      3.   Accessory Buildings And Structures In Yards: Accessory buildings and structures may be located in required yard areas subject to section 21A.36.020, table 21A.36.020B of this title.
   F.   Required Landscape Yards: All front and corner side yards shall be maintained as landscaped yards in conformance with the requirements of chapter 21A.48 of this title.
   G.   Landscape Buffers: When a lot in the PL Public Lands District abuts a lot in a Single-Family or Two-Family Residential District, landscape buffers, in accordance with the requirements of chapter 21A.48 of this title, shall be required. (Ord. 10-24, 2024: Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 12-11, 2011: Ord. 26-95 § 2(16-6), 1995)

21A.32.075: PL-2 PUBLIC LANDS DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the PL-2 Public Lands District is to specifically delineate areas of public use and to control the potential redevelopment of public uses, lands and facilities in an urban context. This district is appropriate in areas of the City where the applicable master plans support this type of land use.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the PL-2 Public Lands District, as specified in section 21A.33.070, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Special Purpose Districts", of this title, are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in section 21A.32.010 of this chapter and this section.
   C.   Minimum Lot Area And Lot Width: No minimum lot area or lot width shall be required.
   D.   Maximum Building Height:
      1.   Local government facilities, government offices, arenas, stadiums, and exhibition halls: Seventy five feet (75') provided, that where abutting a zoning district allowing greater height, the height standard of the abutting district shall apply. A modification to the maximum building height provisions of this section may be granted only through the design review process, subject to conformance with the standards and procedures of chapter 21A.59 of this title, and subject to compliance with the applicable master plan.
      2.   Other uses: Thirty five feet (35').
   E.   Minimum Yard Requirements:
      1.   Front Yard: Twenty feet (20').
      2.   Corner Side Yard: Twenty feet (20').
      3.   Interior Side Yard: None.
      4.   Rear Yard: None.
   F.   Accessory Buildings And Structures In Yards: Accessory buildings and structures may be located in required yard areas subject to section 21A.36.020, table 21A.36.020B of this title.
   G.   Required Landscape Yards: All front and corner side yards shall be maintained as landscaped yards in conformance with the requirements of chapter 21A.48 of this title.
   H.   Landscape Buffers: When a lot in the PL-2 Public Lands District abuts a lot in a Single-Family or Two-Family Residential District, landscape buffers, in accordance with the requirements of chapter 21A.48 of this title, shall be required.
   I.   Accessory Retail Sales And Services Uses When Located Within A Principal Building: Pursuant to section 21A.33.070, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Special Purpose Districts", of this title, accessory retail sales and services uses, restaurants, delis and other food service uses shall be permitted subject to the following qualifying provisions:
      1.   Preference: Preference will be given to nonprofit organizations.
      2.   Maximum Floor Area: Two thousand (2,000) square feet.
      3.   New Business Or Location: Tenant must be opening a new business or adding a new location. Tenants are not allowed to relocate from an existing location in a Commercial, Downtown or Gateway Zoning District in the City.
      4.   Signage Standards For Accessory Uses:
         a.   Sign Type And Size Standards:
 
Type Of Sign Permitted
Maximum Area
Per Sign Face
Sign Face Height
Number Of Signs Permitted
Flat sign1 (oriented to the accessory use storefront providing public pedestrian access)
0.5 square foot of sign area per linear foot of accessory use storefront with a maximum area of 20 square feet
14 inches
1 per accessory use storefront
 
Note:
   1.   Backlit awnings shall not be permitted.
         b.   Illumination: Signs shall not be internally illuminated.
         c.   Setback For Exterior Signs: Signs for accessory uses which have an exterior public pedestrian entrance that face a public street shall be set back a minimum of two hundred feet (200') from the public street right-of-way. (Ord. 10-24, 2024: Ord. 14-19, 2019: Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 15-13, 2013: Ord. 12-11, 2011: Ord. 73-02 § 3, 2002)

21A.32.080: I INSTITUTIONAL DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the I Institutional District is to regulate the development of larger public, semipublic and private institutional uses in a manner harmonious with surrounding uses. The uses regulated by this district are generally those having multiple buildings on a campuslike setting. Such uses are intended to be compatible with the existing scale and intensity of the neighborhood and to enhance the character of the neighborhood. This district is appropriate in areas of the City where the applicable master plans support this type of land use.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the I Institutional District as specified in section 21A.33.070, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Special Purpose Districts", of this title, are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in section 21A.32.010 of this chapter and this section.
   C.   Minimum Lot Size: The following minimum lot size requirements shall apply to authorized permitted uses. Lot size requirements for conditional uses shall be determined for each conditional use.
 
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Places of worship
2 acres
100 feet
Other uses
20,000 square feet
100 feet
 
   D.   Maximum Building Height: Building height shall be limited to thirty five feet (35'). Building heights in excess of thirty five feet (35') but not more than seventy five feet (75') may be approved through the design review process; provided, that for each foot of height over thirty five feet (35'), each required yard shall be increased one foot (1').
   E.   Minimum Open Space Area: The minimum open space area for any use shall not be less than forty percent (40%) of the lot area.
   F.   Minimum Yard Requirements:
      1.   Front Yard: Twenty feet (20').
      2.   Corner Side Yard: Twenty feet (20').
      3.   Interior Side Yard: Twenty feet (20').
      4.   Rear Yard: Twenty five feet (25').
      5.   Accessory Buildings And Structures In Yards: Accessory buildings and structures may be located in required yard areas subject to section 21A.36.020, table 21A.36.020B of this title.
   G.   Landscape Yard Requirements: Landscape yards, as specified below, shall be required for each use in the I Institutional District and shall be improved in conformance with the requirements of chapter 21A.48 of this title.
      1.   Front Yard: Twenty feet (20').
      2.   Corner Side Yard: Twenty feet (20').
      3.   Interior Side Yard: Eight feet (8').
      4.   Rear Yard: Eight feet (8').
   H.   Landscape Buffers: Landscape buffers shall be provided where a use in the I Institutional District abuts a lot in a Residential District, as specified in chapter 21A.48 of this title.
   I.   Traffic And Parking Impact: The traffic and parking characteristics of institutional uses can have a significant impact on the nearby residential neighborhoods. To ensure that these characteristics do not impair the safety or enjoyment of property in nearby areas, a traffic and parking study shall be submitted to the City in conjunction with the site plan review provisions of this title whenever an expansion of an existing use or an expansion of the mapped district is proposed. New institutional uses or expansions/intensifications of existing institutional uses shall not be permitted unless the traffic and parking study provides clear and convincing evidence that no significant impacts will occur. The Zoning Administrator may, upon recommendation of the development review team waive the requirement for a traffic and parking study if site conditions clearly indicate that no impact would result from the proposed development.
   J.   Lighting: All uses and developments shall provide adequate lighting so as to assure safety and security. Lighting installations shall not have an adverse impact on traffic safety or on surrounding properties and uses. Light sources shall be shielded to minimize light spillover onto adjacent properties. (Ord. 14-19, 2019: Ord. 13-19, 2019: Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 15-13, 2013: Ord. 12-11, 2011: Ord. 88-95 § 1 (Exh. A), 1995: Ord. 26-95 § 2(16-7), 1995)

21A.32.090: UI URBAN INSTITUTIONAL DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the UI Urban Institutional District is to regulate the development of larger public, semipublic and private institutional uses in an urban context. The uses regulated by this district are generally those having multiple buildings on a campuslike setting, located within a developed community. Such uses are intended to be compatible with the existing scale and intensity of the neighborhood and to enhance the character of the neighborhood. This district is appropriate in areas of the City where the applicable master plans support this type of land use.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the UI Urban Institutional District as specified in section 21A.33.070, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Special Purpose Districts", of this title, are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in section 21A.32.010 of this chapter and this section.
   C.   Minimum Lot Size: The following minimum lot size requirements shall apply to authorized permitted uses. Lot size requirements for conditional uses shall be determined for each conditional use.
 
Land Use
Minimum Lot Area
Minimum Lot Width
Places of worship
20,000 square feet
100 feet
Other uses
1 acre
150 feet
 
   D.   Maximum Building Height: Building height shall be limited to seventy five feet (75'). Building heights in excess of seventy five feet (75') but not more than one hundred twenty feet (120') may be approved through the design review process; provided, that the additional height is supported by the master plan and compatible with the adjacent neighborhood.
   E.   Minimum Open Space Area: The minimum open space area for any use shall not be less than twenty percent (20%) of the lot area.
   F.   Minimum Yard Requirements: For all uses other than hospitals, the minimum yard requirements shall be:
      1.   Front Yard: Fifteen feet (15').
      2.   Corner Side Yard: Fifteen feet (15').
      3.   Interior Side Yard: None required.
      4.   Rear Yard: Twenty five feet (25').
      5.   Accessory Buildings And Structures In Yards: Accessory buildings and structures may be located in required yard areas subject to section 21A.36.020, table 21A.36.020B, "Obstructions In Required Yards", of this title.
      6.   Minimum Requirements May Be Altered Or Waived: Minimum yard requirements may be altered or waived by the Planning Commission as a planned development pursuant to the standards and procedures for planned developments set forth in chapter 21A.55, "Planned Developments", of this title.
   G.   Landscape Yard Requirements: Landscape yards, as specified below, shall be required for each use, except hospitals, in the UI Urban Institutional District and shall be improved in conformance with the requirements of chapter 21A.48, "Landscaping And Buffers", of this title.
      1.   Front Yard: Fifteen feet (15').
      2.   Corner Side Yard: Fifteen feet (15').
      3.   Interior Side Yard: None required.
      4.   Rear Yard: Ten feet (10').
      5.   Minimum Requirements May Be Altered Or Waived: Landscape yard requirements may be altered or waived by the Planning Commission as a planned development pursuant to the standards and procedures for planned developments set forth in chapter 21A.55 of this title.
   H.   Special Yard Requirements For Hospitals: For hospitals, the minimum yard requirements shall be:
      1.   Front Yard: Thirty feet (30').
      2.   Corner Side Yard: Thirty feet (30').
      3.   Interior Side Yard: Fifteen feet (15').
      4.   Rear Yard: Twenty five feet (25').
      5.   Accessory Buildings And Structures In Yards: Accessory buildings and structures may be located in required yard areas subject to section 21A.36.020, table 21A.36.020B, "Obstructions In Required Yards", of this title.
   I.   Special Landscape Yard Requirements For Hospitals: Landscape yards, as specified below, shall be required for hospitals in the UI Urban Institutional District and shall be improved in conformance with the requirements of chapter 21A.48, "Landscaping And Buffers", of this title.
      1.   Front Yard: Thirty feet (30').
      2.   Corner Side Yard: Thirty feet (30').
      3.   Interior Side Yard: Ten feet (10').
      4.   Rear Yard: Ten feet (10').
   J.   Landscape Buffers: Landscape buffers shall be provided where a use in the UI Urban Institutional District abuts a lot in a Residential District, as specified in chapter 21A.48, "Landscaping And Buffers", of this title.
   K.   Traffic And Parking Impact: The traffic and parking characteristics of institutional uses can have a significant impact on the nearby residential neighborhoods. To ensure that these characteristics do not impair the safety or enjoyment of property in nearby areas, a traffic and parking study shall be submitted to the City in conjunction with the site plan review provisions of this title whenever any additional parking is provided or required for an existing use or for any expansion of a mapped district is proposed. Unless the traffic and parking study provides clear and convincing evidence that no significant impacts will occur, the application shall be denied. The Zoning Administrator may, upon recommendation of the development review team, waive the requirement for a traffic and parking study if site conditions clearly indicate that no impact would result from the proposed development.
   L.   Lighting: All uses and developments shall provide adequate lighting so as to assure safety and security. On site lighting shall be located, directed or designed in such a manner as to contain and direct light and glare to the property on which it is located only. (Ord. 14-19, 2019: Ord. 13-19, 2019: Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 15-13, 2013: Ord. 12-11, 2011: Ord. 23-10 § 10, 2010: Ord. 26-95 § 2(16-8), 1995)

21A.32.100: OS OPEN SPACE DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the OS Open Space District is to preserve and enhance public and private open space, natural areas, and improved park and recreational areas. These areas serve to provide opportunities for active and passive outdoor recreation; provide contrasts to the built environment; preserve scenic qualities; protect sensitive or fragile environmental areas such as wetlands, steep slopes, ridge lines, meadows, and stream corridors; preserve the capacity and water quality of the stormwater drainage system; encourage sustainability, conservation and renewable energy and provide pedestrian and bicycle transportation connections. This district is appropriate in areas of the City where the applicable master plans support this type of land use.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the OS Open Space District, specified in section 21A.33.070, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Special Purpose Districts", of this title, are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in section 21A.32.010 of this chapter and this section.
   C.   Minimum Lot Area And Lot Width: None required.
   D.   Maximum Building and Recreation Equipment Height:
      1.   Lots four (4) acres or less: Building height shall be limited to thirty five (35) feet; provided that for each foot of height in excess of twenty (20) feet, each required yard and landscaped yard shall be increased one foot.
      2.   Lots greater than four (4) acres: Building heights in excess of thirty five (35) feet but not more than forty five (45) feet may be permitted provided, that for each foot of height over thirty five (35) feet, each required yard and landscaped yard shall be increased one foot. Building heights in excess of forty five (45) feet up to sixty (60) feet may be approved through the design review process and that for each foot of height over thirty five (35) feet, each required yard and landscaped yard shall be increased one (1) foot.
      3.   Recreation equipment heights are permitted to a height not to exceed eighty (80) feet when needed due to the nature of the equipment or for the use to operate safely, such as fences surrounding golf course driving ranges.
      4.   Heights for buildings or structures for the Salt Lake City Public Utilities Department that are not specifically exempt in section 21A.02.050 of this title, are exempt from the height restrictions in this zoning district provided the building or structure is deemed by the director of the public utilities department as critical infrastructure necessary to provide specific utility needs to the public.
   E.   Minimum Yard Requirements:
      1.   Lots Four Acres Or Less:
         a.   Front Yard: Ten feet (10').
         b.   Corner Side Yard: Ten feet (10').
         c.   Interior Side Yard: Ten feet (10').
         d.   Rear Yard: Ten feet (10').
      2.   Lots Greater Than Four Acres:
         a.   Front Yard: Ten feet (10').
         b.   Corner Side Yard: Ten feet (10').
         c.   Interior Side Yard: Fifteen feet (15').
         d.   Rear Yard: Fifteen feet (15').
      3.   Accessory Buildings And Structures In Yards: Accessory buildings and structures may be located in required yard areas subject to section 21A.36.020, table 21A.36.020B, "Obstructions In Required Yards", of this title.
   F.   Landscape Yard Requirements: All required yards shall be maintained as landscaped yards excluding authorized accessory buildings and structures in conformance with the requirements of chapter 21A.48, "Landscaping And Buffers", of this title.
   G.   Special Conditional Use Controls Over Communications Towers:
      1.   Designation Of Telecommunication Site: Within the OS Open Space District there is set aside a telecommunication site to accommodate the erection of microwave, radio or other communication towers and related facilities, located north of Ensign Peak in Salt Lake County, Utah, and described as follows:
         a.   Beginning at a point that is located S. 19° 10' 29" E. 1.533.61 feet from the northwest corner of Section 19, T.1N., R.1E., SLB&M; thence S 32° 33' 21" E. 364.42 feet; thence S. 57° 26' 39" W. 2.890.15 feet; thence N. 32° 33' 21" W. 285.15 feet: thence N. 55° 52' 23" E. 2.891.23 feet to the point of beginning, containing 21.549 acres, more or less.
         b.   This telecommunication site is set aside in order to promote the location of communications towers in a manageable area and to protect the aesthetics and environment of the site.
      2.   Special Conditional Use Standards: A conditional use may be authorized by the Planning Commission pursuant to the standards and procedures for conditional uses set forth in chapter 21A.54 of this title, to permit a communication tower within the established telecommunications site provided the Planning Commission makes the additional findings:
         a.   The facility is located within the telecommunication site described above;
         b.   The facilities and access roads are designed and constructed so as to minimally disturb the natural terrain; and
         c.   The owner of the communications tower agrees to accommodate the multiple use of the tower where feasible.
      3.   Title To Site To Remain With City: Pursuant to section 69-3-1, Utah Code, or its successor, the City shall retain title to all property which it presently owns within such site.
      4.   Exceptions: This section shall not affect the use, operation, expansion or construction of towers and related facilities on property owned by telecommunication companies as of January 1, 1986.
   H.   Lighting: All uses and developments that provide lighting shall ensure that lighting installations comply with the following standards:
      1.   Lighting is installed in a manner and location that will not have an adverse impact on the natural environment when placed in areas with wildlife habitat, traffic safety or on surrounding properties and uses;
      2.   Light sources shall be shielded to eliminate excessive glare or light into adjacent properties and have cutoffs to protect the view of the night sky; and
      3.   Light poles for outdoor uses, such as sports fields, amphitheaters, and other similar uses may be permitted up to seventy (70) feet in height provided the lights are located a minimum of thirty (30) feet from a residential use and directed to reduce light trespass onto neighboring properties. (Ord. 64-21, 2021: Ord. 13-19, 2019)

21A.32.105: NOS NATURAL OPEN SPACE DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the NOS Natural Open Space District is to specifically delineate natural areas of special environmental or scenic value, and support the preservation of these areas through limited development. This district is appropriate in areas of the City where the applicable master plans support this type of land use.
   B.   Uses: Permitted activities in this district are limited to ecosystem management, conservation and passive recreational uses as listed in section 21A.33.070, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Special Purpose Districts", of this title. (Ord. 13-19, 2019)

21A.32.110: MH MOBILE HOME PARK DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the MH Mobile Home Park District is to create an environment suitable for mobile home dwelling units. This district establishes regulations for the development of sites suitable for mobile homes. This district is appropriate in areas of the City where the applicable master plans support this type of land use.
   B.   Applicability: The regulations of this district shall apply only to mobile homes, as defined in chapter 21A.62 of this title.
   C.   Minimum District Size: The minimum size of any MH Mobile Home Park District shall be ten (10) acres.
   D.   Uses: Uses in the MH Mobile Home Park District, as specified in section 21A.33.070, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Special Purpose Districts", of this title, are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in section 21A.32.010 of this chapter and this section.
   E.   Maximum Building Height: No dwelling unit shall exceed fifteen feet (15') in height. On site recreation buildings and clubhouses shall not exceed thirty feet (30').
   F.   Minimum Yard Requirements:
      1.   Front Yard: Twenty feet (20') from the right-of-way line of a public street, or the edge of pavement of a private street or common access drive.
      2.   Corner Side Yard: Twenty feet (20') from the right-of-way line of a public street, or the edge of pavement of a private street or common access drive.
      3.   Interior Side Yard: Ten feet (10').
      4.   Rear Yard: Ten feet (10').
      5.   Accessory Buildings And Structures In Yards: Accessory buildings and structures may be located in required yard areas subject to section 21A.36.020, table 21A.36.020B of this title.
   G.   Landscape Yard Requirements: Landscape yards shall be required for all dwellings and shall be improved in conformance with the requirements of chapter 21A.48 of this title.
      1.   Front Yard: Twenty feet (20').
      2.   Corner Side Yard: Twenty feet (20').
      3.   Interior Side Yard: Three feet (3').
      4.   Rear Yard: Three feet (3').
   H.   Peripheral Landscape Buffer: Each mobile home park shall provide a peripheral landscape buffer twenty feet (20') in width around the entire perimeter of the park. Such perimeter landscape buffer shall not include any required yard of a dwelling and shall be improved in conformance with the requirements of chapter 21A.48 of this title.
   I.   Maximum Density: The maximum density of any mobile home park shall not exceed ten (10) dwellings per acre.
   J.   Common Open Space Area: Common open space area shall be provided for the use and enjoyment of the residents of a mobile home park. The amount of common open space area provided shall equal two hundred fifty (250) square feet per dwelling unit.
   K.   Planned Development Review And Approval: Each mobile home park shall require subdivision approval (if fee simple lots are being created) and planned development approval (if no fee simple lots are being created), pursuant to the standards and procedures for planned developments, chapter 21A.55 of this title. The following site plan standards shall be used in considering either approval:
      1.   Internal streets shall not be less than twenty four feet (24') wide.
      2.   The configuration of the entrance road connecting the park to a public street shall be subject to site plan review.
      3.   All roads shall be paved.
      4.   Sidewalks shall be provided to accommodate pedestrian circulation needs.
   L.   Occupancy Requirements: Before any occupancy permit shall be granted for a mobile home dwelling, any such park shall contain not less than fifty (50) completed lots ready for occupancy.
   M.   Accessory Uses: Mobile home dwellings shall be subject to the following regulations on accessory uses and structures:
      1.   No accessory uses shall be allowed in the front yard or corner side yard.
      2.   Awnings open on three (3) sides may extend into interior side and rear yards, provided that such awning does not extend closer than five feet (5') to the side or rear lot lines.
      3.   Accessory uses and structures shall not comprise more than seventy five percent (75%) of any interior side yard or more than fifty percent (50%) of any rear yard.
      4.   Controls over accessory uses and structures not addressed above shall be subject to the provisions of chapter 21A.40 of this title. (Ord. 13-19, 2019: Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 62-13, 2013: Ord. 12-11, 2011: Ord. 23-10 § 11, 2010: Ord. 61-09 § 24, 2009: Ord. 26-95 § 2(16-10), 1995)

21A.32.120: EI EXTRACTIVE INDUSTRIES DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the EI Extractive Industries District is to provide locational control over extractive uses and to promote the reclamation of these sites. Inherent in this purpose is the need to provide appropriate buffering adjacent to other zoning districts. This district is appropriate in areas of the City where the applicable master plans support this type of land use.
   B.   Uses: Uses in the EI Extractive Industries District, as specified in section 21A.33.070, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Special Purpose Districts", of this title, are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in section 21A.32.010 of this chapter and this section.
   C.   Minimum Lot Size:
      1.   Minimum lot area: Ten (10) acres.
      2.   Minimum lot width: Three hundred feet (300').
   D.   Maximum Building Height: Seventy five feet (75').
   E.   Minimum Yard Requirements:
      1.   Front Yard: Fifty feet (50').
      2.   Corner Side Yard: Fifty feet (50').
      3.   Interior Side Yard: Thirty feet (30').
      4.   Rear Yard: Thirty feet (30').
      5.   Accessory Buildings And Structures In Yards: Accessory buildings and structures may be located in required yard areas subject to section 21A.36.020, table 21A.36.020B of this title.
   F.   Landscape Yard Requirements: The first thirty feet (30') of all required yards shall be maintained as landscape yards in conformance with the requirements of chapter 21A.48 of this title.
   G.   Buffer Requirements: No extraction or mining activities are permitted within one thousand feet (1,000') of property zoned in a Residential District or an Institutional District. In addition, landscape buffers shall be provided as required in chapter 21A.48, "Landscaping And Buffers", of this title.
   H.   Reclamation Plan For New And Expanded Uses: All new extractive use sites or the expansion of an existing site across property lines existing as of April 12, 1995, must submit a reclamation plan to the Planning Commission, indicating how the site will be reclaimed upon completion of mining activities to allow for the productive and compatible reuse of the site. The reclamation plan shall include the following items of information:
      1.   A grading plan showing the end state topography of the site upon completion of reclamation;
      2.   A revegetation plan indicating what planting will occur to reestablish vegetation on the site;
      3.   A drainage/hydrology plan indicating the hydrological characteristics of the site after reclamation, including the creation/modification of floodplains and wetlands;
      4.   A typical site plan of proposed use or uses of the site following reclamation, including the proposed zoning for the site, building locations, roads and streets, topography, parking and landscaping;
      5.   A financial analysis detailing all the costs of the reclamation plan; and
      6.   A proposed form of financial security to assure the implementation of the reclamation plan. (Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 12-11, 2011: Ord. 26-95 § 2(16-11), 1995)

21A.32.140: JRF JORDAN RIVER FAIRPARK DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the Jordan River Fairpark ("JRF") District is to provide a zoning district to facilitate the revitalization of the Jordan River Corridor west of downtown Salt Lake City and implement the State of Utah's "Utah Fairpark Area Investment and Restoration District". The zone provides for a mix of uses, including recreation, cultural, convention, entertainment, office, sport stadia, residential, and commercial uses. This zone is only applicable to private land located within the in the "Utah Fairpark Area Investment and Restoration District" boundary, which is generally located between 1000 West and Redwood Road and 300 North and I-80, as specified on the city's zoning map. The JRF District is intended to provide an area within the city that will generate economic development and increase employment opportunities in the city, region, and state of Utah.
      Except as expressly modified by this Section or applicable development agreement, all other terms and provisions of Title 21A apply to the JRF District.
   B.   Applicability:
      1.   General Plan. Within the JRF District, no General Plan or Master Plan, as described in 21A.02.040, shall be used in evaluating or approving any site plan, plat, or other land use applications.
      2.   Other Districts. No overlay or other district shall apply in the JRF District provided that the Riparian Corridor Overlay set forth in Chapter 21A.34 shall apply to the extent allowed in a separate development agreement with the "qualified owner" as that term is defined in Utah Code Section 11-70-101.
      3.   Fencing of Recreation Facilities, including Stadia. For fences or walls constructed around stadia, fairgrounds, parks, open space, or other outdoor recreation areas and their ancillary uses, the maximum height fence shall be ten (10) feet in height and may be located in any required yard, provided that the fence or wall is no less than eighty percent (80%) transparent above a height of six (6) feet. Fences or walls may exceed ten (10) feet in height if necessary to protect public safety, such as, for driving ranges, baseball fields, athletic fields; or similar facilities. Fences may not prohibit access to water meters.
   C.   Minimum Lot Area, Width and Yard Standards: There are no minimum lot areas or lot widths required in the JRF District. The following provisions are applicable to the yard, lot and bulk standards of the JRF District.
      1.   Front and Corner Side Yards: No minimum front and corner side yards are required. If a front or corner side yard is provided, the maximum setback shall be 15 feet, except for a stadium, plazas, and other similar spaces. Regardless of the setback provided, doors shall be setback a minimum distance to allow the door to operate without swinging into a right of way, midblock walkway, or public or private road.
      2.   Interior Side Yards: No minimum side yard is required.
      3.   Rear Yard: No minimum rear yard is required.
      4.   Open Space: The qualified owner shall create and enforce an open space plan for contiguous land within the JRF District that shall require at least ten percent of gross development area within the contiguous area used for passive or active open space, including use as a pedestrian circulation area.
      5.   Infrastructure Integration: Sites shall be designed to incorporate water meters, utilities, and stormwater infrastructure.
   D.   Building Height:
      1.   Building height shall be measured from finished grade.
      2.   Maximum building height: two-hundred feet (200').
      3.   Buildings taller than two-hundred feet (200') and up to four-hundred (400') feet are permitted but only as authorized through the design review process, subject to the requirements of Chapter 21A.59 of this title and the following regulations.
         a.   The building shall include a minimum stepback of five feet (5') or other architectural feature that can deflect snow and ice from falling directly onto a sidewalk, midblock walkway, or other public space. The stepback may be located above the first floor and below one hundred twenty feet (120') in height above the sidewalk or public space Buildings with less than fifty percent (50%) of the total façade surface cladded in glass are exempt from this requirement;
         b.   The building development shall include at least one of the following options:
         (1)   A 20 foot midblock walkway that connects to an existing or planned street or midblock walkway;
         (2)   The building is utilizing affordable housing incentives identified in Chapter 21A.52 of this title;
         (3)   A privately owned, publicly accessible open space of at least 500 square feet on the property, or on another property within the geographic boundaries of the Jordan River Fairpark District, creating or adding to a pedestrian thoroughfare, and including trees sufficient to provide a shade canopy that covers 60% of the open space area. Existing public open space areas within the Jordan River Fairpark District are not eligible for purposes of this subsection.
      4.   No structure over 60' is permitted unless the FAA issues a "determination of no hazard to air navigation" for said structure.
         a.   Notwithstanding receipt of a "determination of no hazard to air navigation" from the FAA, all structures over 60 feet shall avoid:
         (1)   Creating electrical interference with navigational signals for radio communication between the airport and aircraft;
         (2)   Making it difficult for aircraft pilots to distinguish airport lights from other lights or result in glare in the eyes of aircraft pilots using the airport;
         (3)   Impairing aircraft pilot visibility in the vicinity of the airport; or
         (4)   Creating a hazard or endanger the landing, takeoff or maneuvering of aircraft intending to use the airport.
   E.   Uses:
      1.   Permitted Uses: The uses specified as permitted uses are permitted provided that they comply with the general standards set forth in this title and all other applicable requirements of this title.
      2.   Conditional Uses: The uses specified as conditional uses shall be allowed provided they are approved pursuant to the standards and procedures for conditional uses set forth in chapter 21A.54 of this title, and comply with all other applicable requirements of this title.
      3.   Uses Not Permitted: Any use not specifically permitted or conditionally permitted in the table of permitted and conditional uses for the specific zoning district is prohibited. Only uses listed as a "P" or a "C" in the table of permitted and conditional uses for a district shall be allowed where designated.
      4.   Prohibited Uses: The following land uses are prohibited:
         a.   Commercial and Industrial Land Uses That Exceed two hundred thousand (200,000) Gallons of Water per Day.
         b.   New Land Uses: Any new commercial or industrial land use that consumes or uses more than an annual average of two hundred thousand (200,000) gallons of potable water per day is prohibited in all zoning districts. The use and consumption limit is based on the total use from all water meters that serve the land use.
         c.   Expansions of Existing Uses: No commercial or industrial land use shall expand to an extent that increases its daily potable water consumption or use to exceed an annual average of two hundred thousand (200,000) gallons of potable water per day. Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection 21A.38.040.H, an existing land use that exceeds the water use threshold may not expand if the expansion will result in a net increase in water consumption or use. The use and consumption limit is based on the total use from all water meters that serve the land use.
         d.   Water Use Report Required: A land use applicant shall certify the anticipated daily water use of the proposed land use in a manner satisfactory to the Department of Public Utilities. The Department of Public Utilities may require an anticipated daily water use report of any land use applicant proposing a new use or expansion of an existing use.
         e.   Exemption: Agricultural, residential, and institutional land uses are not subject to the regulations of this subsection. For purposes of this section, an institutional land use includes government owned or operated facilities, places of worship, and hospitals.
Permitted and Conditional Uses by District
Permitted and Conditional Uses by District
Use
JRF
Accessory use, except those that are specifically regulated elsewhere in this title
P
Adaptive reuse for additional uses in eligible buildings
Affordable housing incentives development
P
Alcohol:
   Bar establishment
P2
   Brewery
P2
   Small Brewery
P2
   Brewpub
P2
   Distillery
P2
   Tavern
P2
   Winery
P2
Ambulance Service
P
Amphitheater, formal
P
Amphitheater, informal
P
Animal:
   Cremation service
   Kennel
P
   Veterinary office
P
Antenna, Communication Tower
P
Antenna, Communication Tower exceeding the maximum height in the zoning district
C
Art gallery
P
Artisan food production
P
Artisan Production
P
Artists' Loft/Studio
P
Auditorium
P
Bakery, commercial
Bed and breakfast
P
Bio-medical facility
P
Blacksmith shop
C
Blood donation center
P
Botanical Garden
P
Bus line station/terminal
Charity Dining Hall
Check cashing/payday loan business
Clinic (medical, dental)
P
Commercial food preparation
P
Community correctional facility, small
C
Community garden
P
Convent/Monastery
Crematorium
Daycare center, adult
P
Daycare center, child
P
Dwelling:
   Assisted living facility (large)
P
   Assisted living facility (limited capacity)
P
   Assisted living facility (small)
P
   Accessory unit (ADU)
P
   Congregate care facility (large)
P
   Congregate care facility (small)
P
   Group home (large)
C
   Group home (small)
P
   Living quarter for caretaker or security guard
P
   Multi-family
P
   Residential support (large)
C
   Residential support (small)
P
   Rooming (boarding) house
P
   Shared housing
P
   Single-family attached
P
   Single-family (detached)
P
   Twin home
P
   Two-family
P
Emergency medical service facility
P
Exhibition hall
P
Fairground
P
Farmers' market
P
Farm stand
P
Financial institution
P
Financial institution with drive-through facility
P7
Flea Market
Funeral home or mortuary
P
Gas station
P6
Greenhouse
P
Heliport
P
Home occupation
P3,4
Hospital, including accessory lodging facility
P
Hotel/Motel
P
Intermodal transit passenger hub
Laboratory, medical related
P
Laundry, commercial
P
Library
P
Mixed use development
P
Mobile business
P
Municipal service uses, including City utility uses and police and fire stations
P
Museum
P
Nursing care facility
P
Office
P
Open space
P
Park
P
Parking:
   Commercial
P
   Off site
P
   Park and ride lot
P
Performing arts production facility
P
Pharmacy
P
Pharmacy with drive through use
P7
Place of worship
P
Plaza
P
Radio, television station
P
Railroad passenger station
Reception center
P
Recreation (indoor/outdoor)
P
Research and development facility
P
Restaurant
P
Restaurant with drive-through facility
P
Retail (goods or services)
P
Retail (goods or services) with drive-through facility
P7
School:
   K-12 Private
P
   K-12 Public
P
   College or university
P
   Music conservatory
P
   Professional and vocational
P
   Seminary and religious institute
P
Short Term Rental
P
Social service mission
Solar array
P
Stadium
P
Storage, accessory (outdoor)
P
Store, Pawnshop
Studio, art
P
Technology facility
P3, 5
Theater, live performance
P
Theater, movie
P
Urban farm
P
Utility, building or structure
P1
Vehicle:
   Automotive Rental Agency
   Automobile repair (major)
   Automobile repair (minor)
   Automobile sales and service
   Car Wash
C
Welding shop
Zoological Park
P
 
Qualifying provisions:
   1.   See Subsection 21A.02.050.B of this title for utility regulations.
   2.   Subject to conformance with the provisions in Section 21A.36.300 "Alcohol Related Establishments", of this title.
   3.   Consult the water use and/or consumption limitations of Subsection 21A.33.010.
   4.   Allowed only within legal conforming single-family, duplex, and multi-family dwellings and subject to Section 21A.36.030 of this title.
   5.   Prohibited within ½ mile of a residential use if the facility produces hazardous or radioactive waste as defined by the Utah Department of Environmental Quality administrative rules.
   6.   Use allowed on state collector and arterial streets and not permitted within 1,000' of a perennial stream.
   7.   Must be attached to a building containing other commercial or residential uses.
   8.   Must have covered and/or offsite parking for any vehicles offered for rent.
   F.   Design Standards: Design standards shall be as set forth in Section 21A.37.060.F.
   G.   Sign Regulations:
      1.   Incorporation of D1 and D4 Sign Provisions. Within the JRF District, the sign regulations found in section 21A.46.110.A.3.a of this title apply.
      2.   Stadium Area Sign Regulations. Entertainment, sports and similar signs allowed in section 21A.46.110.A.3.b shall be allowed within an area in the JRF District that is 1,000 linear feet from the property boundary of a parcel containing a stadium or event center use.
      3.   District Signs. In addition to the signs allowed by Subsection G(1) and (2) above, the JRF District may include private directional signs and wayfinding signs to integrate the development within the JRF District with other areas owned by the state and adjoining or near the JRF District.
      4.   Sign Master Plan. Sign regulations shall not regulate interior signs that are not visible to or from a public street or public way provided that such internal signs shall be consistent with a sign master plan maintained by the qualified owner.
      5.   Within the JRF District, a development quadrant, which is an area bounded by a public or private alley, trail, pathway, linear park or street on all sides, shall be used interchangeably with "city block" as that term is used in section 21A.46.110.A.3.a.
      6.   One public assembly facility sign, as that term is defined and restricted in Utah Code Section 72-7-504.5 may be allowed within the JRF District. (Ord. 92-24, 2024)

21A.33.010: GENERAL PROVISIONS:

   A.   Permitted Uses: The uses specified as permitted uses in sections 21A.33.020, 21A.33.025, 21A.33.030, 21A.33.035, 21A.33.040, 21A.33.050, 21A.33.060, 21A.33.070, and 21A.33.080 of this chapter, tables of permitted and conditional uses, are permitted provided that they comply with the general standards set forth in part IV of this title and all other applicable requirements of this title.
   B.   Conditional Uses: The uses specified as conditional uses in sections 21A.33.020, 21A.33.025, 21A.33.030, 21A.33.035, 21A.33.040, 21A.33.050, 21A.33.060, 21A.33.070, and 21A.33.080 of this chapter, tables of permitted and conditional uses, shall be allowed provided they are approved pursuant to the standards and procedures for conditional uses set forth in chapter 21A.54 of this title, and comply with all other applicable requirements of this title.
   C.   Uses Not Permitted: Any use not specifically permitted or conditionally permitted in the table of permitted and conditional uses for the specific zoning district is prohibited. Only uses listed as a “P” or a “C” in the table of permitted and conditional uses for a district shall be allowed where designated.
   D.   Prohibited Uses: The following land uses are prohibited in all zoning districts:
      1.   Commercial and Industrial Land Uses That Exceed two hundred thousand (200,000) Gallons of Water per Day.
         a.   New Land Uses: Any new commercial or industrial land use that consumes or uses more than an annual average of two hundred thousand (200,000) gallons of potable water per day is prohibited in all zoning districts. The use and consumption limit is based on the total use from all water meters that serve the land use.
         b.   Expansions of Existing Uses: No commercial or industrial land use shall expand to an extent that increases its daily potable water consumption or use to exceed an annual average of two hundred thousand (200,000) gallons of potable water per day. Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection 21A.38.040.H, an existing land use that exceeds the water use threshold may not expand if the expansion will result in a net increase in water consumption or use. The use and consumption limit is based on the total use from all water meters that serve the land use.
         c.   Water Use Report Required: A land use applicant shall certify the anticipated daily water use of the proposed land use in a manner satisfactory to the Department of Public Utilities. The Department of Public Utilities may require an anticipated daily water use report of any land use applicant proposing a new use or expansion of an existing use.
         d.   Exemption: Agricultural, residential, and institutional land uses are not subject to the regulations of this subsection. For purposes of this section, an institutional land use includes government owned or operated facilities, places of worship, and hospitals.
      2.   Reserved. (Ord. 37-24, 2024: Ord. 15A-22, 2022: Ord. 69-21, 2021: Ord. 25-17, 2017)

21A.33.020: TABLE OF PERMITTED AND CONDITIONAL USES FOR RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS:

 
 
Legend:
C =
Conditional
P =
Permitted
 
Use
Permitted And Conditional Uses By District
FR-1/43,560
FR-2/21,780
FR-3/12,000
R-1/12,000
R-1/7,000
R-1/5,000
SR-1
SR-2
SR-3
R-2
RM F-30
RM F-35
RM F-45
RM F-75
FBUN-1
Use
Permitted And Conditional Uses By District
FR-1/43,560
FR-2/21,780
FR-3/12,000
R-1/12,000
R-1/7,000
R-1/5,000
SR-1
SR-2
SR-3
R-2
RM F-30
RM F-35
RM F-45
RM F-75
FBUN-1
Accessory use, except those that are otherwise specifically regulated elsewhere in this title
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
Adaptive reuse for additional uses in eligible buildings
C3
C3
C3
C3
C3
C3
C3
C3
C3
C3
C3
C3
C3
C3
Affordable housing incentives development
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
Bed and breakfast
P
Community garden
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
P
P
P
P
P
Community recreation center
C
Daycare center, adult
C
P
Daycare center, child
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
Dwelling, accessory unit (ADU)
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
Dwelling, assisted living facility (large)
C
P
P
Dwelling, assisted living facility (limited capacity)
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
P
P
P
P
Dwelling, assisted living facility (small)
P
P
P
Dwelling, congregate care facility (large)
C
C
C
Dwelling, congregate care facility (small)
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
P
P
P
C
Dwelling; dormitory, fraternity, sorority
P4
Dwelling, group home (large)
C
C
C
C
Dwelling, group home (small)
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
Dwelling, manufactured home
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
Dwelling, multi- family
P3
P3
P3
P3
P3
P3
P3
P3
P3
P
P
P
P
P3
Dwelling, residential support (large)
C
C
Dwelling, residential support (small)
C
C
P
Dwelling, rooming (boarding) house
C
P
Dwelling, single- family (attached)
P
P
P
P
P
P
Dwelling, single- family (detached)
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
Dwelling, twin home
P
P
P2
P
P
P
Dwelling, two- family
P
P
P2
P
P
P
Governmental facility
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
P
Home occupation
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
Municipal service use, including City utility use and police and fire station
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Nursing care facility
P
P
Office, excluding medical and dental clinic and office
Open space on lots less than 4 acres in size
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
Park
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
Parking, off-site
P6
Parking, park and ride lot shared with existing use
P6
P6
P6
P6
P6
P6
P6
P6
P6
P6
P6
Place of worship on lots less than 4 acres in size
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Plazas
P
P
P
P
P
School, seminary and religious institute
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Urban farm
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
Utility, building or structure
P5
P5
P5
P5
P5
P5
P5
P5
P5
P5
P5
P5
P5
P5
 
Qualifying provisions:
   1.   Subject to Section 21A.36.030.
   2.   Provided that no more than 2 two-family buildings are located adjacent to one another and no more than 3 such dwellings are located along the same block face (within subdivisions approved after April 12, 1995).
   3.   Subject to conformance with the provisions of Subsection 21A.52.060.A.
   4.   Subject to conformance with the provisions of Section 21A.36.150.
   5.   See Subsection 21A.02.050.B for utility regulations.
   6.   Prohibited when it includes the demolition of a dwelling unit.
(Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 18-25, 2025: Ord. 72-24, 2024: Ord. 56-24, 2024: Ord. 10-24, 2024: Ord. 8-24, 2024: Ord. 74-23, 2023: Ord. 17-23, 2023: Ord. 66-22, 2022: Ord. 69-21, 2021: Ord. 67-21, 2021: Ord. 51-20, 2020: Ord. 14-19, 2019: Ord. 53-18, 2018: Ord. 23-18, 2018: Ord. 47-17, 2017: Ord. 46-17, 2017)

21A.33.030: TABLE OF PERMITTED AND CONDITIONAL USES FOR MIXED-USE DISTRICTS:

 
 
Legend:
C =
Conditional
P =
Permitted
 
Use
Permitted and Conditional Uses by District
MU-2
MU-3
MU-5
MU-6
MU-8
MU-11
Use
Permitted and Conditional Uses by District
MU-2
MU-3
MU-5
MU-6
MU-8
MU-11
Accessory use, except those that are specifically regulated elsewhere in this title
P
P
P
P
P
P
Adaptive reuse for additional uses in eligible buildings
P1
P1
Affordable housing incentives development
P
P
P
P
P
P
Alcohol:
   Bar establishment
C2
C2
P2
P2
P2
P2
   Brewery
C2
C2
P2
P2
   Brewery, small
P2
P2
P2
P2
   Brewpub
C2
C2
P2
P2
P2
P2
   Distillery
P2
P2
P2
P2
   Tavern
C2
C2
P2
P2
P2
P2
   Winery
P2
P2
P2
P2
Ambulance Service (indoor and/or outdoor)
P
Amphitheater, informal
P
P
P
P
Animal:
   Cremation service
P
P
P
P
P
P
   Kennel
C
C
C
C
C
C
   Veterinary office
P
P
P
P
P
P
Antenna, Communication Tower
P
P
P
P
Antenna, Communication Tower exceeding the maximum height in the zoning district
C
C
C
C
Art gallery
P
P
P
P
P
P
Artisan food production
P3, 4
P3, 4
P3
P3
P3
P3
Artisan production
P4
P4
P
P
P
P
Artists’ loft/Studio
P
P
P
P
P
P
Auditorium
P
P
P
Bakery, commercial
P5
P5
P5
P5
Bed and breakfast
P
P
P
P
P
P
Bio-medical facility
P5, 6
P5, 6
P5, 6
P5, 6
Blacksmith shop
P4
Blood donation center
P
P
P
P
Botanical garden
P
P
P
P
P
P
Bus line station/terminal
P
P
P
P
P
P
Charity dining hall
P7
P7
P7
P7
P7
P7
Check cashing/payday loan business
P8
Clinic (medical, dental)
P
P
P
P
P
P
Commercial food preparation
P5
P5
P5
P5
Community correctional facility, small
C9
Community garden
P
P
P
P
P
P
Convent/Monastery
P
P
P
P
P
P
Crematorium
P
P
P
P
Daycare center, adult
P
P
P
P
P
P
Daycare center, child
P
P
P
P
P
P
Dwelling:
   Assisted living facility (large)
P
P
P
P
P
   Assisted living facility (limited capacity)
P
P
P
P
P
P
   Assisted living facility (small)
P
P
P
P
P
P
   Accessory unit (ADU)
P
P
P
P
P
P
   Congregate care facility (large)
C
P
P
P
P
   Congregate care facility (small)
P
P
P
P
P
P
   Group home (large)
C
P
P
P
P
   Group home (small)
C
P
P
P
P
P
   Living quarter for caretaker or security guard
P
P
P
P
P
P
   Multi-family
P
P
P
P
P
P
   Residential support (large)
P
P
P
P
P
   Residential support (small)
P
P
P
P
P
P
   Rooming (boarding) house
P
P
P
P
P
P
   Shared housing
P
P
P
P
P
P
   Single-family attached
P
P
P
P
P
P
   Single-family (detached)
P
P
P
P
   Twin home
P
P
P
P
   Two-family
P
P
P
P
Emergency medical service facility
P
P
P
P
Exhibition hall
P
P
Farmers’ market
P
P
P
P
P
P
Financial institution
P
P
P
P
P
P
Financial institution with drive-through facility
C10, 11
C10, 11
Flea market
P
P
P
P
Funeral home or mortuary
P
P
P
P
Gas station
C10, 11
C10, 11
C10, 11
C10, 11
C10, 11
Greenhouse
P
P
P
P
P
P
Home occupation
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
Hospital, including accessory lodging facility
C
Hotel/Motel
P
P
P
P
Intermodal transit passenger hub
P
Laboratory, medical related
P5
P5
P5
P5
P5
Library
P
P
P
P
P
P
Mixed use development
P
P
P
P
P
P
Mobile business
P
P
P
P
P
P
Municipal service uses, including City utility uses and police and fire stations
C
C
C
C
C
C
Museum
P
P
P
P
P
P
Nursing care facility
P
P
P
P
P
Office
P
P
P
P
P
P
Open space
P
P
P
P
P
P
Park
P
P
P
P
P
P
Parking:
   Commercial
P17
P17
P17
P17
   Off site
P17
P17
P17
P17
P17
P17
   Park and ride lot
P17
P17
P17
P17
Performing arts production facility
P
P
P
P
Pharmacy
P
P
P
P
P
P
Pharmacy with drive through use
P10
P10
P10
P10
Place of worship
P
P
P
P
P
P
Plaza
P
P
P
P
P
P
Radio, television station
P
P
P
Railroad passenger station
P
P
P
Reception center
P
P
P
P
Recreation (indoor, outdoor)
P
P
P
P
P
P
Research and development facility
P5
P5
P5
P5
Restaurant
P
P
P
P
P
P
Restaurant with drive-through facility
C10, 11
Retail (goods or services)
P13
P13
P13
P13
P13
P13
Retail (goods or services) with drive-through facility
C10, 11
School:
   K-12 Private
P
P
P
   K-12 Public
P
P
P
   College or university
P
P
P
P
   Music conservatory
P
P
P
P
P
P
   Professional and vocational
P
P
P
P
P
P
   Seminary and religious institute
P
P
P
P
P
P
Sexually oriented business
P
P
Short term rental
P
P
P
P
P
P
Social service mission
P
P
P
P
Stadium
C
C
Store, Pawnshop
P
P
Studio, art
P
P
P
P
P
P
Studio, motion picture
P
P
P
Technology facility
P5, 6
P5, 6
P5, 6
P5, 6
P5, 6
Theater, live performance (indoor)
P14
P14
P14
P14
Theater, live performance (outdoor)
P15
P15
P15
Theater, movie
P
P
P
P
P
Urban farm
P
P
P
P
P
P
Utility, building or structure
P
P
P
P
P
P
Vehicle:
   Automobile rental agency
C
   Automobile repair (major)
P
P
   Automobile repair (minor)
C
C
P
P
P
P
   Automobile sales and service
C
   Car wash
C
C16
C16
Welding shop
P4
 
Qualifying provisions:
   1.   Subject to conformance with the provisions of Subsection 21A.52.060.A.
   2.   Subject to conformance with the provisions in Section 21A.36.300, " Alcohol Related Establishments".
   3.   Shall contain retail component for on-site food sales.
   4.   Limited to 2,500 square feet of gross floor area or less in size.
   5.   Consult the water use and/ or consumption limitations of Subsection 21A.33.010.
   6.   Prohibited within ½ mile of a residential use if the facility produces hazardous or radioactive waste as defined by the Utah Department of Environmental Quality administrative rules.
   7.   Shall include a security and operations plan in the manner provided in Subsection 21A.36.350.B.3.
   8.   Prohibited within ½ mile of another check cashing/ payday loan businesses.
   9.   Prohibited within ½ mile of any residential zoning district and subject to Section 21A.36.110.
   10.   Subject to conformance with the provisions in Section 21A.44.080 for drive through use regulations.
   11.   Use allowed on arterial and state collector streets only.
   12.   Subject to Section 21A.36.030.
   13.   Outdoor display and sales are permitted.
   14.   Prohibited on lots located within 1,000 feet of a single- or two-family zoning district.
   15.   Prohibited on lots located within 1,000 feet of residential districts (Chapter 21A.24).
   16.   Allowed as an accessory use.
   17.   Prohibited when it includes the demolition of a dwelling unit.
(Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 18-25, 2025: Ord. 7-25, 2025: Ord. 72-24, 2024: Ord. 65-24, 2024: Ord. 56-24, 2024: Ord. 8-24, 2024: Ord. 74-23, 2023: Ord. 53-23, 2023: Ord. 17-23, 2023: Ord. 66-22, 2022: Ord. 15A-22, 2022: Ord. 69-21, 2021: Ord. 67-21, 2021: Ord. 51- 20, 2020: Ord. 14-19, 2019: Ord. 13-19, 2019: Ord. 23-18, 2018: Ord. 60-17, 2017: Ord. 47-17, 2017: Ord. 46-17, 2017)

21A.33.040: TABLE OF PERMITTED AND CONDITIONAL USES FOR MANUFACTURING DISTRICTS:

 
Legend:
 
C = Conditional
 
P = Permitted
Use
Permitted And Conditional Uses By District
M-1
M-2
M-1A
Use
Permitted And Conditional Uses By District
M-1
M-2
M-1A
Accessory use, except those that are otherwise specifically regulated elsewhere in this title
P21
P21
P
Adaptive reuse of a landmark site
C
C7
 
Agricultural use
P
P
P
Alcohol:
 
 
 
Bar establishment
C6,10
C6,10
C6,10
Brewpub
P6,10
P6,10
C6,10
Distillery
P19
P19
C19
Tavern
C6,10
C6,10
C6,10
Winery
P19
P19
C19
Ambulance services (indoor and/or outdoor)
P
P
P
Animal:
 
 
 
Cremation service
P
P
P
Kennel
P13
P
 
Pet cemetery
P2
P2
P2
Pound
P12,13
P12
 
Raising of furbearing animals
C
P
 
Stockyard
C12
P12
C12
Veterinary office
P
P
P
Antenna, communication tower
P
P
P
Antenna, communication tower, exceeding the maximum building height
C
C
C
Artisan food production
P19
P19
P19
Bakery, commercial
P19
P19
P19
Bio-medical facility
P18, 19
P18, 19
P18, 19
Blacksmith shop
P19
P19
P19
Bottling plant
P19, 20
P19, 20
 
Brewery
P19
P19
P19
Building materials distribution
P
P
P
Bus line station/terminal
P
P
P
Bus line yard and repair facility
P12
P
P12
Cannabis production establishment
P
P
P
Check cashing/payday loan business
P9
 
 
Chemical manufacturing and/or storage
 
C19
 
Commercial food preparation
P19
P19
P19
Community correctional facility, large
C8,16
 
 
Community correctional facility, small
C8,16
 
 
Community garden
P
 
P
Concrete and/or asphalt manufacturing
C12,13, 19
P12, 19
 
Contractor's yard/office
P
P
C
Crematorium
P
P
C
Data center
P19
 
P19, 23
Daycare center, adult
P
 
P
Daycare center, child
P
 
P
Distribution center
P19, 22
P19
 
Drop forge industry
 
P19
 
Dwelling, living quarters for caretaker or security guard, limited to uses on lots 1 acre in size or larger and is accessory to a principal use allowed by the zoning district
P
P
P
Equipment, heavy (rental, sales, service)
P
P
P
Equipment rental (indoor and/or outdoor)
P
P
P
Explosive manufacturing and storage
 
C12, 19
 
Financial institution with or without drive- through facility
P11
 
P
Flammable liquids or gases, heating fuel distribution and storage
 
P12
 
Food processing
P19
P19
P19
Gas station
P21
P21
C
Golf course
P19
 
 
Grain elevator
C12
P
C12
Greenhouse
P
 
P
Heavy manufacturing
 
P12, 19
 
Home occupation
P15
P15
P15
Hotel/motel
P
 
P
Impound lot
P12
P12
P12
Incinerator, medical waste/hazardous waste
 
C12, 19
 
Industrial assembly
P19
P19
P19
Laboratory, medical related
P19
P19
P19
Large wind energy system
P13,14
P
 
Laundry, commercial
P19
P19
 
Light manufacturing
P19
P19
P19
Limousine service
P
P
P
Mobile food business (operation in the public right-of-way)
P
P
P
Mobile food business (operation on private property)
P
P
P
Mobile food court
P
P
 
Municipal services uses including City utility uses and police and fire stations
P
P
P
Office
P
 
P
Open space
P
P
P
Package delivery facility
P22
P
 
Paint manufacturing
 
P19
 
Park
P
P
P
Parking:
 
 
 
Commercial
P
 
P
Off site
P
P
P
Park and ride lot
P
P
 
Park and ride lot shared with existing use
P
P
P
Pharmacy with or without drive-through facility
P11
 
P11
Poultry farm or processing plant
 
P12, 19
 
Printing plant
P19
 
C19
Radio, television station
P
 
P
Railroad, freight terminal facility
C4
C4
 
Railroad, repair shop
C19
P19
 
Recreation (indoor, outdoor)
P
 
P
Recycling:
 
 
 
Collection station
P
P
P
Processing center (indoor)
P19
P19
C19
Processing center (outdoor)
C12,13,14, 19
P12, 19
 
Refinery, petroleum products
 
C12, 19
 
Research and development facility
P19
P19
P19
Restaurant with or without drive-through facilities
P11
 
P11
Retail (goods or services) with or without drive- through facility
P11
 
P11
Rock, sand and gravel storage and distribution
C
P
 
School:
 
 
 
Professional and vocational (with outdoor activities)
P
 
P
Professional and vocational (without outdoor activities)
P
 
P
Seminary and religious institute
P
 
P
Sexually oriented business
P5
P5
 
Short term rental
P
 
P
Sign painting/fabrication
P
P
 
Slaughterhouse
 
P12
 
Small brewery
P19
P19
P19
Solar array
P17, 19
P19
P17, 19
Storage and display (outdoor)
P
P
P
Storage, public (outdoor)
P
P
P
Storage, self
P
P
P
Studio, motion picture
P
 
P
Taxicab facility
P
P
P
Technology facility
P19
 
P19
Tire distribution retail/wholesale
P
P
P
Truck freight terminal
P12, 22
P12
 
Urban farm
P
P
P
Utility:
 
 
 
Building or structure
P
P
P
Electric generation facility
C3,12, 19
C3,12, 19
 
Sewage treatment plant
C
P
 
Solid waste transfer station
C12
P12
C12
Vehicle:
 
 
 
Auction
P
P
 
Automobile and truck repair
P
P
P
Automobile and truck sales and rental (including large truck)
P
P
P
Automobile part sales
P
P
P
Automobile salvage and recycling (indoor)
P19
P19
P19
Automobile salvage and recycling (outdoor)
C12,13,14, 19
P12, 19
 
Recreational vehicle (RV) sales and service
P
P
C
Truck repair (large)
P
P
P
Vending cart, private property
P
P
P
Warehouse
P19, 22
P19
P19
Welding shop
P19
P19
P19
Wholesale distribution
P19, 22
P19
P19
Woodworking mill
P19
P19
P19
 
Qualifying provisions:
   1.    See Subsection 21A.02.050.B of this title for utility regulations.
   2.    Subject to Salt Lake Valley Health Department approval.
   3.    Electric generating facilities shall be located within 2,640 feet of an existing 138 kV or larger electric power transmission line.
   4.    No railroad freight terminal facility shall be located within 1 mile of a Residential Zoning District.
   5.    Pursuant to the requirements set forth in Section 21A.36.140 of this title.
   6.    If a place of worship is proposed to be located within 600 feet of a tavern, bar establishment, or brewpub, the place of worship must submit a written waiver of spacing requirement as a condition of approval.
   7.    Reserved.
   8.    A community correctional facility is considered an institutional use and any such facility located within the AFPP Airport Flight Path Protection Overlay District is subject to the land use and sound attenuation standards for institutional uses of the applicable Airport Influence Zone within Section 21A.34.040 of this title.
   9.    No check cashing/payday loan business shall be located closer than 1/2 mile of other check cashing/payday loan businesses.
   10.    Subject to conformance with the provisions in Section 21A.36.300, "Alcohol Related Establishments", of this title.
   11.    Subject to conformance to the provisions in Section 21A.40.060 of this title for drive- through use regulations.
   12.    Prohibited within 1,000 feet of a Single- or Two-Family Zoning District.
   13.    Prohibited within the Eco-Industrial Buffer Area of the Northwest Quadrant Overlay District.
   14.    Prohibited within the Development Area of the Northwest Quadrant Overlay District.
   15.    Allowed only within legal conforming single-family, duplex, and multi-family dwellings and subject to Section 21A.36.030 of this title.
   16.    Prohibited within 1/2 mile of any Residential Zoning District boundary and subject to Section 21A.36.110 of this title.
   17.    Prior to issuance of a building permit in the Development Area and the Eco-Industrial Buffer Area of the Northwest Quadrant Overlay, consultation with the Utah Division of Wildlife Resources is required to obtain recommendations on siting and equipment types for all solar arrays on a particular property to mitigate impacts to wildlife.
   18.   Prohibited within 1/2 mile of a residential use if the facility produces hazardous or radioactive waste as defined by the Utah Department of Environmental Quality administrative rules.
   19.   Consult the water use and/or consumption limitations of Subsection 21A.33.010.D.1.
   20.   Prohibited in the IP Inland Port Overlay District. See Subsection 21A.34.150.B.2.f.
   21.   Subject to Section 21A.36.370 Regulations For Gas Stations and Facilities with Underground and Above-Ground Fuel Storage Tanks.
   22.   Prohibited on the North Temple Landfill site, as identified in the Northwest Quadrant Master Plan.
   23.   Data centers may be permitted provided they utilize a closed-loop cooling system.
(Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 7-25, 2025: Ord. 3-25, 2025: Ord. 60-24, 2024: Ord. 56-24, 2024: Ord. 69-21, 2021: Ord. 67-21, 2021: Ord. 4-20, 2020; Ord. 14-19, 2019: Ord. 13-19, 2019: Ord. 69-18, 2018: Ord. 23-18, 2018: Ord. 3-18, 2018)

21A.33.050: TABLE OF PERMITTED AND CONDITIONAL USES FOR DOWNTOWN DISTRICTS:

 
 
Legend:
C =
Conditional
P =
Permitted
 
Use
Permitted And Conditional Uses By District
D-1
D-2
D-3
D-4
Use
Permitted And Conditional Uses By District
D-1
D-2
D-3
D-4
Accessory use, except those that are otherwise specifically regulated elsewhere in this title
P
P20
P20
P20
Affordable housing incentives development
P
P
P
P
Alcohol:
Bar establishment
P6
P6
P6
P6
Brewery, Small
P18
Brewpub
P6
P6
P6
P6
Tavern
P6
P6
P6
P6
Ambulance service (indoor)
C
Ambulance service (outdoor)
C
Animal, veterinary office
P
P
Antenna, communication tower
P
P
P
P
Antenna, communication tower, exceeding the maximum building height
C
C
C
C
Art gallery
P
P
P
P
Artisan food production
P14,18
P18
P18
P18
Artisan production
P
P
P
P
Bed and breakfast
P
P
P
P
Bio-medical facility
P17,18
P17,18
P17,18
P17,18
Blood donation center
P
Bus line station/terminal
P
P
P
P
Bus line yard and repair facility
P
Car wash
P3
Charity dining hall
C2
C2
Check cashing/payday loan business
P5
Clinic (medical, dental)
P
P
P
P
Commercial food preparation
P18
P18
P18
P18
Community garden
P
P
P
P
Convention center
P
Crematorium
P
P
P
Daycare center, adult
P
P
P
P
Daycare center, child
P
P
P
P
Dwelling:
Accessory unit
P
P
P
P
Artists' loft/studio
P
P
P
P
Assisted living facility (large)
P
P
P
P
Assisted living facility (limited capacity)
P
P
P
Assisted living facility (small)
P
P
P
P
Congregate care facility (large)
C
C
C
C
Congregate care facility (small)
P
P
P
P
Group home (large)
C
C
Group home (small)
P
P
P
P
Multi-family
P
P
P
P
Residential support (large)
C
C
Residential support (small)
C
C
Exhibition hall
P
Farmers' market
P
Financial institution
P
P
P
P
Financial institution with drive-through facility
P8
P8
Funeral home
P
P
P
Gas station
P
P
P
Heliport, accessory
C
C
C
Home occupation
P13
P13
P13
P13
Homeless resource center
C15
C15
Homeless shelter
C15
C15
Hospital, including accessory lodging facility
C
Hotel/motel
P
P
P
P
Industrial assembly
C18
C18
Laboratory, medical related
P18
P18
P18
P18
Laundry, commercial
P18
Library
P
P
P
P
Limousine service
P
Mixed use development
P
P
P
P
Mobile food business (operation in the public right-of-way)
P
P
P
P
Mobile food business (operation on private property)
P
P
P
P
Mobile food court
P
P
P
P
Municipal services uses including city utility uses and police and fire stations
P
P
P
P
Museum
P
P
P
P
Office
P
P
P
P
Open space
P
P
P
P
Park
P
P
P
P
Parking, commercial21
C19
P19
C19
P19
Parking, off site21
P19
P19
P19
P19
Performing arts production facility
P
P
P
P
Pharmacy
P
P
P
P
Place of worship
P11
P11
P11
P11
Radio, television station
P
P
P
Railroad, passenger station
P
P
P
P
Reception center
P
P
P
P
Recreation (indoor, outdoor)
P
P
P
P
Research and development facility
P18
P18
P18
P18
Restaurant
P
P
P
P
Restaurant with drive-through facility
P8
Retail (goods or services)
P
P
P
P
Sales and display (outdoor)
P
P
P
P
School:
College or university
P
P
P
P
K - 12 private
P
P
K - 12 public
P
P
Music conservatory
P
P
P
P
Professional and vocational
P
P
P
P
Seminary and religious institute
P
P
P
P
Shared housing
P
P
P
P
Short term rental
P
P
P
P
Social service mission
C
C
Stadium
C
C
P
Storage, self
P16
P
P
Store, pawnshop
P
Studio, art
P
P
P
P
Technology facility
P18
P18
P18
P18
Theater, live performance (indoor)
P9
P9
P9
P9
Theater, live performance (outdoor)
P22
P22
P22
P22
Theater, movie
P
P
P
P
Utility, buildings or structure
P1
P1
P1
P1
Vehicle:
Automobile repair (major)
P
Automobile repair (minor)
P
Automobile rental agency
P10
P
P10
Automobile sales/rental and service
P10
P
P10
Vending cart, private property
P
P
P
P
Vending cart, public property
Warehouse
P18
Warehouse, accessory
P
P
Wholesale distribution
P18
 
Qualifying provisions:
   1.   Subject to conformance to the provisions in subsection 21A.02.050B of this title.
   2.   Shall include a security and operations plan in the manner provided in Subsection 21A.36.350.B.3.
   3.   A car wash located within 165 feet (including streets) of a residential use shall not be allowed.
   4.   Reserved.
   5.   Prohibited within ½ mile of another check cashing/payday loan businesses.
   6.   Subject to conformance with the provisions in section 21A.36.300, "Alcohol Related Establishments", of this title.
   7.   Reserved.
   8.   Subject to conformance with the provisions in Section 21A.44.080 for drive-through use regulations.
   9.   Prohibited on lots located within 1,000 feet of a Single- or Two-Family Zoning District.
   10.   Shall be located in a fully enclosed building and entirely indoors.
   11.   If a place of worship is proposed to be located within 600 feet of a tavern, bar establishment, or brewpub, the place of worship must submit a written waiver of spacing requirement as a condition of approval.
   12.   Reserved.
   13.   Allowed only within legal conforming single-family, duplex, and multi-family dwellings and subject to section 21A.36.030 of this title.
   14.   Shall contain retail component for on-site food sales.
   15.   Subject to conformance with the provisions of Section 21A.36.350 of this title.
   16.   Limited to basement/ below ground levels only. Not allowed on the ground or upper levels of the building, with the exception of associated public leasing/office space.
   17.   Prohibited within ½ mile of a residential use if the facility produces hazardous or radioactive waste as defined by the Utah Department of Environmental Quality administrative rules.
   18.   Consult the water use and/or consumption limitations of Subsection 21A.33.010.D.1.
   19.   Subject to the provisions of Subsection 21A.30.010.E.
   20.   Subject to Section 21A.36.370 Regulations for Gas Stations and Facilities with Underground and Above-Ground Fuel Storage Tanks.
   21.   Prohibited when it includes the demolition of a dwelling unit.
   22.   Prohibited on lots located within 1,000 feet of Residential Districts (Chapter 21A.24 of this title).
(Ord. 48-25, 2025: Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 18-25, 2025: Ord. 7-25, 2025: Ord. 74-24, 2024: Ord. 72-24, 2024: Ord. 63-24, 2024: Ord. 56-24, 2024: Ord. 10-24, 2024: Ord. 8-24, 2024: Ord. 74-23, 2023: Ord. 24B-23, 2023: Ord. 24-23, 2023: Ord. 17-23, 2023: Ord. 66-22, 2022: Ord. 15A-22, 2022: Ord. 69-21, 2021: Ord. 67-21, 2021: Ord. 51-20, 2020: Ord. 20-19, 2019: Ord. 14-19, 2019: Ord. 13-19, 2019: Ord. 23-18, 2018: Ord. 60-17, 2017: Ord. 47-17, 2017: Ord. 46-17, 2017)

21A.33.060: TABLE OF PERMITTED AND CONDITIONAL USES IN THE GATEWAY DISTRICT:

 
 
Legend:
C =
Conditional
P =
Permitted
 
Use
G-MU
Use
G-MU
Accessory use, except those that are otherwise specifically regulated elsewhere in this title
P
Affordable housing incentives development
P
Alcohol:
Bar establishment
P2
Brewery, small
P2
Brewpub
P2
Tavern
P2
Ambulance service (indoor)
C
Amphitheater, informal
P
Animal, veterinary office
P
Antenna, communication tower
P
Antenna, communication towers, exceeding the maximum building height
C
Art gallery
P
Artisan food production
P9
Artists' loft/studio
P
Auction (indoor)
P
Auditorium
P
Bed and breakfast
P
Bio-medical facility
P8,9
Botanical garden
P
Bus line station/terminal
P
Charity dining hall
C
Clinic (medical, dental)
P
Commercial food preparation
P9
Community garden
P
Crematorium
P
Daycare center, adult
P
Daycare center, child
P
Dwelling:
Accessory unit
p
Assisted living facility (large)
P
Assisted living facility (limited capacity)
P
Assisted living facility (small)
P
Congregate care facility (large)
C
Congregate care facility (small)
P
Group home (large)
C
Group home (small) when located above or below first story office, retail or commercial use, or on the first story where the unit is not located adjacent to the street frontage
P
Living quarters for caretaker or security guard
P
Multi-family
P
Residential support (large)
C
Residential support (small)
C
Single-family (attached)
P
Equipment rental (indoor and/outdoor)
P
Farmers' market
P
Financial institution
P
Flea market (indoor)
P
Funeral home
P
Heliport, accessory
C
Home occupation
P7
Hotel/motel
P
Industrial assembly
C9
Laboratory, medical related
P9
Large wind energy system
P
Library
P
Mixed use development
P
Mobile food business (operation in the public right-of-way)
P
Mobile food business (operation on private property)
P
Mobile food court
P
Municipal services uses including City utility uses and police and fire stations
P
Museum
P
Office
P
Open space
P
Park
P
Parking:
Commercial10
C3
Off site10
P3
Park and ride lot10
C3
Park and ride lot shared with existing use10
P3
Performing arts production facility
P
Pharmacy
P
Photo finishing lab
P9
Place of worship
P
Radio, television station
C
Reception center
P
Recreation (indoor, outdoor)
P
Research and development facility
P9
Restaurant
P
Retail (goods or services)
P
School:
College and university
P
K - 12 private
P
K - 12 public
P
Music conservatory
P
Professional and vocationa
P
Seminary and religious institute
P
Shared housing
P
Short term rental
P
Social service mission
C
Solar array
P9
Stadium
C
Storage, self
P
Store:
Department
P
Mass merchandising
P
Specialty
P
Studio, art
P
Studio, motion picture
C
Technology facility
P9
Theater, live performance (indoor)
P4
Theater, live performance (outdoor)
P
Theater, movie
P
Urban farm
P
Utility, building or structure
P1
Vehicle:
Automobile repair (minor)
P
Automobile rental agency (indoor)
P
Automobile sales and services (indoor)
P
Boat/recreational vehicle sales and service (indoor)
P
Vending cart, private property
P
Vending cart, public property
P
Zoological park
C
 
Qualifying provisions:
   1.    Subject to conformance to the provisions in subsection 21A.02.050B of this title.
   2.    Subject to conformance with the provisions of section 21A.36.300, "Alcohol Related Establishments", of this title.
   3.    Subject to the provisions of Subsection 21A.31.010H.
   4.    Prohibited on lots located within 1,000 feet of a Single- or Two- Family Zoning District.
   5.    Subject to the requirements set forth in section 21A.40.065, "Outdoor Dining", of this title.
   6.    Reserved.
   7.    Allowed only within legal conforming single-family, duplex, and multi-family dwellings and subject to section 21A.36.030 of this title.
   8.   Prohibited within 1/2 mile of a residential use if the facility produces hazardous or radioactive waste as defined by the Utah Department of Environmental Quality administrative rules.
   9.   Consult the water use and/or consumption limitations of Subsection 21A.33.010.D.1.
   10.   Prohibited when it includes the demolition of a dwelling unit.
(Ord. 48-25, 2025: Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 18-25, 2025: Ord. 72-24, 2024: Ord. 56-24, 2024: Ord. 10-24, 2024: Ord. 8-24, 2024: Ord. 74-23, 2023: Ord. 17-23, 2023: Ord. 66-22, 2022: Ord. 69-21, 2021: Ord. 67-21, 2021: Ord. 51-20, 2020: Ord. 14-19, 2019: Ord. 13-19, 2019: Ord. 23-18, 2018: Ord. 47-17, 2017: Ord. 46-17, 2017)

21A.33.070: TABLE OF PERMITTED AND CONDITIONAL USES FOR SPECIAL PURPOSE DISTRICTS:

 
 
Legend:
C =
Conditional
P =
Permitted
Use
Permitted And Conditional Uses By District
RP
BP
FP
AG
AG-2
AG-5
AG-20
OS
NOS
A
PL
PL-2
I
UI
MH
EI
Use
Permitted And Conditional Uses By District
RP
BP
FP
AG
AG-2
AG-5
AG-20
OS
NOS
A
PL
PL-2
I
UI
MH
EI
Accessory use, except those that are otherwise specifically regulated elsewhere in this title
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P20
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
Adaptive reuse for additional uses in eligible buildings
C2
C2
C2
C2
P2
Affordable housing incentives development
P
Agricultural use
C
P
P
P
P
P
P
Air cargo terminals and package delivery facility
P
P
Airport
P
Alcohol:
Brewery, small
C24
Brewpub (2,500 square feet or less in floor area)
P12
Brewpub (more than 2,500 square feet in floor area)
P12
Ambulance service (indoor)
P
P
Ambulance service (outdoor)
P10
P10
Amphitheater, informal
P
P
Animal:
Kennel on lots of 5 acres or larger
C
P8
P8
P8
P8
Pet cemetery
P4
P4
P4
P4
P4,5
Stable (private)
P
P
P
P
Stable (public)
P
P
P
P
Veterinary office
P
Antenna, communication tower
P
P
C
P
P
P
P
P 21
P
P
C
P
P
P
Antenna, communication tower exceeding the maximum building height in the zone
C
C
P 21
P
P11
C
C
C
Art gallery
P
P
P
P
P
Artisan food production
P24
Bed and breakfast
P2
P
Bio-medical facility
P23,24
P23,24
P23,24
Botanical garden
P
P
P
P
Cannabis production establishment
P
P
P
P
P
Cemetery
P
Clinic (medical, dental)
P
P
P
P
Commercial food preparation
P24
Community garden
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
Convent/monastery
P
P
Data center
P24
Daycare center, adult
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
Daycare center, child
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
Distribution center
 
P24
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dwelling:
Accessory unit
P
P
P
P
P
Assisted living facility (large)
C
P
Assisted living facility (limited capacity)
P
P
Assisted living facility (small)
P
P
Congregate care facility (large)
C
C
Congregate care facility (small)
P
P
Group home (small)
P
P
P
Living quarters for caretaker or security guard
P
P
P
C
P
P
P
Manufactured home
P
P
Mobile home
P
Multi-family
P2
P2
P2
P
Single-family (detached)
P
P
P
Exhibition hall
C
P
C
P
Extractive industry
P24
Fairground
C
Financial institution
P
P
Financial institution with drive-through facility
P14
P14
Gas station
P7
Golf course
P24
P24
P24
Heliport
C
C
P
P
C
C
Home occupation
P17
P17
P17
P17
P17
P17
P17
P17
P17
P17
P17
P17
P17
P17
P17
P17
Hospital, including accessory lodging facility
C
P
P
Hotel/motel
C
C
P
Hunting club, duck
P
Industrial assembly
P24
P24
Jail
C
Jewelry fabrication
P
Laboratory, medical related
P24
P24
P24
P24
Large wind energy system
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
P
P
Library
P
P
P
P
Light manufacturing
C24
P24
Manufacturing, concrete or asphalt
P15,24
Mixed use development
Mobile food business (operation on private property)
P
P
P
P
Municipal service uses, including City utility uses and police and fire stations
C
C
P
P
P
P
P
C
C
C14
C
P
Museum
C
P
P
P
P
P
Nursing care facility
P
P
Office
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
Open space
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P9
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
Park
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
Parking:
Commercial
C25
Off site
P
P
P
P
P
Off site (to support uses in an OS or NOS Zoning District)
P
Park and ride lot
P25
C25
Park and ride lot shared with existing use
P25
P25
P25
P25
P25
P25
P25
Performing arts production facility
P
Pharmacy
P20
P
P20
P20
P20
P
P20
P20
Place of worship
P
P
P
P
Radio, television station
P6
P
Reception center
C22
C
P
P
P
Recreation (indoor, outdoor)
C
P
P
P
P
P
Research and development facility
P24
P24
P24
P24
Restaurant
P
P
Restaurant with drive-through facility
P7,14
Retail (goods or services)
P20
P
P20
P20
P20
P
P20
P20
School:
College or university
P
P
P
K - 12 private
P
P
P
P
K - 12 public
P
P
P
P
Music conservatory
P
P
Professional and vocational
P
P
P
P
P
Seminary and religious institute
P
P
Short term rental
C
C
P
Solar array
P24
P24
P19,24
P24
P24
P24
Stadium
C
C
C
Storage, accessory (outdoor)
P
P
P
P
Studio, art
Technology facility
P24
P24
P24
Theater, live performance
C15
C15
C15
C15
C15
C15
Theater, movie
C
Transportation terminal, including bus, rail and trucking
P
Urban farm
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
Utility, building or structure
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
Vehicle, automobile rental agency
P
P
Vending cart, private property
P
P
Vending cart, public property
P
Warehouse
P24
P24
Wholesale distribution
P24
P24
Zoological park
P
 
Qualifying provisions:
   1.    Subject to conformance to the provisions in Subsection 21A.02.050.B of this title.
   2.    Subject to conformance with the provisions of Subsection 21A.52.060.A.
   3.    When located on an arterial street.
   4.    Subject to Salt Lake Valley Health Department approval.
   5.    In conjunction with, and within the boundaries of, a cemetery for human remains.
   6.    Radio station equipment and antennas shall be required to go through the site plan review process to ensure that the color, design and location of all proposed equipment and antennas are screened or integrated into the architecture of the project and are compatible with surrounding uses.
   7.    Reserved.
   8.    Kennels, whether within penned enclosures or within enclosed buildings, shall not be permitted within 200 feet of an existing single-family dwelling on an adjacent lot.
   9.    Trails and trailheads with signage are subject to Section 21A.46.120, "Sign Regulations For Special Purpose Districts", of this title.
   10.    Greater than 3 ambulances at location require a conditional use.
   11.    Maximum of 1 monopole per property and only when it is government owned and operated for public safety purposes.
   12.    Subject to conformance with the provisions in Section 21A.36.300, "Alcohol Related Establishments", of this title.
   13.    If located on a collector or arterial street according to the Salt Lake City Transportation Master Plan - major street plan: roadway functional classification map.
   14.    Subject to conformance to the provisions in Section 21A.44.080 of this title for drive-through use regulations.
   15.    Prohibited on lots located within 1,000 feet of a Single- or Two-Family Zoning District.
   16.    Reserved.
   17.    Allowed only within legal conforming single-family, duplex, and multi-family dwellings and subject to Section 21A.36.030 of this title.
   18.    Must contain retail component for on-site food sales.
   19.    Prior to issuance of a building permit in the Development Area and the Eco-Industrial Buffer Area of the Northwest Quadrant Overlay, consultation with the Utah Division of Wildlife Resources is required to obtain recommendations on siting and equipment types for all solar arrays on a particular property to mitigate impacts to wildlife.
   20.    When accessory to the principal use and located within the principal building if the principal use is associated with a building..
   21.    New antennae and communication towers are allowed outside the telecommunication corridor in the OS Open Space District for public safety, public security or Salt Lake City Public Utilities Department purposes only.
   22.    Reception centers may be allowed in parks of 100 acres or more where the reception center is a subordinate use to the principal use of the property as a park. Reception centers are allowed in existing buildings, are limited to 1 reception center per park, and hours of operation are limited to park hours. Removal of existing recreation areas to accommodate the stand alone reception center use, including areas to accommodate parking for the reception center use, is not permitted.
   23.   Prohibited within 1/2 mile of a residential use if the facility produces hazardous or radioactive waste as defined by the Utah Department of Environmental Quality administrative rules.
   24.   Consult the water use and/or consumption limitations of Subsection 21A.33.010.D.1.
   25.   Subject to Section 21A.36.370 Regulations for Gas Stations and Facilities with Underground and Above-Ground Fuel Storage Tanks.
   26.   Prohibited when it includes the demolition of a dwelling unit.
(Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 18-25, 2025: Ord. 7-25, 2025: Ord. 72-24, 2024: Ord. 60-24, 2024: Ord. 56-24, 2024: Ord. 10-24, 2024: Ord. 8-24, 2024: Ord. 74-23, 2023: Ord. 66-22, 2022: Ord. 69-21, 2021: Ord. 67-21, 2021: Ord. 49-21, 2021: Ord. 51-20, 2020: Ord. 4-20, 2020; Ord. 13-19, 2019: Ord. 53-18, 2018: Ord. 47-18, 2018: Ord. 23-18, 2018: Ord. 48-17, 2017)

21A.34.010: GENERAL PROVISIONS:

   A.   Statement Of Intent: An Overlay District is intended to provide supplemental regulations or standards pertaining to specific geographic features or land uses, wherever these are located, in addition to "base" or underlying zoning district regulations applicable within a designated area. Whenever there is a conflict between the regulations of a base zoning district and those of an Overlay District, the Overlay District regulations shall control.
   B.   Site Plan Review: Permitted uses and conditional uses in the Overlay Districts have the potential for adverse impacts if located and laid out on lots without careful planning. Such impacts may interfere with the use and enjoyment of adjacent property and uses. Site plan review is a process designed to address such adverse impacts and minimize them where possible. Site plan review of development proposals is required in the T Transitional Overlay District, the LC Lowland Conservancy Overlay District, and the LO Landfill Overlay District. All uses in these districts shall be subject to the site plan review regulations contained in chapter 21A.58 of this title.
   C.   Except as described below with respect to the RCO Riparian Corridor Overlay District, the provisions of the Salt Lake City Wildland Urban Interface Code, as adopted in Title 18, shall take precedence over any conflicting provision of an overlay zoning district in this chapter as to those properties shown on the Salt Lake City Wildland Urban Interface Map. If a building permit is submitted that includes plans that may create a conflict between application of the Salt Lake City Wildland Urban Interface Code and the RCO Riparian Corridor Overlay District, the Salt Lake City Fire Chief and the Director of the Department of Public Utilities, or their designees, will coordinate permit approvals for work in applicable areas to assure that the plans associated with the permit meets the intent and performance of both the Salt Lake City Wildland Urban Interface Code and the RCO Riparian Corridor Overlay District. (Ord. 68-25, 2025: Ord. 26-95 § 2(17-0), 1995)

21A.34.020: H HISTORIC PRESERVATION OVERLAY DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: In order to contribute to the welfare, prosperity and education of the people of Salt Lake City, the purpose of the H Historic Preservation Overlay District is to:
      1.   Provide the means to protect and preserve areas of the city and individual structures and sites having historic, architectural or cultural significance;
      2.   Provide the means to manage alterations to historic structures to encourage beneficial use and viability of the building while protecting an individual building's contributing status.
      3.   Encourage new development and redevelopment of properties that is compatible with the character of existing development of historic districts or individual landmarks;
      4.   Abate the destruction and demolition of historic structures;
      5.   Implement adopted plans of the city related to historic preservation;
      6.   Foster civic pride in the history of Salt Lake City;
      7.   Protect and enhance the attraction of the city's historic landmarks and districts for tourists and visitors;
      8.   Foster economic development consistent with historic preservation; and
      9.   Encourage social, economic and environmental sustainability.
   B.   Applicability: All properties located within the boundaries of a local historic district, part of a thematic designation, or designated as a landmark site are subject to the requirements of this chapter.
      1.   Applicable Standards: The applicable standards of this chapter are determined by the historic status rating of the property, either contributing or noncontributing, as identified in the most recent historic resource survey on file with the Salt Lake City Planning Division or a historic status determination issued in accordance with Subsection 21A.34.020.D.
   C.   Local Historic Designation, Amendments, or Revocation: Local Historic Designation, Adjustment, Expansion, or Revocation of a Landmark Site, Local Historic District or Thematic Designation shall follow the applicable procedures and standards in Chapter 21A.51 Local Historic Designation and Amendments.
   D.   Historic Status Determination:
      1.   Purpose: Historic status determinations are to address the historic status of individual structures within a local historic district on a case-by-case basis through robust review of documentation in order to render a timely decision on the historic status for circumstances outlined below.
      2.   Applicability: Historic status determinations may be rendered for properties within an existing local historic district using the considerations in Subsection 21A.34.020.D.7 to determine whether they are contributing or noncontributing to the local historic district for the following:
         a.   Unrated Properties: Properties that were inadvertently missed in a survey or not given a historic status rating;
         b.   Incorrectly Rated Properties: Properties that may have been given an incorrect status rating in a survey;
      3.   Authority: Historic status determinations shall be made by the zoning administrator in the form of an administrative interpretation.
      4.   Persons Entitled to Seek Historic Status Determinations: Application for a historic status determination may be made by the owner of the subject property or the owner's authorized agent. The planning director may also initiate a petition for a historic status determination.
      5.   Limitations: A historic status determination shall not:
         a.   Change the boundaries of the local historic district;
         b.   Be issued for landmark sites;
         c.   Be issued for structures that are not within period of significance in an adopted historic resource survey.
      6.   Application for Historic Status Determination: An administrative interpretation application may be made to the zoning administrator on a form provided, which shall include at least the following information, unless deemed unnecessary by the zoning administrator:
         a.   The applicant's name, address, telephone number, e-mail address and interest in the subject property. The owner's name, address and telephone number, if different than the applicant, and the owner's signed consent to the filing of the application;
         b.   The street address, legal description and tax number of the subject property;
         c.   Current and historic photographs;
         d.   Any historic resource surveys and reports on record in the Planning Division or the Utah State Historic Preservation Office;
         e.   Description of any alterations to the structure and the date of approval for any alterations;
         f.   The historic status rating the applicant believes to be correct. When the request is to change the historic status rating, the applicant shall state in the application the reason(s) the existing historic rating is incorrect and why it should be changed based on the considerations in Subsection 21A.34.020.D.7, or provide an intensive level historic resource survey conducted in accordance with the Utah State Preservation Office standards for building surveys addressing the considerations in Subsection 21A.34.020.D.7 for analysis by the zoning administrator.
         g.   Any other information the zoning administrator deems necessary for a full and proper consideration of the particular application.
      7.   Considerations for Historic Status Determinations: A historic status determination may include the following considerations:
         a.   Whether alterations that have occurred are generally reversible.
         b.   Whether the building contributes to an understanding of a period of significance of a neighborhood, community, or area.
         c.   Whether or not the building retains historic integrity in terms of location, design, setting, materials, workmanship, feeling and association as defined in Section 21A.62.040. The analysis shall take into consideration how the building reflects the historical or architectural merits of the overall local historic district in which the resource is located. When analyzing historic integrity of a building as part of a local historic district, the collective historic value of the buildings and structures in a local historic district taken together may be greater than the historic value of each individual building or structure in a district.
      8.   Decision: Written findings documenting the historic status determination shall be sent to the applicant and members of the historic landmark commission and kept on file in city records.
      9.   Updating Records: If the historic status determination is different than the property's historic rating in the most recent historic resource survey, the determination will stand, and the city's applicable historic resource survey(s) will be updated to reflect the determination.
      10.   Appeal of Decision: Any person adversely affected by a final decision made by the zoning administrator interpreting a provision of this title may appeal to the appeals hearing officer in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 21A.16 of this title.
   E.   Certificate of Appropriateness Required: No alteration in the exterior appearance of a structure, site, or object affecting a property within the H Historic Preservation Overlay District shall be made until an application for a certificate of appropriateness is approved by the historic landmark commission, or administratively by the planning director, as applicable, pursuant to Subsection F of this section.
      1.   A certificate of appropriateness shall be required for all of the following:
         a.   Any exterior alteration to the property or any structure on the property unless specifically exempted under Subsection 21A.34.020.E.2;
         b.   New construction;
         c.   Relocation of a structure or object on the same site or to another site;
         d.   Demolition; and
         e.   Reconstruction
      2.   Exemptions: The following are exempt from obtaining a Certificate of Appropriateness:
         a.   Installation of storm windows;
         b.   Landscaping that:
         (1)   Complies with the standards of this title;
         (2)   Does not include a wall fence or grade changes; and
         (3)   Is not an attribute that is a character defining feature of the property or streetscape;
         c.   Painting of surfaces that does not include unpainted stone, brick or cement;
         d.   Plaques, boxes, and other similar objects that measure 18 inches or less in any dimension, contain no electrical components, and are attached to exterior finish material or mounted through mortar joints when on a masonry wall;
         e.   Electrical, gas, or water meters or outlets, including electric vehicle charging outlets, that are in a location that is not visible from the public right of way;
         f.   Heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems that do not require new conduit and are not visible from the public right of way; and
         g.   Solar energy collection systems meeting the priority locations outlined in Subsections 21A.40.190.B.3.a through 21A.40.190.B.3.c.
   F.   Procedure for Issuance of Certificate of Appropriateness:
      1.   Administrative Authority: The following may be decided by the planning director or designee:
         a.   Minor alteration of or addition to a landmark site or contributing building or structure;
         b.   Alteration of or addition to a noncontributing building or structure;
         c.   Partial demolition of either a landmark site or a contributing principal building or structure;
         d.   Demolition of an accessory building or structure; and
         e.   Demolition of a noncontributing building or structure.
      2.   Historic Landmark Commission Authority: The following shall only be decided by the historic landmark commission:
         a.   Substantial alteration or addition to a landmark site or contributing site, building, and/or structure;
         b.   New construction of a principal building in the H Historic Preservation Overlay District;
         c.   Relocation of a landmark site or contributing principal building;
         d.   Demolition of a landmark site or contributing principal building;
         e.   Economic hardship determination;
         f.   Reconstruction; and
         g.   Applications referred by the planning director.
      3.   Submission of Application: An application for a certificate of appropriateness shall be made on an application form prepared by the zoning administrator and accompanied by applicable fees as noted in the Salt Lake City consolidated fee schedule. The applicant shall also be responsible for payment of all mailing fees established for required public noticing.
         a.   General Application Requirements: A complete application shall include the following unless deemed unnecessary by the zoning administrator:
         (1)   The applicant's name, address, telephone number, e-mail address and interest in the subject property;
         (2)   The owner's name, address and telephone number, if different than the applicant, and the owner's signed consent to the filing of the application;
         (3)    The street address and legal description of the subject property;
         (4)   A narrative including a complete description of the project and how it meets review standards with citation of supporting adopted city design guidelines;
         (5)   Current and historic photographs of the property
         (6)   A site plan or drawing drawn to a scale which includes the following information: property lines, lot dimensions, topography, adjacent streets, alleys and walkways, landscaping and buffers, existing and proposed buildings and structures, lot coverage, grade changes, parking spaces, trash receptacles, drainage features, proposed setbacks and other details required for project evaluation;
         (7)   Elevation drawings and details for all impacted facades;
         (8)   Illustrative photos and or samples of all proposed façade materials;
         (9)   Building, wall, and window section drawings;
         (10)   Any further information or documentation as the zoning administrator deems necessary in order to fully consider and analyze the application.
         b.   New Construction Application Requirements: In addition to the general application requirements listed above, applications for new construction of a primary structure shall include the following unless deemed unnecessary by the zoning administrator:
         (1)   A context plan showing property lines, building footprints, front yard setbacks, adjacent streets and alleys, historic district boundaries, contributing/noncontributing structures and landmark sites;
         (2)   A streetscape study which includes height measurements for each primary structure on the block face;
         (3)   Renderings that show the new construction in relation to neighboring buildings; and
         (4)   Renderings that show the new construction from the pedestrian perspective.
         c.   Reconstruction Application Requirements: In addition to the general application requirements listed above, applications for reconstruction shall include drawings and photographs of the original structure that justify the dimensions and details of the proposed structure. The applicant shall provide documentation that indicates the original structure's approximate:
         (1)   Location on the site and the estimated setbacks.
         (2)   Building footprint, including shape and size.
         (3)   Roof shape, slope and details.
         (4)   Building height, including wall height and roof height.
         (5)   Openings, including location, arrangement, size and details of any window or door openings. For reconstruction of carriage house, include carriage entries.
         (6)   Exterior building materials.
      4.   Notice: Applications for a certificate of appropriateness are subject to the notification requirements of Chapter 2.60 of this code. An application for a certificate of appropriateness for demolition of a noncontributing building or structure shall require notice pursuant to Chapter 21A.10 of this title. The applicant shall be responsible for payment of all fees established for providing the public notice required by Chapters 2.60 and 21A.10 of this title.
      5.   Standards for Approval: Applications for a certificate of appropriateness shall be reviewed according to the standards set forth in Subsections G through M of this section, whichever are applicable.
      6.   Administrative Decisions: The planning director or designee shall approve, conditionally approve, or deny the application for a certificate of appropriateness based upon written findings of fact. The decision of the planning director or designee shall become effective upon issuance of the certificate of appropriateness or of the findings and order in the case of an administrative denial.
         a.   Referral of Application to Historic Landmark Commission: The planning director or designee may refer any application to the historic landmark commission due to the complexity of the application, the significance of change to the structure or site, or the need for consultation for expertise regarding architectural or other preservation issues.
      7.   Historic Landmark Commission Decisions: The historic landmark commission shall hold a public hearing to review the application in accordance with the standards and procedures set forth in Chapter 21A.10 of this title. The historic landmark commission shall approve, conditionally approve, or deny the application based upon written findings of fact. The decision of the historic landmark commission shall become effective at the time the decision is made. Following a decision from the historic landmark commission to approve a certificate of appropriateness, the planning director or designee shall issue a certificate of appropriateness after all conditions of approval are met except for demolition of contributing principal buildings and landmark sites as outlined in Subsection 21A.34.020.F.8.
      8.   Requirements for Certificate of Appropriateness for Demolition: The certificate of appropriateness for demolition of a contributing principal building or landmark site shall not be issued until the following criteria is satisfied:
         a.   The appeal period associated with the approval has expired.
         b.   The landmark commission has granted approval for a new building that will replace the landmark site or contributing principal building to be demolished. The requirement for replacing the contributing principal building or landmark site with a new building may be waived by the historic landmark commission if a new development or redevelopment plan that includes the principal building to be demolished is approved by the historic landmark commission.
         c.   The certificate of appropriateness for demolition shall be issued simultaneously with the certificate of appropriateness and building permits for the replacement building.
      9.   Revocation of the Designation of a Landmark Site: If a landmark site is approved for demolition, the property shall not be removed from the H Historic Preservation Overlay District until the building has been demolished and revocation of the designation of a landmark site has been approved in accordance with Section 21A.51.050, Local Historic Amendments Process.
      10.   Exceptions of Certificate of Appropriateness for Demolition of Hazardous Buildings: A hazardous building shall be exempt from the provisions governing demolition if the building official determines, in writing, that the building currently is an imminent hazard to public safety. Prior to the issuance of a demolition permit, the building official shall notify the planning director for consultation and of the final decision.
      11.   Expiration of Approvals: No certificate of appropriateness shall be valid for a period of longer than one (1) year unless a building permit has been issued or complete building plans have been submitted to the Salt Lake City Division of Building Services and Licensing within that period and is thereafter diligently pursued to completion; or unless a longer time is requested and granted by the historic landmark commission, or in the case of an administrative approval, by the planning director or designee. Any request for a time extension shall be required not less than thirty (30) days prior to the one (1) year time period.
      12.   Appeal of Decisions: Any person adversely affected by a final decision of the historic landmark commission, or in the case of administrative decisions, the planning director or designee, may file an appeal in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 21A.16 of this title.
      13.   Posting Certificate of Appropriateness. After issuance of any applicable building or demolition permit, the applicant shall post the certificate of appropriateness at the subject property. The certificate of appropriateness shall be posted as a sign where it is visible from the public sidewalk during the period of construction activity. Once the sign is posted, the applicant shall submit to the zoning administrator a time stamped photo that verifies the sign was posted in accordance with this subsection. If the sign is removed for any reason during the period of construction, the applicant shall post a new sign.
   G.   Standards for Alteration of a Landmark Site or Contributing Structure or New Construction of an Accessory Structure: In considering an application for a certificate of appropriateness for alteration of a landmark site or contributing structure, or new construction of an accessory structure associated with a landmark site or contributing structure, the historic landmark commission, or the planning director, for administrative decisions, shall, using the adopted design guidelines as a key basis for evaluation, find that the project substantially complies with all of the following standards:
      1.   A property shall be used for its historic purpose or be used for a purpose that requires minimal change to the defining characteristics of the building and its site and environment;
      2.   The historic character of a property shall be retained and preserved. The removal of historic materials or alteration of features and spaces that characterize a property shall be avoided;
      3.   All sites, structures and objects shall be recognized as products of their own time. Alterations that have no historical basis and which seek to create a false sense of history or architecture are not allowed;
      4.   Alterations or additions that have acquired historic significance in their own right shall be retained and preserved;
      5.   Distinctive features, finishes and construction techniques or examples of craftsmanship that characterize a historic property shall be preserved;
      6.   Deteriorated architectural features shall be repaired rather than replaced wherever feasible. In the event replacement is necessary, the new material should match the material being replaced in composition, design, texture and other visual qualities. Repair or replacement of missing architectural features should be based on accurate duplications of features, substantiated by historic, physical or pictorial evidence rather than on conjectural designs or the availability of different architectural elements from other structures or objects;
      7.   Chemical or physical treatments, such as sandblasting, that cause damage to historic materials shall not be used. The surface cleaning of structures, if appropriate, shall be undertaken using the gentlest means possible;
      8.   Contemporary design for alterations and additions to existing properties shall not be discouraged when such alterations and additions do not destroy significant cultural, historical, architectural or archaeological material, and such design is compatible with the size, scale, color, material and character of the property, neighborhood or environment;
      9.   Additions or alterations to structures and objects shall be done in such a manner that if such additions or alterations were to be removed in the future, the essential form and integrity of the structure would be unimpaired. The new work shall be differentiated from the old and shall be compatible in massing, size, scale and architectural features to protect the historic integrity of the property and its environment;
      10.   Certain building materials are prohibited:
         a.   Aluminum, asbestos, or vinyl cladding; and when applied directly to an original or historic material.
         b.   Vinyl fencing.
      11.   Any new sign and any change in the appearance of any existing sign located on a landmark site or within the H Historic Preservation Overlay District, which is visible from any public way or open space shall be consistent with the historic character of the landmark site or H Historic Preservation Overlay District and shall comply with the standards outlined in Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
   H.   Standards for Certificate of Appropriateness Involving New Construction or Alteration of a Noncontributing Structure: In considering an application for a certificate of appropriateness involving new construction, or alterations of noncontributing structures, the historic landmark commission, or planning director when the application involves the alteration of a noncontributing structure shall, using the adopted design guidelines as a key basis for evaluation, determine whether the project substantially complies with each of the following standards that pertain to the application to ensure that the proposed project fits into the established context in ways that respect and contribute to the evolution of Salt Lake City's architectural and cultural traditions:
      1.   Settlement Patterns and Neighborhood Character:
         a.   Block and Street Patterns: The design of the project preserves and reflects the historic block, street, and alley patterns that give the district its unique character. Changes to the block and street pattern may be considered when advocated by an adopted city plan.
         b.   Lot and Site Patterns: The design of the project preserves the pattern of lot and building site sizes that create the urban character of the historic context and the block face. Changes to the lot and site pattern may be considered when advocated by an adopted city plan.
         c.   The Public Realm: The project relates to adjacent streets and engages with sidewalks in a manner that reflects the character of the historic context and the block face. Projects should maintain the depth of yard and height of principal elevation of those existing on the block face in order to support consistency in the definition of public and semi-public spaces.
         d.   Building Placement: Buildings are placed such that the project maintains and reflects the historic pattern of setbacks and building depth established within the historic context and the block face. Buildings should maintain the setback demonstrated by existing buildings of that type constructed in the district or site's period of significance.
         e.   Building Orientation: The building is designed such that principal entrances and pathways are oriented such that they address the street in the pattern established in the historic context and the block face.
      2.   Site Access, Parking, and Services:
         a.   Site Access: The design of the project allows for site access that is similar, in form and function, with patterns common in the historic context and the block face.
         (1)   Pedestrian: Safe pedestrian access is provided through architecturally highlighted entrances and walkways, consistent with patterns common in the historic context and the block face.
         (2)   Vehicular: Vehicular access is located in the least obtrusive manner possible. Where possible, garage doors and parking should be located to the rear or to the side of the building.
         b.   Site and Building Services and Utilities: Utilities and site/building services (such as HVAC systems, venting fans, and dumpsters) are located such that they are to the rear of the building or on the roof and screened from public spaces and public properties.
      3.   Landscape and Lighting:
         a.   Grading of Land: The site's landscape, such as grading and retaining walls, addresses the public way in a manner that reflects the character of the historic context and the block face.
         b.   Landscape Structures: Landscape structures, such as arbors, walls, fences, address the public way in a manner that reflects the character of the historic context and the block face.
         c.   Lighting: Where appropriate lighting is used to enhance significant elements of the design and reflects the character of the historic context and the block face.
      4.   Building Form and Scale:
         a.   Character of the Street Block: The design of the building reflects the historic character of the street facade in terms of scale, composition, and modeling.
         (1)   Height: The height of the project reflects the character of the historic context and the block face. Projects taller than those existing on the block face step back their upper floors to present a base that is in scale with the historic context and the block face.
         (2)   Width: The width of the project reflects the character of the historic context and the block face. Projects wider than those existing on the block face modulate the facade to express a series of volumes in scale with the historic context and the block face.
         (3)   Massing: The shape, form, and proportion of buildings, reflects the character of the historic context and the block face.
         (4)   Roof Forms: The building incorporates roof shapes that reflect forms found in the historic context and the block face.
      5.   Building Character:
         a.   Facade Articulation and Proportion: The design of the project reflects patterns of articulation and proportion established in the historic context and the block face. As appropriate, facade articulations reflect those typical of other buildings on the block face. These articulations are of similar dimension to those found elsewhere in the context, but have a depth of not less than twelve (12) inches.
         (1)   Rhythm of Openings: The facades are designed to reflect the rhythm of openings (doors, windows, recessed balconies, etc.) established in the historic context and the block face.
         (2)   Proportion and Scale of Openings: The facades are designed using openings (doors, windows, recessed balconies, etc.) of similar proportion and scale to that established in the historic context and the block face.
         (3)   Ratio of Wall to Openings: Facades are designed to reflect the ratio of wall to openings (doors, windows, recessed balconies, etc.) established in the historic context and the block face.
         (4)   Balconies, Porches, and External Stairs: The project, as appropriate, incorporates entrances, balconies, porches, stairways, and other projections that reflect patterns established in the historic context and the block face.
      6.   Building Materials, Elements and Detailing:
         a.   Materials: Building facades, other than windows and doors, incorporate no less than eighty percent (80%) durable material such as, but not limited to, wood, brick, masonry, textured or patterned concrete and/or cut stone. These materials reflect those found elsewhere in the district and/or setting in terms of scale and character.
         b.   Materials on Street-Facing Facades: The following materials are not considered to be appropriate and are prohibited for use on facades which face a public street: vinyl siding and aluminum siding.
         c.   Architectural Elements and Details: The design of the building features architectural elements and details that reflect those characteristic of the district and/or setting.
      7.   Windows: Windows and other openings are incorporated in a manner that reflects patterns, materials, and detailing established in the district and/or setting.
         a.   New Construction Window installation depth: Window reveals shall be a minimum of three inches.
         b.   New Construction Prohibited window material: Vinyl windows are not considered to be historically appropriate nor durable, and are prohibited except when incorporated as part of a development utilizing the affordable housing incentives under Section 21A.52.050.
      8.   Signage Location: Locations for signage are provided such that they are an integral part of the site and architectural design and are complementary to the principal structure.
   I.   Standards for Relocation: In considering an application for a certificate of appropriateness for relocation of a landmark site or a contributing structure, the historic landmark commission shall find that the project substantially complies with the following standards:
      1.   The proposed relocation will abate demolition of the structure;
      2.   The proposed relocation will not diminish the overall physical integrity of the district or diminish the historical associations used to define the boundaries of the district;
      3.   The proposed relocation will not diminish the historical or architectural significance of the structure;
      4.   The proposed relocation will not have a detrimental effect on the structural soundness of the building or structure;
      5.   A professional building mover will move the building and protect it while being stored; and
      6.   A financial guarantee to ensure the rehabilitation of the structure once the relocation has occurred is provided to the city. The financial guarantee shall be in a form approved by the city attorney, in an amount determined by the planning director sufficient to cover the estimated cost to rehabilitate the structure as approved by the historic landmark commission and restore the grade and landscape the property from which the structure was removed in the event the land is to be left vacant once the relocation of the structure occurs.
   J.   Standards for Demolition of Landmark Site: In considering an application for a certificate of appropriateness for demolition of a landmark site, the historic landmark commission shall only approve the application upon finding that the project fully complies with one of the following standards:
      1.   The demolition is required to alleviate a threat to public health and safety pursuant to Subsection 21A.34.020.F.10; or
      2.   A determination of economic hardship has been granted by the historic landmark commission pursuant to the provisions of Subsection 21A.34.020.L.
   K.   Standards for Demolition of a Contributing Principal Building: When considering a request for approval of a certificate of appropriateness for demolition of a contributing principal building, the historic landmark commission shall determine whether the request substantially complies with the following standards:
      1.   The historic integrity of the site as defined in Section 21A.62.040 is no longer evident and the site no longer meets the definition of a contributing building or structure in Section 21A.62.040;
      2.   The streetscape within the context of the H Historic Preservation Overlay District would not be negatively materially affected if the contributing principal building were to be demolished;
      3.   The demolition would not create a material adverse effect on the concentration of historic resources used to define the boundaries or maintain the integrity of the district;
      4.   The base zoning of the site does not permit land uses that would allow the adaptive reuse of the contributing principal building;
      5.   The contributing principal building has not suffered from willful neglect, as evidenced by the following:
         a.   Willful or negligent acts that have caused significant deterioration of the structural integrity of the contributing principal building to the point that the building fails to substantially conform to applicable standards of the state construction code,
         b.   Failure to perform routine and appropriate maintenance and repairs to maintain the structural integrity of the contributing principal building, or
         c.   Failure to secure and board the contributing principal building, if vacant, per Section 18.64.045 of this code.
   L.   Economic Hardship Determination: Upon denial of a certificate of appropriateness for demolition of a contributing principal building by the historic landmark commission, the owner and/or owner's representative will have one year from the end of the appeal period as described in Chapter 21A.16 of this title, to submit an application for determination of economic hardship. In the case of a landmark site, an application for determination of economic hardship shall be submitted at the same time as an application for demolition of a landmark site to meet the standard of Subsection 21A.34.020.J.2 of this section.
      1.   Application for Determination of Economic Hardship: An application for a determination of economic hardship shall be made on a form provided by the zoning administrator and accompanied by applicable fees as noted in the Salt Lake City consolidated fee schedule.
      2.   Evidence for Determination of Economic Hardship: The burden of proof is on the owner or owner's representative to provide sufficient evidence to demonstrate an economic hardship. Any finding in support of economic hardship shall be based solely on the hardship of the property. Evidence may include, but is not limited to:
         a.   Physical condition of the property at time of purchase and the applicant's plans for the property at time of purchase.
         b.   The current level of economic return on the property as considered in relation to the following:
         (1)   The amount paid for the property, the date of purchase, and party from whom purchased, including a description of the relationship, if any, between applicant, and the person from whom the property was purchased;
         (2)   The annual gross and net income, if any, from the property for the previous three (3) years; itemized operating and maintenance expenses for the previous three (3) years; and depreciation deduction and annual cash flow before and after debt service, if any, for the previous three (3) years;
         (3)   Real estate taxes for the previous three (3) years by the Salt Lake County Assessor;
         (4)   An appraisal, no older than six (6) months at the time of application for determination of economic hardship conducted by an MAI certified appraiser licensed within the State of Utah. Also all appraisals obtained within the previous three (3) years by the owner or applicant in connection with the purchase, financing or ownership of the property;
         (5)   The fair market value of the property taking into consideration the H Historic Preservation Overlay District; and
         (6)   For non-residential or multifamily properties, any state or federal income tax returns on or relating to the property for the previous three (3) years.
         c.   The marketability of the property for sale or lease, as determined by any listing of the property for sale or lease, and price asked and offers received, if any, within the previous two (2) years. This determination can include testimony and relevant documents regarding:
         (1)   Any real estate broker or firm engaged to sell or lease the property;
         (2)   Reasonableness of the price in terms of fair market value or rent sought by the applicant; and
         (3)   Any advertisements placed for the sale or rental of the property.
         d.   The feasibility of alternative uses for the property as considered in relation to the following:
         (1)   Report from a licensed engineer or architect with demonstrated experience in rehabilitation of older buildings as to the structural soundness of any building on the property;
         (2)   An estimate of the cost of the proposed construction or alteration, including the cost of demolition and removal, and potential cost savings for reuse of materials;
         (3)   The estimated market values of the property in current condition, after completion of the demolition; and after renovation of the existing property for continued use; and
         (4)   The testimony of a professional with demonstrated experience in rehabilitation of older buildings as to the economic feasibility of rehabilitation or reuse of the existing building on the property. An experienced professional may include, but is not limited to, an architect, developer, real estate consultant, appraiser, or any other professional experienced in preservation or rehabilitation of older buildings and licensed within the State of Utah.
         e.   Economic incentives and/or funding available to the applicant through federal, state, city, or private programs.
         f.   Description of past and current use.
         g.   An itemized report that identifies what is deficient if the building does not meet minimum city building code standards or violations of this code and whether any exceptions within Chapter 12 Historic Buildings of the IEBC, or its successor, could be used to resolve those deficiencies.
         h.   Consideration of map amendment, conditional use, or other land use processes to alleviate hardship.
      3.   Procedure for Determination of Economic Hardship:
         a.   Appointment of Qualified Expert: The planning director shall appoint a qualified expert to evaluate the application and provide advice and/or testimony to the historic landmark commission concerning the value of the property and whether or not the denial of demolition could result in an economic hardship.
         (1)   The extent of the Authority: The planning director's appointed qualified expert is limited to rendering advice and testimony to the historic landmark commission and has no decision-making capacity.
         (2)   The planning director's appointed qualified expert shall have considerable and demonstrated experience in appraising, renovating, or restoring historic properties, real estate development, economics, accounting, finance and/or law.
         (3)   The historic landmark commission may also consider other expert testimony upon reviewing the evidence presented by the applicant or receiving the advice/testimony of the planning director's appointed qualified expert as necessary.
         b.   Review of Evidence: The historic landmark commission shall hold a public hearing in accordance with the standards and procedures set forth in Chapter 21A.10 of this title to consider the evidence submitted, and the advice and testimony of the planning director's appointed qualified expert.
         c.   Finding of Economic Hardship: If after reviewing all of the evidence presented by the applicant and the advice/testimony of the planning director's appointed qualified expert, and if the historic landmark commission finds that the applicant has presented sufficient information supporting a determination of economic hardship, then the historic landmark commission shall approve the demolition. In order to show that all beneficial or economically viable use cannot be obtained, the historic landmark commission must find that all of the following are met:
         (1)   The contributing principal building or landmark site cannot be economically used or rented at a reasonable rate of return in its present condition or if rehabilitated;
         (2)   The contributing principal building or landmark site cannot be put to any reasonable beneficial use in its present condition, or if rehabilitated;
         (3)   Bona fide efforts during the previous year to sell or lease the contributing principal building or landmark site at a reasonable price have been unsuccessful; and
         (4)   The hardship is not a mere reduction in economic value of the property, is not caused by the owner's financial ability to rehabilitate a property, is not caused by the owner's lack of due diligence to rehabilitate a property, or by any other self-imposed condition, such as demolition by neglect, intentional destabilization of the structure or a violation outlined in Section 21A.34.020.N.3.
         d.   Certificate of Appropriateness for Demolition: If the historic landmark commission finds an economic hardship, a certificate of appropriateness for demolition shall be issued in accordance with Subsection 21A.34.020.F.8.
         e.   Denial of Economic Hardship: If the historic landmark commission does not find an economic hardship, then the application for a certificate of appropriateness for demolition shall be denied. No further economic hardship determination applications may be considered for the subject property for three (3) years from the date of the final decision of the historic landmark commission. The historic landmark commission may waive this restriction if the historic landmark commission finds there are circumstances sufficient to warrant a new hearing other than the re-sale of the property or those caused by the negligence or intentional acts of the owner.
   M.   Reconstruction:
      1.   Applicability:
         a.   Reconstruction after demolition without a certificate of appropriateness: If a landmark site or contributing structure is demolished without a certificate of appropriateness, an application for reconstruction will be considered in accordance with the provisions of this Subsection.
         b.   Reconstruction of a carriage house on a landmark site: An application for the reconstruction of a historic carriage house is allowed subject to the provision of this Subsection and if the following criteria are satisfied:
         (1)   The carriage house is located on a landmark site. For the purpose of this section, any site that has been further subdivided since the construction of the last principal building on the site shall be considered part of the landmark site.
         (2)   Documentation has been provided that indicates a carriage house associated with the historic period of the landmark site existed on the site. Documentation may include any property related record, prior survey, photographs, site plans, or similar records. It is the responsibility of the applicant to provide the necessary documentation and justification for the proposed dimensions and details of the carriage house that is proposed to be reconstructed. Documentation shall provide sufficient detail to estimate the approximate details of the carriage house.
      2.   Modifications authorized: The following modifications are authorized for reconstruction in accordance with this Subsection:
         a.   Density: The qualifying provisions for density found in the minimum lot area and lot width tables of the zoning district do not apply to the proposed reconstruction, and in the RMF-30 zoning district, the minimum lot size per dwelling unit does not apply.
         b.   Multiple buildings on a single parcel: If the reconstruction results in multiple buildings on a single parcel, the buildings are allowed without each building having street frontage.
      3.   Compliance with additional codes: An application for reconstruction shall comply with all applicable codes, regulations and engineering standards that have been adopted by the State of Utah or the city.
      4.   Approval Standards: In considering an application for a certificate of appropriateness involving reconstruction, the historic landmark commission shall grant the certificate if it finds the project complies with all of the following standards:
         a.   Reconstruction depicts only vanished or non-surviving portion of a property and includes measures to preserve any remaining historic materials, features, and spatial relationships.
         b.   The reconstruction is an accurate duplication of historic features and elements substantiated by documentary or physical evidence. When evidence is not available, conjectural designs may be allowed if supported by research of similar structures of the same era as the original structure.
         c.   Designs that were never executed historically will not be allowed.
         d.   The proposed structure replicates the size, shape, location, orientation, material and design of the original structure.
         e.   The proposed structure replicates character defining features and details of the original structure.
      5.   Additional requirements for reconstruction of a carriage house on a landmark site:
         a.   Subdivision Prohibited: Further subdivision of the property after approval of a reconstruction under this section is prohibited and portions of Section 21A.38.060 authorizing subdivisions of lots with more than two principal buildings shall not be applicable.
         b.   Updated Intensive Level Survey: If reconstruction is approved, the applicant shall provide the city an updated intensive level survey to document the changes to the landmark site.
         c.   Allowed Uses After Reconstruction: The following uses shall be allowed in a reconstructed carriage house approved under this section:
         (1)   A single-family dwelling, regardless of lot area, lot width or street frontage;
         (2)   Any accessory use authorized in the underlying zoning district or overlay district; or
         (3)   Accessory dwelling units subject to the applicable regulations for accessory dwelling units.
      6.   Restrictive covenant for reconstruction after demolition: In the case of a reconstruction after demolition without a certificate of appropriateness, the property owner shall enter into a legally binding restrictive covenant, the form of which shall be approved by the city attorney. The restrictive covenant shall be recorded on the property with the Salt Lake County Recorder prior to issuance of a certificate of appropriateness for the reconstruction required pursuant to Section 21A.34.020.N.3. The restrictive covenant shall, without limitation:
         a.   Acknowledge the required reconstruction;
         b.   Prohibit demolition and major alterations to the reconstructed structure for 25 years from the date of the issuance of the certificate of occupancy, transferrable to any future property owner;
         c.   Identify the nature of the approval and any conditions thereof;
         d.   Require compliance with all applicable regulations; and
         e.   Identify the city's remedies for any violation of the covenant.
      7.   Historic status for reconstruction after demolition: Following reconstruction, the zoning administrator shall issue a historic status determination in accordance with Section 21A.34.020.D, indicating the historic status of the reconstructed structure as noncontributing. Any future historic resource survey or status determination shall evaluate the reconstructed structure on its own merits.
   N.   Enforcement: Any property on which work is done without a certificate of appropriateness when such is required under Section 21A.34.020, shall be subject to the enforcement process established in Section 21A.20. As applicable, the city shall have the following additional remedies as set forth below:
      1.   Any work done in violation of this chapter, and which does not comply with or cannot be made to comply with the standards of this chapter shall be undone. The structure or site shall be restored to its condition prior to such unlawful alteration to the greatest extent possible without further damage.
      2.   A request for historic status determination as outlined in Section 21A.34.020.D to change the status from contributing to noncontributing based on work done without a certificate of appropriateness shall be rejected.
      3.   In the case of demolition of a contributing principal structure or local landmark site without a certificate of appropriateness, a certificate of noncompliance will be issued and recorded against the property prohibiting redevelopment for 25 years unless the proposed redevelopment is for reconstruction as permitted by Section 21A.34.020.M. (Ord. 34-24, 2024: Ord. 22-24, 2024: Ord. 67-23, 2023: Ord. 45-23, 2023: Ord. 48-21, 2021: Ord. 9-18, 2018)

21A.34.030: T TRANSITIONAL OVERLAY DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the T Transitional Overlay District is to allow limited high intensity commercial and light industrial uses in areas of the City that are intended to transition over time toward a mix of residential and commercial uses. This district is intended to provide a higher level of control over certain nonresidential redevelopment to ensure that the use and enjoyment of residential properties is not substantially diminished. To achieve this intent, nonresidential uses allowed within the overlay are required to comply with additional standards for compatibility and buffering as set forth in this section.
   B.   Additional Uses:
      1.   In addition to the permitted and conditional uses listed in the land use tables for the underlying district, the following uses shall be allowed uses in the T Transitional Overlay District:
TABLE 21A.34.030.B.1
Use
Permitted (P) or
Conditional (C)
Use
Permitted (P) or
Conditional (C)
Ambulance service
C
Blacksmith shop
C
Bus line yard and repair
C
Contractor’s Yard/Office (indoor)
P
Contractor’s Yard/Office (outdoor)
C
Equipment rental (indoor)
P
Equipment rental (outdoor)
C
Industrial Assembly
C
Limousine service
P
Outdoor Storage
C
Sign painting/fabrication
C
Taxicab facility
C
Vehicle, automobile rental agency
P
Vehicle, automobile repair (major)
C
Vehicle, automobile sales and service
P
Warehouse
C
Welding shop
C
Wholesale distribution
C
Woodworking mill
C
 
      2.   Conflicts: When a use is already listed as permitted or conditional in the underlying zone but is also listed in Table 21A.34.030.B.1, the use is not subject to the provisions of this overlay. However, if the use is listed with a maximum size in the underlying zoning and is proposed to exceed that size, the use shall be subject to this section.
   C.   Site and Building Design Standards: In addition to the underlying zoning standards, the following apply to uses listed in Subsection 21A.34.030.B.1:
      1.   Building form: Principal buildings are subject to the storefront building form regulations.
      2.   Landscape buffers: Ten-foot (10') landscape buffers shall be required along the side and rear yards, subject to the landscape buffer standards listed in Subsection 21A.48.060.D.
      3.   Front and corner side landscape yards: Principal buildings may exceed the maximum front and/or corner side yard setback of the underlying zone when the applicable yard area is maintained as a landscape yard, subject to the following:
         a.   A minimum ten foot (10') front/corner side landscape yard(s) is required;
         b.   The area between the street-facing building façade and the front/corner side property line shall comply with all landscape yard requirements of Subsection 21A.48.060.C.3, except as noted in this subsection;
         c.   Tree canopy shall not count toward the minimum vegetation coverage;
         d.   One tree shall be provided for every two hundred (200) square feet of the provided yard;
         e.   Fifty percent (50%) of the required vegetation shall have a mature height of at least three feet (3'); and
         f.   Vegetation shall include at least five (5) different plants.
      4.   Surface Parking: Surface parking may be located in a required or provided front/corner side yard and within the required landscape yard area of Subsection C.3.a above if setback a minimum of twenty five feet (25') from the front and/or corner side property line, or be located to the side or behind the principal building.
      5.   Existing landscape encroachments: The landscape requirements of this subsection may be modified by the zoning administrator, or the planning commission for conditional uses, to accommodate existing uses and buildings that encroach into the landscape areas.
      6.   Design Standards Alternative: Principal buildings that provide front and/or corner side yards that comply with all of the requirements in Subsection C.3.a through e above, may be allowed the design standard alternative regulations in the table below instead of the specific design standards listed in the applicable table in Section 21A.37.060.
TABLE 21A.34.030.C.6
Design Standard (Code Section)
Requirement
Ground floor use: active uses (%) (21A.37.050 .A.1)
252
Building materials: ground floor (%) (21A.37.050 .B.3)
70
Building materials: upper floors (%) (21A.37.050 .B.4)
70
Glass: ground floor (%) (21A.37.050 .C.1)
20
Glass: upper floors (%) (21A.37.050 .C.2)
0
Reflective glass (21A.37.050 .C.3)
-
Building entrances (feet) (21A.37.050 .D)
X2
Blank wall: maximum length (feet) (21A.37.050 .E)
25
Street facing facade: maximum length (feet) (21A.37.050 .F)
2501
Upper floor step back: Upper level (feet) (21A.37.050 .G.1)
-
Upper floor step back (landmark) (21A.37.050 .G.2)
-
Upper floor step back: lower level (21A.37.050 .G.3)
-
Lighting: exterior (21A.37.050 .H)
X
Lighting: parking lot (21A.37.050 .I)
X
Screening of mechanical equipment (21A.37.050 .J)
X
Screening of service areas (21A.37.050 .K)
X
Parking garages or structures (21A.37.050 .L)
X
Public Improvements (21A.37.050 .M)
X
 
Footnotes:
1.   Maximum façade length does not apply to retail uses noted in Subsection D below.
2.   For buildings on corner lots, the requirement only applies to one of the facades.
   D.   Existing Large Retailer Exception: For retail stores over one hundred thousand (100,000) square feet in gross floor area in existence before January 1, 2025, additions that extend a street-facing façade may utilize the regulations of Subsection C above. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 12-24, 2024: Ord. 61-09 § 26, 2009: Ord. 26-95 § 2(17-2), 1995)

21A.34.040: AFPP AIRPORT FLIGHT PATH PROTECTION OVERLAY DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: It is determined that a hazard to the operation of the airport endangers the lives and property of users of the Salt Lake City International Airport, and the health, safety and welfare of property or occupants of land in its vicinity. If the hazard is an obstruction or incompatible use, such hazard effectively reduces the size of the area available for landing, takeoff and maneuvering of aircraft, thus tending to destroy or impair the utility of the Salt Lake City International Airport and the public investment. Accordingly, it is declared:
      1.   That the creation or establishment of an airport hazard is a public nuisance and an injury to the region served by the Salt Lake City International Airport;
      2.   That it is necessary in the interest of the public health, public safety, and general welfare that the creation or establishment of airport hazards be prevented; and
      3.   That the prevention of these hazards should be accomplished, to the extent legally possible, by the exercise of the police power without compensation.
   B.   Title For Citation: This section shall be known and may be cited as SALT LAKE CITY INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT ZONING ORDINANCE.
   C.   Definitions: In this chapter the following terms, phrases, words and their derivations shall have the meanings as defined in this subsection:
   AIR CIRCULATION SYSTEM: Any method of cooling and heating an area with all windows and/or doors closed, or with evaporative coolers and/or similar devices.
   AIRPORT: The Salt Lake City International Airport.
   AIRPORT ELEVATION: The highest point of the airport's usable landing area measured in feet from mean sea level.
   AIRPORT HAZARD: Any structure or object or natural growth located on or in the vicinity of the airport, or any use of land near the airport, which obstructs the airspace required for the flight of aircraft in landing or takeoff at the airport, or is otherwise hazardous to such landing or takeoff of aircraft.
   AIRPORT MASTER PLAN: The master plan of the airport showing the layout of existing and proposed airport facilities.
   AIRPORT REFERENCE POINT: The point established as the approximate geographic center of the airport landing area.
   FAA: The federal aviation administration.
   HEIGHT: Is expressed in terms of mean sea level elevation unless otherwise specified.
   INCOMPATIBLE USE: Any structure or use of land which, exposes residents or occupants in the vicinity of airports to unacceptable levels of aircraft noise (as defined in FAA guidelines) constitutes an airport hazard.
   NONCONFORMING USE: Any preexisting structure, tree or use of land which is inconsistent with the provisions of this section or an amendment.
   NONPRECISION INSTRUMENT RUNWAY: A runway having an existing instrument approach procedure utilizing air navigation facilities with only horizontal guidance or area type navigation equipment, for which straight-in nonprecision instrument approach procedure has been approved or planned, and for which no precision approach facilities are planned or indicated on an FAA planning document.
   PERSON: An individual, firm, partnership, corporation, company, association, joint stock association or governmental entity. It includes a trustee, receiver, assignee or similar representative of any of the foregoing.
   PRECISION INSTRUMENT RUNWAY: A runway having an existing instrument approach procedure utilizing an instrument landing system (ILS) or a precision approach radar (PAR). It shall also mean a runway for which a precision approach system is planned and is so indicated on an FAA approved airport layout plan or any other FAA approved planning document.
   PRIMARY SURFACE: A surface longitudinally centered on a runway. When the runway has a specially prepared hard surface, the primary surface extends two hundred feet (200') beyond each end of such runway; but when the runway has no special prepared hard surface, or planned hard surface, the primary surface ends at each end of such runway. The width of the primary surface of a runway will be that width described in part 77, section 77.25, of the federal aviation regulations (FAR), which is incorporated by reference and made a part hereof, for the most precise approach existing or planned for either end of that runway. The elevation of any point on the primary surface is the same as the elevation of the nearest point on the runway centerline.
   RUNWAY: A defined area on the airport prepared for landing and takeoff of aircraft along its length.
   SOUND ATTENUATION: Special construction methods or materials supplementing general building code requirements that are designed or have the effect of insulating interior spaces from exterior noise or sound to lower decibel levels. Sound attenuation requirements of subsection V of this section, or successor subsection, must be demonstrated and satisfied on building plans, pursuant to the requirements of title 18, chapter 18.88 of this code before they can be approved by the building official.
   STRUCTURE: An object constructed or installed by man, including, but without limitation, buildings, towers, smokestacks, earth formations and overhead transmission lines.
   TREE: Any stationary object of natural growth.
   UTILITY RUNWAY: A runway that is constructed for and intended to be used by propeller driven aircraft of twelve thousand five hundred (12,500) pounds' maximum gross weight or less.
   VISUAL RUNWAY: A runway intended solely for the operation of aircraft using visual approach procedures with no straight-in instrument approach procedure, and no instrument designation indicated on an FAA approved airport layout plan or on any planning document submitted to the FAA by competent city authority.
   D.   Airport Master Plan And Airport Zoning Map: Airport types and airport height provisions for the airport shall be determined by and based on the most recent airport layout plan and airport zoning map, approved by the proper city airport officials and by the FAA. Any such maps so approved at the time and passage hereof shall be deemed to be as much a part of this section by this reference as if fully prescribed and detailed herein.
   E.   Airport Influence Zones Established; Map: In order to carry out the provisions of this section, there are created and established certain airport influence zones which include all of the land lying within the approach zones, transitional zones, horizontal zones, conical zones and airport height restriction zones. Such zones are shown on the airport zoning map on file in the office of the city planning commission, as the same appears as of the effective date hereof, and as hereinafter amended from time to time and hereinafter updated to reflect the updating changes made thereon by ordinances adopted by the city council. Such map and all references, notations and other information shown thereon are made a part of this chapter and incorporated by reference to the same extent as if said map and the information thereon were fully described and set forth herein.
   F.   Height Limitations In Airport Zones: Except as otherwise provided in this section, no structure or tree shall be erected, altered, allowed to grow or be maintained in any zone created by this chapter to a height in excess of the applicable height limit herein established for such zone. Additionally, structures within the M-1 light manufacturing zoning district must conform to the height regulations outlined in section 21A.28.020 of this title regarding maximum heights and site specific airport and FAA approvals.
   G.   Runway Larger Than Utility, Visual Approach Zone; Established: Visual approach zones for runways larger than utility are established with the inner edge coinciding with the width of the primary surface and being five hundred feet (500') wide. The approach zone expands outward uniformly to a width of one thousand five hundred feet (1,500') at a horizontal distance of five thousand feet (5,000') from the primary surface, its centerline being the continuation of the centerline of the runway.
   H.   Runway Larger Than Utility, Visual Approach Zone; Height Limitation: The height limitation in a runway larger than utility, visual approach zone slopes upward twenty feet (20') horizontally for each one foot (1') vertically, beginning at the end of and at the same elevation as the primary surface, and extends to a horizontal distance of five thousand feet (5,000') along the extended runway centerline.
   I.   Runway Larger Than Utility, Nonprecision Instrument Approach Zone; Established: Runway larger than utility with a visible minimum as low as three-fourths (3/4) mile nonprecision instrument approach zones is established, with the inner edge of this approach zone coinciding with the width of the primary surface and which is one thousand feet (1,000') wide. The approach zone expands outward uniformly to a width of sixteen thousand feet (16,000') at a horizontal distance of fifty thousand feet (50,000') from the primary surface, its centerline being the continuation of the centerline of the runway.
   J.   Runway Larger Than Utility, Nonprecision Instrument Approach Zone; Height Limitation: The height limitation in a runway larger than utility with a visual minimum as low as three-fourths (3/4) mile nonprecision instrument approach slopes upward fifty feet (50') horizontally for each one foot (1') vertically, beginning at the end of and at the same elevation as the primary surface, and extends to a horizontal distance of ten thousand feet (10,000') along the extended runway centerline; thence, slopes upward forty feet (40') horizontally for each one foot (1') vertically to an additional horizontal distance of forty thousand feet (40,000') along the extended runway centerline.
   K.   Precision Instrument Runway Approach Zone; Established: Precision instrument runway approach zones are established with the inner edge coinciding with the width of the primary surface, and being one thousand feet (1,000') wide. The approach zone expands outward uniformly to a width of sixteen thousand feet (16,000') at a horizontal distance of fifty thousand feet (50,000') from the primary surface, its centerline being the continuation of the centerline of the runway.
   L.   Precision Instrument Runway Approach Zone; Height Limitation: The height limitation in a precision instrument runway approach zone slopes upward fifty feet (50') horizontally for each one foot (1') vertically, beginning at the end of and at the same elevation as the primary surface, and extends to a horizontal distance of ten thousand feet (10,000') along the extended runway centerline; and thence slopes upward forty feet (40') horizontally for each one foot (1') vertically to an additional distance of forty thousand feet (40,000') along the extended runway centerline.
   M.   Transitional Zones; Established: Transitional zones are established as the area beneath the transitional surfaces. Transitional surfaces extend outward and upward at ninety degree (90°) angles to the runway centerline and the runway centerline extended, at a slope of seven feet (7') horizontally for each one foot (1') vertically from the sides of the primary and approach surfaces to where they intersect the horizontal and conical surfaces. Transitional zones for those portions of the precision approach zones which project through and beyond the limits of the conical surface extend a distance of five thousand feet (5,000'), measured horizontally from the edge of the approach zones and at ninety degree (90°) angles to the extended runway centerline.
   N.   Transitional Zones; Height Limitations: The height limitation in a transitional zone slopes upward and outward seven feet (7') horizontally for each foot vertically, beginning at the sides of and at the same elevation as the primary surface and the approach zones, and extending to a height of one hundred fifty feet (150') above the airport elevation, and is at an elevation four thousand three hundred seventy six feet (4,376') above mean sea level. In addition to the foregoing, there are established height limits sloping upward and outward seven feet (7') horizontally for each foot vertically, beginning at the sides of and at the same elevation of the approach zones and extending to where they intersect the conical surface. Where the precision instrument runway approach zone projects beyond the conical zone, height limits sloping upward and outward seven feet (7') horizontally for each foot vertically shall be maintained, beginning at the sides of and at the same elevation as precision instrument runway approach surface, and extending to a horizontal distance of five thousand feet (5,000') measured at ninety degree (90°) angles to the extended runway centerline.
   O.   Horizontal Zones; Established: Horizontal zones are established as that area the perimeter of which is constructed by swinging arcs of specified radii from a point on the centerline and two hundred feet (200') beyond each end of each runway and connecting the adjacent arcs by lines tangent to those arcs. The radius of each arc is five thousand feet (5,000') for all runways designated as utility or visual, and ten thousand feet (10,000') for all other runways. The radius of the arc specified for each end of a runway will have the same arithmetical value. That value will be the highest determined for either end of the runway. When a five thousand foot (5,000') arc is encompassed by tangents connecting two (2) adjacent ten thousand foot (10,000') arcs, the five thousand foot (5,000') arc shall be disregarded in determining the horizontal zone: The horizontal zone does not include the approach and transitional zones.
   P.   Horizontal Zones; Height Limit: The height limitation in a horizontal zone shall be one hundred fifty feet (150') above the airport elevation, and is at an elevation of four thousand three hundred seventy six feet (4,376') above mean sea level.
   Q.   Conical Zones; Established: Conical zones are established as the area that commences at the periphery of the horizontal zone and extend outward from there a horizontal distance of four thousand feet (4,000'). The conical zone does not include the precision instrument approach zones and the transitional zones.
   R.   Conical Zones; Height Limit: The height limitation of the conical zone slopes upward and outward twenty feet (20') horizontally for each foot vertically, beginning at the periphery of the horizontal zone and at one hundred fifty feet (150') above the airport elevation extending to a height of three hundred fifty feet (350') above the airport elevation.
   S.   Areas in More Than One Zone. An area located in more than one zone shall conform to the regulations of the zone with the more restrictive regulation or limitation.
   T.   Height Limitations; Conformance For Structures And Trees: Nothing in this section shall be construed as prohibiting the growth, construction or maintenance of any tree or structure to a height consistent with the terms of this chapter.
   U.   Airport Influence Zones: Airport influence zones, as reflected on figure 3-1 of the airport's land use policy plan, which boundaries shall be reflected in the zoning map, are established as follows:
      1.   Airport influence zone A is that area exposed to very high levels of aircraft noise, and having specific height restrictions.
      2.   Airport influence zone B is that area exposed to high levels of aircraft noise, and having specific height restrictions.
      3.   Airport influence zone C is that area exposed to moderate levels of aircraft noise, and having specific height restrictions.
      4.   Airport influence zone H is that area having specific height restrictions.
   V.   Airport Influence Zones; Incompatible Uses: Except as provided for in this section, no structure or use of land shall be erected, altered or utilized in any airport influence zone so as to create an incompatible use as hereinafter established for such zones. To avoid the enlargement of existing nonconforming uses, defined as incompatible, compliance with these provisions will be required for the entire structure when changes of use occur. When structures, other than single-family or two-family dwellings, are remodeled or altered, only the area involved in the work must comply. The requirements of sound attenuation to various levels set forth below, are found in title 18, chapter 18.88 of this code, but are incorporated herein by reference.
      1.   Airport Influence Zone A: The following uses are incompatible in this zone and are prohibited:
         a.   Residential uses;
         b.   Commercial uses, except those constructed with air circulation systems and at least twenty five (25) dBs of sound attenuation;
         c.   Institutional uses such as schools, hospitals, churches and rest homes;
         d.   Hotels and motels, except those constructed with air circulation systems and at least thirty (30) dBs of sound attenuation in sleeping areas and at least twenty five (25) dBs of sound attenuation elsewhere.
      2.   Airport Influence Zone B: The following uses are incompatible in this zone and are prohibited:
         a.   Residential uses, except residences in agricultural zones with air circulation systems and at least twenty five (25) dBs of sound attenuation;
         b.   Institutional uses such as schools, hospitals, churches and rest homes, except those constructed with air circulation systems and at least twenty five (25) dBs of sound attenuation;
         c.   Hotels and motels except those constructed with air circulation systems, and at least twenty five (25) dBs of sound attenuation, in sleeping areas.
      3.   Airport Influence Zone C: The following uses are incompatible uses in this zone and are prohibited:
         a.   Residential uses, except those constructed with air circulation systems;
         b.   Mobile homes, except those constructed with air circulation systems and at least twenty (20) dBs of sound attenuation;
         c.   Institutional uses such as schools, hospitals, churches and rest homes, except those constructed with air circulation systems.
      4.   Airport Influence Zone H: The uses within zone H shall be the same as the underlying city zone.
   W.   Airport Influence Zones; Avigation Easements:
      1.   Any development on land located within airport influence zones A, B or C requires the acknowledgment of the existing prescriptive avigation easement. Such easement is the memorialization by dedication of an avigation easement by the owners, both legal and equitable, of the property to be developed. A sample of the avigation easement shall be on file with the city recorder.
      2.   For purposes of this action, development requiring the easement is defined as the subdivision of land (defined under title 20 of this code), and/or the new construction of improvements upon vacant land, excepting only:
         a.   New construction which is proposed on improved and subdivided property where plats therefor were approved and filed of record prior to September 13, 1983, the date of conceptual approval following public hearing; and
         b.   Remodeling of or additions to existing structures on improved and subdivided lots, provided no change of use is involved.
      3.   The requirement of an avigation easement is separate and apart from the various sound attenuation requirements that may be imposed on construction in various zones.
   X.   Use Restrictions; Electrical Or Visual Hazards: Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, no use may be made of land or water within any zone established by this chapter in such a manner as to:
      1.   Create any electrical interference with navigational signals for radio communication between the airport and the aircraft;
      2.   Make it difficult for pilots to distinguish airport lights and others;
      3.   Result in glare in the eyes of the pilots using the airport;
      4.   Impair visibility in the vicinity of the airport; or
      5.   Otherwise in any way create a hazard or endanger the landing, takeoff or maneuvering of aircraft intending to use the airport.
   Y.   Nonconforming Uses; Regulations Not Retroactive: The regulations prescribed in this section shall not be construed to require the removal, lowering, or other changes or alterations in any structure or tree not conforming to the regulations as of April 12, 1995, or otherwise interfere with the continuance of a nonconforming use. Nothing contained herein shall require any change in the construction, alteration or intended use of any structure, the construction or alteration of which was begun prior to April 12, 1995, and which is diligently prosecuted.
   Z.   Nonconforming Uses; Marking And Lighting: Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection Y of this section, or its successor, the owner of any existing noncomplying structure or tree is required to permit the installation, operation and maintenance thereon of such markers and lights as shall be deemed necessary by the airport manager, to indicate to the operators of aircraft in the vicinity of the airport the presence of such airport hazards. Such markers and light shall be installed, operated and maintained at the expense of the owner of the property involved.
   AA.   Permits; Future Uses: Except as specifically provided in subsections BB through DD of this section no material change shall be made in the use of land, and no structure or tree shall be erected, altered, planted or otherwise established in any zone created by this chapter, unless a permit therefor shall have been applied for and granted. Each application for a permit shall indicate the purpose for which the permit is desired, with sufficient particularity to permit it to be determined or that the resulting use, structure or tree would conform to the regulations herein prescribed.
   BB.   Permits; Issuance Restrictions: No permit shall be granted that would allow the establishment or creation of an airport hazard or permit a nonconforming use, noncomplying structure or tree to be made or become higher or become a greater hazard to air navigation than it was on April 12, 1995, or any amendment thereto, or than it is when the application for a permit is made.
   CC.   Abandoned Or Deteriorated Structures Or Trees: Whenever the building inspector determines that a noncomplying structure or tree has been abandoned or more than eighty percent (80%) torn down, physically deteriorated or decayed, no permit shall be granted that would allow such structure or tree to exceed the applicable height limit or otherwise deviate from the zoning regulations.
   DD.   Hazard Marking And Lighting: Any permit or variance granted may, if such action is deemed advisable to effectuate the purpose of this chapter and be reasonable in the circumstances, be so conditioned as to require the owner of the structure or tree in question to permit the property owner at his own expense, to install, operate and maintain thereon such markers and lights as may be necessary to indicate to flyers the presence of an airport hazard.
   EE.   Airport Landscape Overlay District: The airport landscape overlay district shall consist of all properties located generally between Interstate 215 and the eastern boundary of the Salt Lake International Center, and between 2700 North and the Western Pacific Railroad corridor south of Interstate 80. This airport landscape overlay district is more particularly depicted on the map attached as exhibit A to ordinance 70-03.
   FF.   Airport Parking Lot Landscaping: All parking lots located within the airport landscaping overlay district shall comply with the following guidelines:
      1.   General Landscaping Performance Standards: Landscaping plans for parking lots shall be developed to reflect a balance between the responsibility of ensuring the safety and security of persons and property with the objective of creating aesthetically pleasing, environmentally sensitive landscapes. Landscaping should address city goals related to reduction of urban heat islands, visual buffering of parking lots, impacts of noise, water conservation, as well as minimization of dust, runoff and sedimentation. Landscaping shall consist of a variety of landscape materials, which may include trees, ground cover, shrubs, perennials, managed water features, and rock features. Drought tolerant, native, or adapted vegetation, which reflects the natural vegetation and geography of the region, shall be used to create an aesthetically appealing landscape.
      2.   Reduction of Urban Heat Islands: The following standards are intended to help mitigate the contribution to the urban heat island effect from large parking areas. Parking lot owners or operators may use a combination of any of the following methods to reduce urban heat:
         a.   The total airport parking supply shall consist of a combination of surface and structured parking lots. Structured parking shall offset the area of surface parking that is otherwise required, thereby reducing the area that contributes to urban heat.
         b.   Landscaping within large land use areas may be evaluated in terms of a comprehensive planned development program to consider the total landscaping within the entire development area. Landscaping may be shifted from the interior of parking lots to other areas within the developed area.
         c.   Landscaping, which includes trees, shrubs, ground cover and perennials, shall be dispersed throughout parking lots to provide shade while ensuring trees are not planted at a spacing or density that will encourage wildlife use or create an aviation hazard.
         d.   Shade for pedestrians shall be provided in parking lots through the use of pedestrian shelters integrated with landscaping.
         e.   Interior landscaped areas shall be provided in parking lots to reduce heat, provide a visual buffer and reduce runoff.
         f.   No specific ratio of trees and shrubs to landscaped area is required.
      3.   Visual Buffering: Landscaped buffers, not less than 10' in width, shall be provided, where feasible, between parking lots and primary entrance and exit roads. Visual screening shall be provided within landscape buffers to enhance aesthetics and reduce visibility of parked vehicles. Visual screening may consist of a combination of shrubs, trees or other methods.
      4.   Water Conservation: To promote water conservation, landscape concepts shall incorporate features that use trees, shrubs, ornamental grasses, ground cover, and perennials that are drought tolerant, native, or adapted species that can withstand dry conditions once established. The plant list developed by the city, titled "Water Conserving Plants for Salt Lake City", shall be used as the primary reference in determining drought tolerance of plants. All irrigation systems shall be designed for efficient use of potable water. Traditional turf areas are prohibited.
      5.   Temporary Parking Lots: Parking lots that are intended to be in use for three (3 years or less are exempt from parking lot landscaping requirements. Such parking lots may exist to phase the construction of other facilities and shall be removed once the facilities are completed. Temporary lots that are within the area of an approved comprehensive plan may remain in use for the duration approved in the plan. However, temporary parking lots shall still comply with applicable development standards for parking lots as outlined in Chapter 21A.44 of this title. Parking lots that remain in use by the public beyond 3 years shall be brought into compliance with these standards within 12 months.
      6.   Operational and Maintenance Lots: Parking lots that are not available to the public for parking and are used to store vehicles, operational materials, or maintenance equipment are exempt from landscaping requirements. The portions of permanent storage lots that are adjacent to public areas shall be landscaped using acceptable landscaping principles contained herein to screen the storage area from public view.
      7.   Plan Approval: All landscape plans shall be coordinated with the city's development review team (DRT) and planning division, for review and comment on compliance with city ordinances and these performance standards. The planning director and director of airports shall jointly approve final landscaping plans for any airport parking lot.
   GG.   Conflicting Regulations: Where there exists a conflict between any of the regulations or limitations prescribed in this chapter and any other regulation applicable to the same area, whether the conflict is with respect to the height of structures or trees, the use of land, or any other matter, the more stringent limitation or requirement shall govern and prevail.
   HH.   Violation; Penalty: Each violation of this section shall constitute a misdemeanor and be punished as provided in section 1.12.050 of this code, or its successor section.
(Ord. 12-24, 2024: Ord. 10-24, 2024: Ord. 65-14, 2014: Ord. 62-13, 2013: Ord. 61-07 § 2, 2007: Ord. 70-03 §§ 1, 2, 2003: Ord. 26-95 § 2(17-3), 1995)

21A.34.050: LC LOWLAND CONSERVANCY OVERLAY DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: It is the purpose of this district to promote the public health, safety and general welfare of the present and future residents of the City and downstream drainage areas by providing for the protection, preservation, proper maintenance, and use of the City's watercourses, lakes, ponds, floodplain and wetland areas. The requirements of this district shall supplement other applicable codes and regulations, including State and Federal regulations and the Salt Lake City floodplain ordinance.
   B.   Lowland Protection Areas: Areas protected by the LC Lowland Conservancy Overlay District encompass areas consisting of waterbodies such as streams, lakes, ponds and wetlands, as identified on the zoning map, and also the Jordan River and the Surplus Canal. These areas are referred to herein as lowland protection areas.
   C.   Lowland Protection Area Standards:
      1.   Setback Required: A nonbuildable setback area around the waterbodies described in subsection B of this section shall be required. The nonbuildable setback shall be fifty feet (50') for nonresidential uses and twenty five feet (25') for residential uses from the boundary line of the LC Lowland Conservancy Overlay District as identified on the zoning map, or from the banks of the Jordan River or Surplus Canal.
      2.   Permitted Uses, Improvements, And Developments:
         a.   Within the limits of a water body, permitted developments and improvements to land are limited to the following:
            (1)   Public road and bridge crossings;
            (2)   Public and private drainage infrastructure;
            (3)   Repair or replacement of existing private utility poles, lines and towers;
            (4)   Utility, building or structure (public); and
            (5)   Utility, transmission wire, line, pipe or pole (public).
         b.   Within the setback area identified in subsection C1 of this section, permitted uses shall be limited to the following, subject to the other requirements of this district:
            Agricultural uses, provided such uses are permitted in the underlying district and do not involve any grading, earthmoving, modification of site hydrology, removal of wetland vegetation or construction of permanent buildings/structures.
            Open space and recreational uses that do not involve any grading, earthmoving, modification of site hydrology, removal of wetland vegetation or construction of permanent buildings/structures.
            All other uses listed as permitted uses within the limits of a water body.
      3.   Conditional Uses:
         a.   Within the limits of a water body, conditional uses shall be limited to those involving only limited filling, excavating or modification of existing hydrology, as listed below:
            Boat docks and piers.
            Boat launching ramps.
            Observation decks and walkways within wetlands.
            Private roads and bridges.
            Public and private parks including wildlife and game preserves, fish and wildlife improvement projects, and nature interpretive centers.
            Swimming beaches.
            Underground utility transmission infrastructure (private), subject to the following:
               (1)   An appropriate plan for mitigation of any construction activities shall be prepared, and
               (2)   Absent any State or Federal regulations, a plan for creating no adverse impact should the line be abandoned shall be prepared.
            Watercourse relocation and minor modifications.
         b.   Within the setback area identified in subsection C1 of this section, conditional uses shall be limited to the following:
            All other uses listed as conditional uses within the limits of a water body.
            Pedestrian paths and trails.
            Public and private open space that requires grading or modification of site hydrology.
      4.   Natural Vegetation Buffer Strip: A natural vegetation strip shall be maintained along the edge of the stream, lake, pond or wetland to minimize erosion, stabilize the stream bank, protect water quality, maintain water temperature at natural levels, preserve fish and wildlife habitat, to screen manmade structures, and also to preserve aesthetic values of the natural watercourse and wetland areas. Within the twenty five foot (25') natural vegetation strip, no buildings or structures (including paving) may be erected, except as allowed by conditional use. However, normal repair and maintenance of existing buildings and structures shall be permitted. The natural vegetation strip shall extend landward a minimum of twenty five feet (25') from the ordinary high water mark of a perennial or intermittent stream, lake or pond and the edge of a wetland. The natural vegetation strip may be interrupted to provide limited access to the water body.
Within the natural vegetation strip, trees and shrubs may be selectively pruned or removed for harvest of merchantable timber, to achieve a filtered view of the water body from the principal structure and for reasonable private access to the stream, lake, pond or wetland. Said pruning and removal activities shall ensure that a live root system stays intact to provide for stream bank stabilization and erosion control.
      5.   Landscape Plan Required: A landscape plan shall be submitted with each conditional use permit application for development activity within the LC Lowland Conservancy Overlay District and contain the following:
         a.   A plan describing the existing vegetative cover of the property and showing those areas where the vegetation will be removed as part of the proposed construction;
         b.   A plan describing the proposed revegetation of disturbed areas specifying the materials to be used. The vegetation must be planned in such a way that access for stream maintenance purposes shall not be prevented; and
         c.   Such a plan shall be in conformance with the requirements of chapter 21A.48 of this title and the specific landscape requirements in the Northwest Quadrant Overlay District where applicable.
   D.   State And Federal Permits Required: A conditional use shall not be granted unless the applicant has first obtained a section 404 permit from the Army Corps of Engineers and a stream alteration permit from the Utah State Department of Natural Resources, Water Rights Division, as applicable.
   E.   Conditional Use Standards: In addition to demonstrating conformance with the conditional use standards contained in chapter 21A.54 of this title, each applicant for a conditional use within the LC Lowland Conservancy Overlay District must demonstrate conformance with the following standards:
      1.   The development will not detrimentally affect or destroy natural features such as ponds, streams, wetlands, and forested areas, nor impair their natural functions, but will preserve and incorporate such features into the development's site;
      2.   The location of natural features and the site's topography have been considered in the designing and siting of all physical improvements;
      3.   Adequate assurances have been received that the clearing of the site topsoil, trees, and other natural features will not occur before the commencement of building operations; only those areas approved for the placement of physical improvements may be cleared;
      4.   The development will not reduce the natural retention storage capacity of any watercourse, nor increase the magnitude and volume of flooding at other locations; and that in addition, the development will not increase stream velocities;
      5.   The soil and subsoil conditions are suitable for excavation and site preparation, and the drainage is designed to prevent erosion and environmentally deleterious surface runoff;
      6.   The proposed development activity will not endanger health and safety, including danger from the obstruction or diversion of flood flow;
      7.   The proposed development activity will not destroy valuable habitat for aquatic or other flora and fauna, adversely affect water quality or groundwater resources, increase stormwater runoff velocity so that water levels from flooding increased, or adversely impact any other natural stream, floodplain, or wetland functions, and is otherwise consistent with the intent of this title;
      8.   The proposed water supply and sanitation systems are adequate to prevent disease, contamination and unsanitary conditions; and
      9.   The availability of alternative locations not subject to flooding for the proposed use. (Ord. 59-17, 2017)

21A.34.070: LO LANDFILL OVERLAY DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose: The purpose of the LO Landfill Overlay District is to provide greater control over the locations of both public and private landfills and their design, use, reuse and reclamation, and to provide transitional zones adjacent to landfills facilitating the transition from landfills and landfill related uses to other types of land uses.
   B.   Conditional Uses: All land uses allowed in the LO Landfill Overlay District shall be approved through the conditional use process pursuant to chapter 21A.54 of this title.
      1.   Landfill Overlay District: Landfills, together with accessory sorting, recycling and composting of landfill materials, and the deposit or storage of sludge may be allowed as conditional uses in the LO Landfill Overlay District.
      2.   Transitional Area: Recycling or processing centers may be allowed as a conditional use in a landfill transitional area.
   C.   Prohibited Uses: Landfills and other uses which are noxious or offensive by reason of emission of odor, smoke, dust or gas, or by reason of allowing any material to escape onto adjoining property, or by reason of drawing birds, animals, or other pests onto, over, or near the use of adjoining property are prohibited in the transitional area.
   D.   Landfill Proximity To Residential Or Institutional Zones: No actual landfilling shall be conducted within one thousand feet (1,000') of the boundary of any residential or institutional zoning district.
   E.   Minimum Lot Area:
      1.   Landfills: No landfill shall be on a lot less than eight (8) acres in size.
      2.   Other Landfill Related Conditional Uses: Any other conditional uses allowed by this chapter shall be on a lot no smaller than determined appropriate pursuant to the procedures of this chapter.
   F.   Maximum Height: The maximum height of any landfill shall be fixed by the Planning Commission to mitigate potential adverse effects on adjoining properties.
   G.   Minimum Yard Requirements:
      1.   Front Yard: The minimum front yard setback shall be thirty feet (30').
      2.   Side Yard: The minimum side yard setback shall be ten feet (10'), which may be increased by the planning commission to mitigate potential adverse impacts between adjoining land uses.
      3.   Rear Yard: The minimum rear yard setback shall be ten feet (10'), which may be increased by the planning commission to mitigate potential adverse impacts between adjoining land uses.
   H.   Required Landscape Yard And Buffer Requirement: All conditional uses permitted by this section shall maintain the following landscaping and buffering:
      1.   The first thirty feet (30') of all front yards shall be maintained as landscape yards as approved by the planning commission.
      2.   The planning commission may require that landscaping include trees along all property lines adjacent to a public street or nonlandfill property to create a continuous linear visual buffer. Any trees required shall be at least two inches (2") caliper and spaced at thirty feet (30') on center.
   I.   Application Requirements: An application shall be made to the zoning administrator on a form or forms provided by the office of the zoning administrator, accompanied by the application requirements outlined in subsection 21A.54.060A of this title, as well as the following:
      1.   Plan for controlling and/or mitigating pests that may be attracted to the site;
      2.   An end use plan; and
      3.   A landscape plan indicating how the proposed landscaping will mitigate noise, dust, or other impacts on surrounding uses. If surrounding properties are undeveloped, the landscape plan shall address potential impacts on uses permitted within the applicable zoning districts for such undeveloped property.
   J.   Procedure For Approval: The planning director shall not allow any conditional use under this chapter to begin operation until the applicant documents that all approvals have been granted by all necessary county, state and federal agencies including the approval of a financial assurance plan sufficient to assure adequate closure, post closure care and corrective action of the facility and demonstration of compliance with the state of Utah division of solid and hazardous waste administrative rules.
   K.   Standards For Approval: The planning commission shall only approve, approve with conditions or deny a conditional use in an LO landfill overlay district based upon written findings of fact with regard to each of the standards outlined in section 21A.54.080 of this title. In addition, if the proposed conditional use involves the temporary storage, sorting, recycling, processing, composting or treatment of materials, the planning commission must find that such materials will not generally be on the property longer than one hundred eighty (180) days unless the physical or chemical processes involved in the proposed use require longer than one hundred eighty (180) days, in which case the temporary use shall be limited to such necessary times.
   L.   Conditions: In addition to the conditions stated above, and the standards for conditional uses outlined in section 21A.54.080 of this title the planning commission may impose conditions and limitation upon a conditional use concerning use, construction, character, location, landscaping, screening, parking, hours and days of operation and other matters that may be necessary or appropriate to prevent or minimize any adverse impact.
      1.   The planning commission may require that storage of materials in the transitional area be enclosed in a structure if proposed open storage or recycling of materials may have a material negative impact on a neighboring land use.
      2.   The planning commission shall specify such conditions in writing when approving the conditional use.
      3.   The violation of any conditions of approval shall constitute grounds for revocation of the conditional use approval.
   M.   Effective Length Of Approval: Unless extended by the zoning administrator, development plan approvals shall not be valid for a period longer than one year unless a building permit is issued and construction is diligently pursued to completion.
   N.   Appeal Of Decision: Any person adversely affected by the decision of the Planning Commission may, within thirty (30) days after the decision of the Planning Commission, file an appeal with the City Council specifying the grounds on which the person was adversely affected.
   O.   Transitional Area Boundary: The Landfill Overlay Transitional Area applies to the following described area: Beginning at the south center section of Section 11, Township 1 South Range 2 West, Salt Lake Base and Meridian; thence north to the south R.O.W. line of the Union Pacific railroad corridor approximately 3675 feet; thence east along said Union Pacific Railroad corridor approximately 1080 feet to a utility corridor; thence south along said utility corridor approximately 3675 feet to the center of 1300 South Street; thence west along the centerline of 1300 South Street approximately 1080 feet to the point of beginning. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 26-95 § 2(17-6), 1995)

21A.34.080: CHPA CAPITOL HILL PROTECTIVE AREA OVERLAY DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose: The purpose of the CHPA Capitol Hill Protective Area Overlay District is to protect the view corridor to the Utah State Capitol Building. In all zoning districts in the CHPA Capitol Hill Protective Area Overlay District, no structure shall exceed in height the basic maximum height permitted in a particular zoning district in which the structure is located.
   B.   Standards: In the CHPA Capitol Hill Protective Area Overlay District the use of special provisions, special exceptions, conditional use, or incentives related to exceeding the maximum height allowed for the underlying zoning shall be prohibited.
      1.   Exceptions: The provisions of this section shall not apply to restrict the height of the following:
         a.   Church spire, tower or belfry;
         b.   Chimney;
         c.   Elevator bulkhead;
         d.   A parapet wall or cornice for ornament and without windows, extending above the height limit not more than five feet (5').
   C.   District Location: The CHPA Capitol Hill Protective Area Overlay District is the area surrounding the Utah State Capitol Building within the following boundaries:
Commencing at the intersection of State Street and North Temple Street, thence west along North Temple Street to Main Street thence north along Main Street to Center Street; thence northwesterly along Center Street to Girard Avenue; then east along Girard Avenue to the east edge of Memory Grove Park in City Creek Canyon; thence southerly along the east edge of said Memory Grove Park to the intersection of Ninth Avenue and A Street; thence south along A Street to Fourth Avenue; thence west along Fourth Avenue to Canyon Road; thence southerly along Canyon Road to Second Avenue; thence westerly along Second Avenue to State Street and North Temple Street, to the point of beginning.
(Ord. 88-95 § 1 (Exh. A), 1995: Ord. 26-95 § 2(17-7), 1995)

21A.34.120: YCI YALECREST COMPATIBLE INFILL OVERLAY DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the Yalecrest Compatible Infill (YCI) Overlay District is to establish standards for new construction, additions and alterations of principal and accessory residential structures within the Yalecrest community. The goal is to encourage compatibility between new construction, additions or alterations and the existing character and scale of the surrounding neighborhood. The YCI Overlay District promotes a desirable residential neighborhood by maintaining aesthetically pleasing environments, safety, privacy, and neighborhood character. The standards allow for flexibility of design while providing compatibility with existing development patterns within the Yalecrest community.
   B.   Overlay District Boundary: The YCI Overlay District applies to any residential property zoned Residential R-1/5,000 or R-1/7,000 within the area defined by the intersecting centerlines of 1300 East, 800 South, Sunnyside Avenue (840 South), 1900 East and 1300 South Streets.
   C.   Building Height:
      1.   Maximum Building Height: All heights to be measured from established grade.
         a.   Pitched roofs: Twenty seven and one-half feet (27.5') measured to the midpoint of the roof (as indicated in section 21A.62.050, illustration B, of this title).
         b.   Mansard or flat roofs: Twenty feet (20').
         c.   Lots with cross slopes where the topography slopes from one side property line to the other side or corner side property line may increase the maximum building height, as measured from the downhill side face of the building at a rate of one-half foot (0.5') for each one foot (1') difference between average grades of the uphill and downhill faces of the building, up to a maximum height of thirty feet (30').
      2.   Maximum Exterior Wall Height Adjacent To Interior Side Yards: Eighteen and one-half feet (18.5') for exterior walls placed at the building setback established by the minimum required yard. Exterior wall height may increase one foot (1') (or fraction thereof) in height for each foot (or fraction thereof) of increased setback beyond the minimum required interior side yard. If an exterior wall is approved with a reduced setback through a special exception, variance or other process, the maximum allowable exterior wall height decreases by one foot (1') (or fraction thereof) for each foot (or fraction thereof) that the wall is located closer to the property line than the required side yard setback.
         a.   Lots With Cross Slopes: Lots with cross slopes where the topography slopes from one side property line to the other side or corner side property line, the downhill exterior wall height may be increased by one-half foot (0.5') for each one foot (1') difference between the elevation of the average grades on the uphill and downhill faces of the building.
         b.   Exceptions:
            (1)   Gable Walls: Walls at the end of a pitched roof may extend to a height necessary to support the roof structure except that the height of the top of the widest portion of the gable wall must conform to the maximum wall height limitation described in this section.
            (2)   Dormer Walls: Dormer walls are exempt from the maximum exterior wall height if:
               (A)   The width of a dormer is ten feet (10') or less; and
               (B)   The total combined width of dormers is less than equal to fifty percent (50%) of the length of the building facade facing the interior side yard; and
               (C)   Dormers spaced at least eighteen inches (18") apart.
   D.   Front Yard Requirements: The minimum front yard shall be derived by measuring the front yards (the open, unoccupied, landscaped space between the front building lines of all developed properties) fronting the same side of the street within three hundred feet (300') of the subject property but in no case shall the measurements extend across intervening streets. The minimum required front yard shall be equal to the average of the smallest fifty percent (50%) of front yards measured. For example, if ten (10) developed properties are located along the same side of the street within three hundred feet (300') of the subject property, the required minimum front yard is equal to the average of the five (5) (10 x 50% = 5) smallest front yards.
   E.   Accessory Structures:
      1.   Maximum Height For Accessory Structures With A Pitched Roof: Fifteen feet (15').
      2.   Noncomplying Detached Garages: An existing noncomplying detached garage located in the rear yard may be rebuilt or expanded at its existing location to a maximum size of four hundred forty (440) square feet subject to the approval of the development review team (DRT).
      3.   Garages Located In Front Of The House: No detached garage shall be constructed forward of the "front line of the building" (as defined in section 21A.62.040 of this title), unless a new garage is constructed to replace an existing garage. In this case, the new garage shall be constructed in the same location with the same dimensions as the garage being replaced.
      4.   Maximum Garage Door Height: Eight and one-half feet (8.5').
   F.   Standards for Attached Garages:
      1.   Located Behind or In Line with the Front Line of the Building: No attached garage shall be constructed forward of the "front line of the building" (as defined in section 21A.62.040 of this title), unless a new garage is constructed to replace an existing garage. In this case, the new garage shall be constructed in a similar location as the garage being replaced with dimensions that do not increase the degree of noncompliance.
      2.   Width of an Attached Garage: The width of an attached garage facing the street may not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the width of the front facade of the house. The width of the garage is equal to the width of the garage door, or in the case of multiple garage doors, the sum of the widths of each garage door plus the width of any intervening wall elements between garage doors up to a maximum of three feet (3').
   G.   Garages Built into Hillsides in Front or Corner Side Yards: A garage built into a hillside and located forward of the front line of the building may be allowed subject to the following standards:
      1.   The rear and side yards cannot be reasonably accessed for the purpose of parking.
      2.   Because of the topography of the lot it is impossible to construct a garage and satisfy the standards of the YCI.
      3.   The ceiling elevation of the garage is below the elevation of the first or main floor of the house.
      4.   The garage meets all applicable yard requirements. (Ord. 29-24, 2024: Ord. 64-21, 2021: Ord. 82-12, 2012: Ord. 73-11, 2011: Ord. 44-05 § 1, 2005)

21A.34.140: NORTHWEST QUADRANT OVERLAY DISTRICT:

   A.   Northwest Quadrant Overlay District:
      1.   Purpose: The purpose of the Northwest Quadrant Overlay District is to protect sensitive lands and wildlife habitat; allow for the continuation of agricultural uses; and allow for the development of lands in appropriate areas that contribute to the future economic growth of the city and will not negatively impact sensitive lands, habitats, and waterways in the area north of I-80 and west of the Salt Lake International Airport. Sites within this area may be subject to difficult environmental and site conditions. The overlay defines three subareas: the Development Area, the Eco-Industrial Buffer Area, and the Natural Area.
      2.   Public Improvements and Dedications: The undeveloped land in the Northwest Quadrant requires public improvements to ensure the long term development potential and success of the area. All development subject to a site development or building permit, shall be required to provide public improvements required by city departments as outlined in their master plans.
      3.   State and Federal Permits Required: A site development and/or building permit shall not be granted unless the applicant has first obtained any necessary State and/or Federal wetlands and/or stream alteration permits.
      4.   Precedence: For areas where the LC Lowland Conservancy Overlay District is mapped within the Northwest Quadrant Development Area and/or the Northwest Quadrant Eco-Industrial Buffer Area, the LC Lowland Conservancy Overlay District shall take precedence.
   B.   Northwest Quadrant Development Area: The purpose of this area of the Northwest Quadrant Overlay District is to allow for new development to occur in a way that allows for the growth of light industrial uses in the city while minimizing impacts to wildlife and the surrounding sensitive Great Salt Lake shore lands. This area is identified on the zoning map.
      1.   General Requirements:
         a.   Minimum Yard Requirements:
            (1)   Front Yard: 20'.
            (2)   Corner Side Yard: 20'.
            (3)   Interior Side Yard: None required.
            (4)   Rear Yard: None required.
         b.   Lighting: All lighting on the property, including lighting on the buildings, parking areas, and for signs shall be shielded to direct light down and away from the edges of the property to eliminate glare or light into adjacent properties and have cutoffs to prevent upward lighting. Uplighting and event searchlights are prohibited.
         c.   Roof Color: Light reflective roofing material with a minimum solar reflective index (SRI) of 82 shall be used for all roofs.
      2.   Landscaping Requirements: The purpose of the special landscaping for the Northwest Quadrant Development Area is to provide appropriate native landscaping that can survive in the unique conditions of the area, prevent noxious weeds, and to provide landscaping that will not negatively impact the adjacent sensitive lands and birds areas.
         a.   All landscaping shall consist only of native plants as identified in the "Salt Lake City Northwest Quadrant Plant List" on file with the city’s planning division.
         b.   Any areas disturbed by construction activity that will be left undeveloped shall be landscaped with plantings at an appropriate density to achieve complete cover within two years.
         c.   Noxious weed species as identified by the Utah Department of Agriculture and Food (or its successor) in the State of Utah Noxious Weed List (or its successor) shall be removed from landscaped areas and areas disturbed by construction activity. Noxious weeds shall be controlled for a period of two years and methods of control shall be identified on the landscape plan.
         d.   Required trees, including street trees, shall be chosen from the “Northwest Quadrant Plant List”. Noxious trees, as identified by the Utah Department of Agriculture and Food (or its successor) in the State of Utah Noxious Weed List (or its successor) are prohibited.
         e.   Any shrub required by Chapter 21A.48 of this title shall be selected from the “Salt Lake City Northwest Quadrant Plant List” have a mature height of at least three feet (3').
         f.   All other requirements in Chapter 21A.48 of this title apply. This section shall take precedence in the case of a conflict with Chapter 21A.48 of this title.
   C.   Northwest Quadrant Eco-Industrial Buffer Area: The purpose of this area of the Northwest Quadrant Overlay District is to provide an adequate buffer between the Natural Area, the adjacent Inland Sea Shore and the development of light industrial uses. Requirements in this area are meant to provide an area of transition from the natural environment to the built environment that will limit impacts to wildlife and sensitive areas. This area is identified on the zoning map.
      1.   In addition to the requirements listed in Subsection B of this section, properties located within the Northwest Quadrant Eco-Industrial Buffer Area are subject to the following requirements:
         a.   Glass Requirements: For buildings with more than 10% glass on any building elevation, a minimum of 90% of all glass shall be treated with applied films, coatings, tints, exterior screens, netting, fritting, frosted glass or other means to reduce the number of birds that may collide with the glazing. Any treatment must create a grid pattern that is equal to or smaller than two inches wide by four inches tall.
         b.   Fencing: When abutting the Northwest Quadrant Natural Area or the western City boundary, a see through fence that is at least fifty percent (50%) open with a minimum height of six feet (6') shall be erected along the property line to protect the Natural Area from development impacts and trespass.
   D.   Northwest Quadrant Natural Area: The purpose of this area of the Northwest Quadrant Overlay District is to protect sensitive lands and wildlife near the Great Salt Lake shorelands, to allow for the continuation of existing uses, and to limit new uses and new development in this area. This area is identified on the zoning map.
      1.   Permitted Uses and Improvements: Within the Natural Area, permitted developments and improvements to land are limited to the following:
         Accessory use (associated with an allowed principal use).
         Agricultural use.
         Living quarters for caretaker or security guard.
         Maintenance to existing infrastructure.
         Natural open space.
         Necessary infrastructure to support an allowed use.
         Utility, building or structure (public).
         Utility, transmission wire, line, pipe or pole (public).
         Wildlife and game preserves.
      2.   Conditional Uses and Standards:
         a.   Uses and Improvements: The following uses and improvements are subject to conditional use standards contained in Chapter 21A.54 of this title:
         Hunting club, (when allowed by the underlying zoning).
         Underground utility transmission infrastructure (private), subject to the following:
            (1)   An appropriate plan for mitigation of any construction activities shall be prepared, and
            (2)   Absent any State or Federal regulations, a plan for creating no adverse impact should the line be abandoned shall be prepared.
         Utility, building or structure (private).
         Utility, transmission wire, line, pipe or pole (private).
         b.   Conditional Use Standards: In addition to demonstrating conformance with the conditional use standards contained in Chapter 21A.54 of this title, each applicant for a conditional use within the Northwest Quadrant Natural Area must demonstrate conformance with the following standards:
            (1)   The development will not detrimentally affect or destroy natural features such as ponds, streams, wetlands, and forested areas, nor impair their natural functions, but will preserve and incorporate such features into the development's site;
            (2)   The location of natural features and the site's topography have been considered in the designing and siting of all physical improvements;
            (3)   Adequate assurances have been received that the clearing of the site topsoil, trees, and other natural features will not occur before the commencement of building operations; only those areas approved for the placement of physical improvements may be cleared;
            (4)   The development will not reduce the natural retention storage capacity of any watercourse, nor increase the magnitude and volume of flooding at other locations; and that in addition, the development will not increase stream velocities;
            (5)   The soil and subsoil conditions are suitable for excavation and site preparation, and the drainage is designed to prevent erosion and environmentally deleterious surface runoff;
            (6)   The proposed development activity will not endanger health and safety, including danger from the obstruction or diversion of flood flow;
            (7)   The proposed development activity will not destroy valuable habitat for aquatic or other flora and fauna, adversely affect water quality or groundwater resources, increase stormwater runoff velocity so that water levels from flooding increased, or adversely impact any other natural stream, floodplain, or wetland functions, and is otherwise consistent with the intent of this title;
            (8)   The proposed water supply and sanitation systems are adequate to prevent disease, contamination and unsanitary conditions; and
            (9)   The availability of alternative locations not subject to flooding for the proposed use.
      3.   Landscaping: Landscaping is not required for uses and improvements within the Natural Area, except:
         a.   Any areas disturbed by construction activity that will be left undeveloped shall be revegetated with native plants as listed in the "Salt Lake City Northwest Quadrant Plant List".
         b.   Noxious weed species as identified by the Utah Department of Agriculture and Food (or its successor) in the State of Utah Noxious Weed List (or its successor) shall be removed from landscaped areas and areas disturbed by construction activity. Noxious weeds shall be controlled for a period of two years and methods of control shall be identified on the landscape plan. (Ord. 12-24, 2024: Ord. 10-24, 2024: Ord. 59-17, 2017)

21A.34.150: IP INLAND PORT OVERLAY DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose: The purpose of the IP Inland Port Overlay District is to allow for the development of an inland port as required in Utah Code chapter 11-58 Utah Inland Port Authority Act and its successor. The district is intended to take advantage of its location near an international airport, the interstate system, and rail infrastructure to allow for development that facilitates regional, national, and international trade. Land uses in the district are light industrial in nature, provide high quality jobs, and are an economic engine for the City and region. The district is well connected, linking people to jobs and other parts of the City and region, and linking businesses to goods and services by vehicle, rail, transit, air, bicycle, and foot. Above all, the district is a model to the Nation for sustainable development that:
      1.   Respects and maintains sensitivity to the natural environment;
      2.   Helps to achieve City and State goals for air and water quality;
      3.   Minimizes resource use;
      4.   Utilizes best available technology and practices to avoid, minimize, manage and mitigate detrimental environmental impacts; and
      5.   Is compatible with and complements other uses within the district and near the district.
The standards and processes stated in this chapter are intended to implement the purpose of the district and the vision, guiding principles, goals, objectives, and policies of Plan Salt Lake and other applicable City plans, such as the Northwest Quadrant Master Plan.
   B.   Applicability:
      1.   Location: The IP Inland Port Overlay District applies to all inland port uses that are located within the IP Inland Port Authority Jurisdictional Land as defined in Utah Code chapter 11-58.
      2.   Uses: Unless otherwise listed in subsection B2f of this section, uses in the IP Inland Port Overlay District are as specified in the table of permitted and conditional uses for the M-1 Light Manufacturing Zoning District as set forth in chapter 21A.33 of this title. This section does not prohibit land uses that are listed as permitted or conditional in the underlying zoning district.
         a.   Land Use Table Conflict: When a land use in the IP Overlay District is allowed as a permitted or conditional use in the M-1 Light Manufacturing Zoning District, but is not allowed as either a permitted or conditional use in the underlying zoning district, the use shall be considered a conditional use.
         b.   Conditional Use Process And Approval Authority: Any conditional use that is within the IP Inland Port Overlay District is subject to the conditional use process and standards found within this chapter and in chapter 21A.54 of this title. The Planning Commission shall review all conditional uses in the IP Inland Port Overlay District and are not considered an administrative conditional use.
         c.   Expansion Of Existing Conditional Uses: A new conditional use is required for the expansion of a conditional use when:
            (1)   Required by chapter 21A.54 of this title;
            (2)   The land area of the existing conditional use is expanded by one thousand (1,000) square feet or more; or
            (3)   The use was previously listed as a permitted use and is now listed as a conditional use and is expanded by one thousand (1,000) square feet or more.
         d.   Natural Resource Unloading, Loading, Transfer, Or Temporary Storage: Any use that includes the unloading, loading, transfer, or temporary storage of natural resources as a primary or accessory use shall be considered a conditional use regardless of what is stated in the table of permitted and conditional uses for the underlying zoning district.
         e.   Existing Development Agreements: The applicability of this section in relationship to existing development agreements shall be determined based on the terms of the existing development agreements. In addition to the foregoing, the restrictions in this section shall not apply to the lands described in two (2) development agreements recorded with the Salt Lake City Recorder on January 31, 2018 so long as the lands described therein remain subject to said agreements.
         f.   Prohibited Uses: The following uses shall not be considered an inland port use and are not permitted within the IP Inland Port Overlay District:
Any use that is listed as a permitted or conditional use in the M-2 Heavy Manufacturing District that is not otherwise allowed as a permitted use or conditional use in the M-1 Light Manufacturing Zoning District.
            Animal rendering.
            Bottling plant.
            Explosive manufacturing or storage.
            Extractive industry.
            Hazardous waste processing or storage.
            Incinerator, medical waste/hazardous waste, nonhazardous waste, and/or any incinerating facility that would be considered regulated as a point source.
            Refinery, petroleum products.
      3.   Base Zoning District Standards: All lot, bulk, and design standards or regulations applicable to the underlying zoning district or applicable Overlay District shall apply unless otherwise specified in this section.
      4.   Applicability With Other Overlays: If any other Overlay District further restricts or prohibits any section of the IP Inland Port Overlay District, the more restrictive regulation shall apply and take precedence.
   C.   Area: The boundaries of the IP Inland Port Overlay District shall be the same as the authority jurisdictional lands defined in Utah Code chapter 11-58.
   D.   Application Requirements:
      1.   Permitted Uses: Permitted uses located in the IP Inland Port Overlay District shall be subject to the site plan review requirements found in chapter 21A.58 of this title.
      2.   Conditional Uses: In addition to the requirements in chapter 21A.54, "Conditional Uses", of this title in the IP Inland Port Overlay District shall comply with the following additional standards and application submittal requirements.
         a.   State And Federal Permits: Evidence shall be provided that the land use applicant has acquired all required Federal and State permits, unless the State and/or Federal permitting agency requires City conditional use approval prior to their permit approval. If a State and/or Federal permitting agency requires City conditional use approval prior to their issuance of permits, obtaining the State and/or Federal permit shall be a condition of approval of the conditional use.
         b.   Impact Mitigation Plan: An Impact Mitigation Plan that includes the following information shall be provided in order to demonstrate compliance with Utah Code chapter 11-58 and to measure the detrimental impacts a conditional use may have on surrounding properties, the environment, and the ability of the City to implement adopted master plan policies. The items listed below shall include any necessary descriptions, site plans, studies, reports, plans, and applicable State and Federal permits already received. Any required plans, studies, or reports shall be prepared by a licensed or accredited professional with experience in the particular associated field. Documentation of the professional qualifications and experience shall be provided as part of the submittal.
            (1)   A description of how the proposed development will meet or exceed applicable State and Federal regulations related to the development and use of the property;
            (2)   A description of the potential detrimental impacts of the proposed development on surrounding properties and the methods proposed by the land use applicant to mitigate those impacts;
            (3)   A description of any potential detrimental environmental impacts the proposed development may cause including, but not limited to, impacts on air quality, surface water, and groundwater. The plan shall include methods the land use applicant intends to use to mitigate any potential environmental impact, including the extent to which the proposed development will apply the best available technology or systems, and Best Management Practices and controls;
            (4)   A description of the potential detrimental impact of the proposed development on migratory bird production areas, as defined in Utah Code title 23, chapter 28 and the methods proposed by the land use applicant to mitigate those impacts;
            (5)   A transportation impact study that states the expected number of trips to be generated, the type of vehicles expected, and the times of day that the most severe impact can be expected. It shall also detail the effect on street capacity by the development, as well as nearby intersections that will be impacted by the development's traffic. The plan shall identify methods that the land use applicant proposes to mitigate detrimental transportation impacts;
            (6)   A report that estimates the annual energy consumption of the use and that demonstrates that the utility capacity is sufficient to support the use at normal service levels and what methods and best practices will be used to implement adopted City goals and policies related to energy efficiency;
            (7)   The anticipated impacts on the stormwater system and the methods the land use applicant proposes to mitigate the impacts. This shall include a technical drainage study which meets current City stormwater detention/retention requirements; information regarding how the land use will comply with any stormwater master plans; and information regarding possible flooding hazards and how the land use will comply with any floodplain development permitting requirements;
            (8)   A water use study that identifies the anticipated water consumption from the land use and a plan that outlines all water efficiency measures or methods that the land use applicant will implement to reduce water consumption and any off-site improvements that may be required to provide water service;
            (9)   A sanitary sewer discharge study that shows the anticipated sewer discharge from the land use and any off-site improvements that may be required to provide sewer service; and
            (10)   An emergency response plan that indicates the detrimental impacts that the development may have on its surroundings and public resources in the event of a natural disaster or on-site accident and methods used to mitigate the impacts.
         c.   Specific Conditional Use Standards For The IP Inland Port Overlay: In addition to the standards of review for conditional uses in chapter 21A.54, "Conditional Uses", of this title in the IP Inland Port Overlay District shall comply with the following:
            (1)   Any detrimental impact or effect from the proposed use shall not exceed those that could reasonably be expected to arise from a use that is permitted in the district.
            (2)   A conditional use that is considered an inland port use shall meet the objectives for an inland port use stated in Utah Code chapter 11-58.
      3.   Procedures:
         a.   Determination Of Application Completeness: Upon receipt of an inland port land use application, the Planning Director shall make a determination of completeness of the application pursuant to the application requirements required by this title. No processing timeline required by Utah Code chapter 11-58 or by this title shall start until the application is deemed to be complete. An application that does not comply with the applicable standards in this title shall not be considered a complete application.
         b.   State And City Procedure Compliance: The City shall comply with all applicable application processing and noticing requirements as established in Utah Code chapters 10-9a and 11-58 and chapter 21A.10 of this title.
         c.   Third-Party Review: The Planning Director may request a third- party review of any element of the mitigation plan required by this chapter.
         d.   Exemptions From Impact Mitigation Plan: The following conditional uses are exempt from the Impact Mitigation Plan required by this chapter:
            Adaptive reuse of a landmark site.
            Alcohol related establishments.
            Antenna, communication tower, exceeding the maximum building height.
            Uses listed as a conditional use in the table of permitted and conditional uses of the underlying zone, but listed as a permitted use in the M-1 Light Manufacturing Zoning District.
            Uses not listed as an allowed use in the table of permitted and conditional uses of the underlying zone, but listed as a permitted use in the M-1 Light Manufacturing Zoning District.
            Wireless telecommunications facility.
      4.   Appeals: Decisions related to inland port uses made by the City Appeals Hearing Officer may be appealed to the Inland Port Authority Appeals Panel as authorized in Utah Code chapter 11-58.
   E.   Additional Development Standards:
      1.   Natural Resource And Bulk Storage: Utah Code chapter 11-58 requires that the transporting, unloading, transfer, or temporary storage of natural resources be allowed in the IP Inland Port Overlay District. The following standards apply to natural resource and bulk material storage in excess of five hundred (500) square feet in area:
         a.   Standards applicable to outdoor storage of natural resource and bulk materials:
            (1)   Storage areas shall be located a minimum of one thousand feet (1,000') from a Residential Zoning District and the Utah State Prison facility.
            (2)   The ground under the storage area shall be a solid, non- permeable surface.
            (3)   The storage area shall be contained within walls and the material shall not be stored at a height that is greater than the height of the walls.
            (4)   The storage area shall include fugitive dust control measures that include dust that is created by unloading, loading, transfer, and temporary storage.
         b.   The unloading, loading, transfer, or temporary storage of coal, coal byproducts (such as coke, fly ash, bottom ash, synthetic gypsum and similar products), and crude oil shall be:
            (1)   Conducted within an enclosed building, except that such materials may be stored in a rail car if the rail car is covered or sprayed with a surfactant to reduce dust.
            (2)   Located a minimum of one thousand feet (1,000') from the Northwest Quadrant Overlay District Natural Area, any aquatic resources as defined by the Army Corps of Engineers, any migratory bird production area as defined in Utah Code title 23, chapter 28, and any environmentally sensitive area as identified by any State or Federal agency.
            (3)   Located a minimum of one thousand feet (1,000') from a Residential Zoning District and the Utah State Prison facility.
         c.   The outdoor storage of bulk materials necessary for public safety purposes, such as the storage of de-icing materials used on public streets, is exempt from these requirements.
         d.   The standards in this section do not apply to existing landfills located within the LO Landfill Overlay Zoning District.
         e.   The temporary storage of natural resources is limited to thirty (30) days. (Ord. 69-18, 2018)

21A.34.160: HOMELESS RESOURCE CENTER OVERLAY DISTRICT:

Purpose: The intent of the overlay is to consider the safety and welfare of those experiencing homelessness while considering the impact to city services and adjacent neighborhoods and minimize the effects on neighborhoods and populations that have traditionally been marginalized when considering locations for future homeless resource centers.
   A.   Applicability: The process and regulations found in this chapter apply to all homeless resource centers existing prior to January 1, 2023 and any proposed homeless resource centers mapped within the city. This overlay is prohibited in the M-1 and M-2 zoning districts.
   B.   Applying To Zoning Map: A petition to apply this overlay shall be subject to the applicable provisions of Chapter 21A.50.
      1.   A homeless resource center shall only be allowed if located within the Homeless Resource Center Overlay District or as otherwise allowed by this title.
      2.   City Council Action: In deciding to apply this overlay, the city council may consider a development agreement to address any benefit or impact that a proposed homeless resource center may have on the surroundings of the proposed location of the overlay.
      3.   Permitted Use: If approved by the city council, a homeless resource center shall be a permitted use within the boundary of the Homeless Resource Center Overlay District.
      4.   Reporting Requirements After Overlay Adoption: The city council may consider budgetary assistance in meeting security needs identified by the provider or by the city which may impact the homeless resource center or its surroundings. Any needs identified after the CPTED review or otherwise should be submitted to the city council by February 15th of each calendar year.
   C.   Previously Approved Homeless Resource Centers And Homeless Shelters: An existing homeless resource center or homeless shelter that was approved as a conditional use prior to January 1, 2023 shall be subject to the specifics of the conditional use approval, and any subsequent modification to the approval, that were placed on the use at the time of approval, and subject to the following modification limitations:
      1.   Modifications to prior conditional use approval. A modification to a prior conditional use shall be subject to Section 21A.54.135.
      2.   Any proposed modification to an existing homeless resource center that would increase the gross floor area by either twenty five percent (25%) or one thousand (1,000) square feet, whichever is less, may only be allowed if the city council approves a zoning map amendment applying the Homeless Resource Center Overlay District to the property on which the existing homeless resource center is located and the requirements of that overlay district are met.
   D.   Applicability To Places of Worship. A place of worship is not required to petition for a zoning map amendment to apply this overlay provided any emergency shelter provided is part of the ecclesiastic function of the place of worship. A place of worship that provides emergency shelter to people experiencing homelessness shall comply with the provisions of Section 21A.36.350.
   E.   Complying With Standards. Any existing or proposed homeless resource center or homeless shelter shall comply with the applicable provisions of this title, including but not limited to the requirements of the underlying zoning district and Section 21A.36.350. (Ord. 19-23, 2023)

21A.35.010: PURPOSE:

The city recognizes the substantial aesthetic, environmental and economic importance of its neighborhoods and commercial districts. The purpose of this chapter is to establish policies, regulations and standards to protect neighborhood character and to ensure that development in a character conservation district is compatible and enhances the quality and character of Salt Lake City. The intent of this chapter is to promote the general welfare of the public of the city through the protection, conservation, preservation, enhancement, perpetuation and use of structures, sites and areas that are characteristic to each of the unique areas of Salt Lake City.
   A.   Specific purposes of character conservation districts for residential neighborhoods and commercial districts are as follows:
      1.   To protect and strengthen desirable and unique physical features, design characteristics, and recognized identity and charm.
      2.   To promote and provide for economic revitalization.
      3.   To protect and enhance the livability of the city.
      4.   To reduce conflict and prevent blighting caused by incompatible and insensitive development and to promote new compatible development.
      5.   To stabilize property values.
      6.   To provide residents and property owners with a planning tool for future development.
      7.   To promote and retain affordable housing.
      8.   To encourage and strengthen civic pride. (Ord. 73-12, 2012)

21A.35.020: APPLICABILITY:

The regulations set forth in this chapter shall apply to properties located within the boundaries designated as a character conservation district on the Salt Lake City zoning map. In the case of conflict between the character conservation district standards and other requirements contained in other chapters of the zoning ordinance, the standards of the character conservation district shall prevail. (Ord. 73-12, 2012)

21A.35.030: GENERAL PROVISIONS:

   A.   Establishment By Ordinance: Each character conservation district must be established by a separate character conservation district ordinance. The city council shall approve a character conservation district ordinance in accordance with this chapter.
   B.   Special Review Procedure: If the planning director determines that, due to the sensitivity of the area, or due to the nature of the proposed regulations for the area, a special administrative procedure needs to be established for the review of proposed work in a character conservation district, such a procedure may be incorporated into the character conservation district ordinance before it is approved by the city council.
   C.   Administrative Review Of Projects Subject To Adopted Character Conservation District Standards: Following administrative review of an application subject to the standards of an adopted character conservation district, staff shall approve, conditionally approve or refer the application to the historic landmark commission for consideration. (Ord. 73-12, 2012)

21A.35.040: PETITION INITIATION FOR A CHARACTER CONSERVATION DISTRICT:

   A.   An application for a character conservation district feasibility study may be filed with the planning director on an application form furnished by the planning division. The following are those who are authorized to submit an application:
      1.   The mayor;
      2.   A majority of the city council; or
      3.   Property owners with fifteen percent (15%) support of the property owners within the proposed district. A property owner or owners would have six (6) months to collect signatures and submit an application to the city. The six (6) month time period begins when the first signature is obtained. There is no fee for the application.
   B.   An application for a character conservation district prepared by the proposed district area or their authorized agent must include the following:
      1.   Property Owners: A list of the names, site address and mailing address of all property owners in the area of request.
      2.   Organizations: A list of all neighborhood associations or other organizations representing the interests of property owners in the area of request. This list should include information as to the number of members and the officers' names, mailing addresses, and phone numbers.
      3.   Justification: A statement of justification. This statement should:
         a.   Identify the factors which make the area of request eligible for character conservation district classification as per the determination of eligibility in this chapter; and
         b.   Explain in detail how and why such a classification would be in the best interest of the city as a whole.
      4.   Character Defining Features: A written description of the character defining features of the area as seen from the public right of way. Character defining features may include, but are not limited to, architecture or architectural features, mass and scale of buildings, streetscape, building orientation, landscaping, types of signs, sidewalk improvements, public art, or other items that contribute to the overall character of the area. Photographs of the area to be considered as a character conservation district should also be included for reference.
      5.   Fees: No application fee will be required for a petition initiated for the designation of a character conservation district. (Ord. 54-14, 2014)

21A.35.050: PLANNING DIRECTOR REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL:

   A.   When a petition for the creation of a character conservation district is initiated in accordance with this chapter, the planning director shall determine the eligibility of the area for character conservation district classification in accordance with this section.
   B.   The planning director's determination of eligibility must be based on a consideration of the standards in this subsection. The boundaries or designated area for a character conservation district shall satisfy all of the following criteria:
      1.   The area must contain at least one "block face" (as defined in this title) for all character conservation districts proposed in residential zoning districts.
      2.   Commercial areas should contain one block face when feasible and must contain all properties located at the intersecting corners of streets that are proposed to be included in the character conservation district boundary.
      3.   The area must be either "stable" or "stabilizing" as those terms are defined in this title.
      4.   The area must contain significant "character defining features" as defined in this title.
      5.   The area must have a distinctive atmosphere or character which can be identified and conserved by protecting or enhancing its character defining features.
   C.   If the planning director upon the advice of the historic landmark commission determines that the area is not eligible for character conservation district classification, the planning director shall notify the applicant of this fact in writing. Notice shall be mailed to the address shown on the application. The decision of the planning director that an area is not eligible for character conservation district classification may be appealed in accordance with chapter 21A.16 of this title.
   D.   An appeal under this chapter is made in accordance with chapter 21A.16 of this title. The request must be filed within ten (10) days of the date written notice is given to the applicant of the planning director's decision. In considering the appeal, the sole issue shall be whether or not the planning director erred in their determination of eligibility, and, in this connection, the commission shall consider the same standards that were required to be considered by the planning director in making their determination.
   E.   If it is determined by the final appeal authority that the area is not eligible for character conservation district classification, no further applications for character conservation district classification may be considered for the area of request for one year from the date of its decision.
   F.   If the planning director determines that the area is eligible for character conservation district classification, the planning director shall submit a report based on the following considerations to the city council:
      1.   The estimated financial cost of creating the character conservation district standards;
      2.   Evaluation to determine if there is sufficient funding and staff resources available to allow the planning division to develop standards, complete the public process and provide ongoing administration of the new character conservation district if approved by the city council. If sufficient funding is not available, the report shall include a proposed budget. (Ord. 73-12, 2012)

21A.35.060: DISTRICT PLAN AND DESIGN STANDARDS FORMULATION AND REVIEW:

   A.   If the area is determined to be eligible for character conservation district classification pursuant to this chapter, the planning director shall schedule a public meeting for the purpose of informing property owners in the proposed district of the nature of the pending request. The planning director shall send mailed notice of the time and place of the meeting in accordance with chapter 21A.10 of this title.
   B.   The planning division shall prepare a draft district plan and design standards for the proposed district based on the information and character defining features found in the feasibility study with input from owners and residents of the proposed character conservation district.
   C.   The draft district plan and design standards must include at a minimum (or note the inapplicability), the following elements governing the physical characteristics and features of all property (public or private) within the proposed character conservation district:
      1.   Building height and number of stories.
      2.   Building size and massing.
      3.   Lot size and lot coverage.
      4.   Front and side yard setbacks.
      5.   Roof line and pitch.
      6.   Parking and hardscape covering.
   D.   In addition, the draft district plan and design standards may include, but are not limited to, the following elements:
      1.   Building orientation.
      2.   General site planning (primary or accessory structures).
      3.   Density.
      4.   Demolition.
      5.   Floor area ratio.
      6.   Signage.
      7.   Garage (residential or commercial) entrance location.
      8.   Entrance and street lighting.
      9.   Driveway, curbs, curb cuts and sidewalks.
      10.   Utility boxes and trash receptacles.
      11.   Street furniture.
      12.   Building relocation.
      13.   Right of way designs that exceed current city standards.
   E.   Once the draft plan and design standards are developed, public hearings before the historic landmark commission and the planning commission will be scheduled to receive public comment regarding the plan. The planning director shall send written notice of the public hearing in accordance with chapter 21A.10 of this title. (Ord. 73-12, 2012)

21A.35.070: CHARACTER CONSERVATION DISTRICT PLAN AND DESIGN STANDARDS ORDINANCE REVIEW:

   A.   Staff Report: A staff report evaluating the application for establishment of the character conservation district shall be prepared by the planning division.
   B.   Public Hearing By Historic Landmark Commission: The historic landmark commission shall schedule and hold a public hearing on the application in accordance with the standards and procedures for conduct of the public hearing set forth in chapter 21A.10 of this title.
   C.   Historic Landmark Commission Recommendation: Following the public hearing, the historic landmark commission shall recommend approval or denial of the proposed amendment or the approval of some modification of the amendment and shall then submit its recommendation to the planning commission and city council.
   D.   Public Hearing By Planning Commission: The planning commission shall schedule and hold a public hearing on the application in accordance with the standards and procedures for conduct of the public hearing set forth in chapter 21A.10 of this title.
   E.   Planning Commission Recommendation: Following the public hearing, the planning commission shall recommend approval or denial of the proposed amendment or the approval of some modification of the amendment and shall then submit its recommendation to the city council.
   F.   Determination; Level Of Public Support:
      1.   Following the completion of the historic landmark commission and planning commission public hearings, the planning division will deliver a public support ballot to all property owners of record within the boundary of the proposed character conservation district.
      2.   Property owners of record will have thirty (30) days from the postmark date of the public support ballot to submit a response to the planning division indicating the property owner's support or nonsupport of the proposed character conservation district.
      3.   A certified letter shall be mailed to all property owners within the proposed character conservation district whose public support ballot has not been received by the planning division within fifteen (15) days from the original postmark date. This follow up letter will encourage the property owners to submit a public support ballot prior to the thirty (30) day deadline date set by the mailing of the first public support ballot.
      4.   There shall be one vote per property and the results of the vote shall be based on the number of votes received. A vote to abstain shall not be counted as a vote received.
   G.   Notification Of Public Support: Following the determination of the level of support, the planning division will send notice of the results to all property owners within the proposed character conservation district.
   H.   Public Hearing By City Council: The city council shall schedule and hold a public hearing to consider the proposed amendment in accordance with the standards and procedures for conduct of the public hearing set forth in chapter 21A.10 of this title.
   I.   City Council Action: At the public hearing, the city council may adopt the proposed creation of a character conservation district, adopt the proposed character conservation district with modifications, or deny the proposed character conservation district. However, no additional land may be added to the boundaries of the character conservation district, without new notice and hearing.
   J.   Designation Of Character Conservation District:
      1.   If the number of ballots received in support exceed the number of ballots in opposition, the city council may designate a character conservation district by simply majority vote.
      2.   If the number of ballots received in support do not exceed the number of ballots received in opposition, the city council may only designate a character conservation district by a super majority (2/3) vote.
   K.   Amendments To District Boundaries Or Standards: Amendments to the character conservation district boundaries or standards shall be processed in the same manner as a new application according to the process in the chapter. (Ord. 73-12, 2012)

21A.35.080: CHARACTER CONSERVATION DISTRICT STANDARDS:

A decision to create a character conservation district is a matter committed to the legislative discretion of the city council and is not controlled by any one standard.
   A.   In making its decision concerning creation of a character conservation district, the city council should consider the following factors:
      1.   The proposed character conservation district is an established area with shared distinguishing characteristics, which may include architecture, geography, development, services, and interests.
      2.   The proposed character conservation district is a logical neighborhood unit with a closely settled development pattern on similar sized parcels. (Ord. 73-12, 2012)

21A.35.090: ADJUSTMENT OR REPEAL OF A CHARACTER CONSERVATION DISTRICT:

The procedure to repeal or adjust the boundaries of a character conservation district shall be the same as that outlined for the designation of a character conservation district. (Ord. 73-12, 2012)
APPENDIX A GENERIC REGULATED SUBSTANCE LIST
Acid and basic cleaning solutions
Animal dips
Antifreeze and coolants
Arsenic and arsenic compounds
Battery acids
Bleaches and peroxide
Brake and transmission fluid
Brine solution
Casting and foundry chemicals
Caulking agents and sealants
Cleaning solvents
Corrosion and rust preventatives
Cutting fluids
Degreasing solvents
Disinfectants
Dyes
Electroplating solutions
Engraving and etching solutions
Explosives
Fertilizers
Fire extinguishing chemicals
Food processing wasters
Formaldehyde
Fuels and additives
Glues, adhesives and resins
Greases
Hydraulic fluid
Indicators
Industrial and commercial janitorial supplies
Industrial sludges and stillbottoms
Inks, printing, and photocopying chemicals
Laboratory chemicals
Liquid storage batteries
Medical, pharmaceutical, dental, veterinary, and hospital solutions
Mercury and mercury compounds
Metal finishing solutions
Oils
Painting solvents
Paints, primers, thinners, dyes, stains, wood preservatives, varnishing and cleaning compounds
Pesticides and herbicides
Photo development chemicals
Plastic resins, plasticizers and catalysts
Poisons
Polishes
Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs)
Pool chemicals
Processed dust and particulates
Radioactive sources
Reagents and standards
Refrigerants
Roofing chemicals and sealers
Sanitizers, disinfectants, bactericides, and algaecides
Soaps, detergents and surfactants
Solders and fluxes
Stripping compounds
Tanning industry chemicals
Transformer and capacitor oils and fluids
Wastewater
Water and wastewater treatment chemicals
 
APPENDIX B USE MATRIX FOR POTENTIAL CONTAMINATION SOURCES
The following table identifies uses which have varying potentials to contaminate ground water sources. These uses have been classified according to the risk of contamination in each protection as follows:
Restricted Uses (R): The nature of the use, or some element of the use, represents a "potential contamination source". The use may be permitted only after review and approval by the division of building services and licensing after having received comments and recommendations from the public utilities department and the Salt Lake Valley health department. Approval is subject to implementation of best management practices and compliance with other reasonable conditions as may be established by these agencies.
Prohibited uses (X): The risk of contamination is very high in the specified zone. The use is not permitted.
Potential Contamination Source
Protection Zone
Related Regulations
Best Management Practice(s)
Primary Recharge
Secondary Recharge
Zone 1
Zone 2
Zone 3
And 4
Potential Contamination Source
Protection Zone
Related Regulations
Best Management Practice(s)
Primary Recharge
Secondary Recharge
Zone 1
Zone 2
Zone 3
And 4
Abandoned wells
X
X
X
X
X
UAC R655-4, 12.1 to 1.2 - requirements for abandoned wells
Shall be sealed
Agricultural pesticide, herbicide, and fertilizer storage, use, filling, and mixing areas
R
R
X
R
R
FIFRA - 40 CFR 152-157, RCRA subtitled C, Utah pesticide control act
BMP - department of agriculture
Appliance repair
R
R
X
R
R
RCRA subtitled C
 
Automobile operations:
- Auto body shops
- Dealership maintenance departments
- Engine repair
 - Fleet vehicle maintenance facilities
- Oil and lube shops
- Rustproofing facilities
- Service stations with underground
      storage tanks
- Tire shops
- Vehicle rental with maintenance
R
R
X
R
R
RCRA subtitled C, UST guidelines, pretreatment, UAC R315-5 (used oil)
BMP - Salt Lake Valley health department
Beauty salons
R
R
X
R
R
 
 
Car washes
R
R
X
R
R
Pretreatment
 
Cemeteries, golf courses, parks, and plant nurseries
R
R
X
R
R
FIFRA
 
Chemigation wells
R
R
X
X
R
UIC
 
Concrete, asphalt, tar, and coal companies
R
R
X
R
R
 
 
Dry cleaners (with on site chemicals)
R
R
X
X
R
RCRA subtitled C, pretreatment, BMP - Salt Lake Valley health department
 
Dry cleaners (without on site chemicals)
R
R
X
R
R
 
 
Farm operations:
- Animal feed lots
- Dairy farms
- Farm dump sites
- Farm machinery maintenance garages
- Manure piles
 
R
R
X
R
R
 
R
R
R
R
R
 
X
X
X
X
X
 
X
X
R
R
X
 
R
R
R
R
R
UPDES - R317-8, UAC R315-5 (used oil), solid and hazardous waste, RCRA subtitled C
 
Food processing, meatpacking, and slaughterhouses
R
R
X
X
R
UPDES - R317-8, pretreatment
 
Fuel, oil, and heating oil distribution and storage facilities
X
R
X
R
R
 
 
Furniture stripping, painting, and finishing
R
R
X
R
R
RCRA subtitled C
 
Hospitals, medical offices, and dental offices
R
R
X
R
R
Solid and hazardous waste
 
Industrial manufacturers of chemicals, pesticides, herbicides, paper products, leather products, textiles, rubber, plastics, fiberglass, silicone, glass, pharmaceuticals, and electrical equipment
X
R
X
R
R
FIFRA, RCRA subtitled C
 
Junk and salvage yards
 
 
 
 
 
 
BMP - Salt Lake Valley health department
Laundromats
R
R
X
R
R
Pretreatment
 
Machine shops, metal plating, heat treating, smelting, annealing, and descaling facilities
X
R
X
R
R
Pretreatment, RCRA subtitled C
 
Mortuaries
R
R
X
R
R
Pretreatment
 
Photo processing and print shops
R
R
X
R
R
Pretreatment
 
Residential pesticide, herbicide, and fertilizer storage, use, filling, and mixing areas (except as excluded under subsection H2 of this section)
R
R
X
R
R
 
Follow manufacturer' s directions for use and storage
RV waste disposal stations
R
R
X
X
R
UAC R392
 
Salt and salt/sand piles
R
R
X
R
R
 
DEQ/UDOT BMP
Sand and gravel excavation and processing
R
R
X
R
R
UAC GW R317-6, UAC R313-25
 
Septic tank drain field systems
X
R
X
X
R
UDWQ, individual wastewater disposal systems, UAC R317-501 through R317-513, state department of health code of waste disposal regulations - parts IV and V
 
Stormwater impoundment and snow storage sites
R
R
X
R
R
UPDES
 
Toxic chemical and oil pipelines
X
X
X
X
X
 
 
Underground storage tanks
X
R
X
R
R
UAC R311-203, 205, 206
 
Veterinary clinics
R
R
X
R
R
Solid and hazardous waste
 
 
 
CFR
Code of federal regulations
 
UDSW
Utah division of solid waste
DEQ
Utah division of air quality
 
UDWQ
Utah division of water quality
FIFRA
 
 
UIC
 
GWR
 
 
UPDES
Utah pollution discharge elimination system
RCRA
Resource conservation and recovery act
 
UST
Underground storage tanks
UAC
Utah administrative code
 
 
 
 
 
APPENDIX C
 
(Ord. 56-18, 2018: Ord. 8-12, 2012: Ord. 1-06 § 30, 2006: Ord. 95-98 § 2, 1998)
TABLE 21A.34.130-2 USES ALLOWED BY AREA ON DEVELOPED LOTS
Use
Area A
Area B
Area C
Comments
Use
Area A
Area B
Area C
Comments
Maintenance and use of any lawfully established use, development, or structure existing on January 15, 2008; any use, development, or structure established thereafter shall be authorized only as provided in this section
P
P
P
See subsection D6 of this section
Any action not constituting development or a ground disturbing activity except as otherwise set forth on this table
P
P
P
 
Maintenance of existing lawn and garden areas
P
P
P
 
Herbicide, pesticide and fertilizer application in accordance with best management practices
P
P
P
 
Replanting noninvasive vegetation
P
P
P
 
Maintenance tree pruning
P
P
P
 
Minor ground disturbing activity
RPP
P
P
See subsections D7 and E1b of this section
Manual removal of trash, storm debris, and fallen, dead, or diseased trees
P
P
P
Invasive plant removal
P
P
P
Planting noninvasive vegetation
P
P
P
Maintenance of existing fence or structure
P
P
P
Pruning or tree removal within utility easement by responsible entity
P
P
P
Tree removal and replacement
P
P
P
Permitted with some exceptions; see subsection E4 of this section
Activities approved by U.S. army corps of engineers or state engineer
P
P
P
See subsection D7g of this section
Open fence, new
P
P
P
See subsections D8 and E1b of this section
Open patio/deck
RPP
P
P
Minimal grading
 
P
P
See subsection D8 of this section
Compost from yard debris
 
P
P
Mechanized removal of fallen, dead, or diseased trees
 
P
P
Use or development allowed by underlying district
 
 
P
See subsection D9 of this section
Commercial parking lot
 
 
 
Not permitted; see subsection D9 of this section
Leach field, stormwater retention pond, and detention basin
 
 
 
Public utilities work
RPP/P
RPP/P
RPP/P
See subsection D11 of this section
New construction or maintenance of access stairs, landscape walls, and paths
RPP
P
P
See subsection E1 of this section, particularly subsection E1b of this section for permitted new construction
Low impact stream crossing
RPP
 
 
Maintenance of existing irrigation and flood control devices
P
RPP
RPP
Installation and maintenance of erosion control devices
RPP
RPP
RPP
Building replacement and expansion
RPP
RPP
P
See subsection E2 of this section
Removal of debris or trees with heavy equipment
RPP
RPP
RPP
See subsections E3 and E4 of this section
Trail on publicly owned right of way
RPP
RPP
P
See subsection E9 of this section
 
      5.   Permitted Use Table; Undeveloped Land: Permitted uses allowed on an undeveloped lot or parcel within the RCO district are shown on table 21A.34.130-3 of this subsection D5. Uses allowed by right are indicated by the letter "P"; uses which require a riparian protection permit are indicated by the letters "RPP"; and prohibited uses are indicated by a blank space.
         a.   Any use or development not shown on this table shall be prohibited unless authorized by a provision of this section or another applicable provision of this title.
         b.   Table 21A.34.130-3 of this subsection D5 is a summary of the provisions in this subsection D. The text of this section shall control over anything contrary shown on the table.
TABLE 21A.34.130-3 USES ALLOWED ON UNDEVELOPED LAND
Use
Area A (100 Foot Setback Area)
Comments
Use
Area A (100 Foot Setback Area)
Comments
Maintenance and use of any lawfully established structure or use existing on January 15, 2008; any use, development, or structure established thereafter shall be authorized only as provided in this section
P
See subsection D6 of this section
Any action not constituting development or a ground disturbing activity except as otherwise set forth on this table
P
Maintenance of existing lawn and garden areas
P
Herbicide, pesticide and fertilizer application in accordance with best management practices
P
Replanting noninvasive vegetation
P
Maintenance tree pruning
P
Minor ground disturbing activity
P
See subsections D7, E1b and E4 of this section
Manual removal of trash, storm debris, and fallen, dead, or diseased trees
P
Pruning or tree removal within utility easement by responsible entity
P
Tree removal or replacement
P
Invasive plant removal
P
Planting noninvasive vegetation
P
Maintenance of existing fence or structure
P
Activities approved by U.S. army corps of engineers or state engineer
P
See subsection D7g of this section
Commercial parking lot
 
Not permitted; see subsection D9 of this section
Leach field, stormwater retention pond, and detention basin
 
Public utilities work
RPP/P
See subsection D11 of this section
Trail on publicly owned right of way
RPP
See subsection E9 of this section
 
      6.   Uses Allowed By Right On Developed Land; All Areas: The following uses may be conducted on a lot or parcel within area A, B, or C without a riparian protection permit:
         a.   Maintenance and use of any lawfully established structure or use existing on January 15, 2008; any use, development, or structure established thereafter shall be authorized only as provided in this section;
         b.   Maintenance of lawns and gardens, including benches and pathways;
         c.   Application of herbicide, pesticide, and fertilizer, subject to applicable state and federal regulations and in accordance with best management practices identified by the department of public utilities;
         d.   Replanting of vegetation with noninvasive species identified by the public utilities director;
         e.   Maintenance pruning of existing trees; and
         f.   Any other activity which is not a development or other ground disturbing activity.
      7.   Uses Allowed By Right On Developed Or Undeveloped Land; Area A: The following minor ground disturbing activities shall be allowed by right in a residential district on a developed or undeveloped lot or parcel within area A without a riparian protection permit:
         a.   Manual removal of trash, storm debris, and fallen, diseased, or dead trees or other vegetation by the landowner;
         b.   Pruning or removal of trees within a utility easement by the responsible entity;
         c.   Tree removal and replacement as provided in subsection E4 of this section;
         d.   Removal of invasive plants;
         e.   Planting of noninvasive vegetation shown on a list of approved and prohibited vegetation within riparian protection areas published by the department of public utilities and/or the urban forester;
         f.   Maintenance of an existing fence or structure within the original footprint if:
            (1)   Further stream bank armoring is not required; and
            (2)   Soil is not unstable due to steep slope movement; and
         g.   Construction activities approved by the U.S. army corps of engineers under the federal clean water act or the river and harbors act, or by the Utah state engineer under the stream alteration permit program as set forth in subsection A4 of this section.
      8.   Uses Allowed By Right On Developed Land; Area B: Uses allowed within area B on a developed lot or parcel without a riparian protection permit include:
         a.   Any use described in subsection D4 of this section;
         b.   Open fencing approved under a general permit promulgated by the public utilities director;
         c.   Construction of open patios which do not involve an existing grade change of more than two feet (2') and decks which are not higher than two feet (2') above grade;
         d.   Minimal grading;
         e.   Compost from yard debris; and
         f.   Mechanized removal of fallen, dead, or diseased trees as provided in subsection E4 of this section.
      9.   Uses Allowed By Right On Developed Land; Area C: Uses allowed within area C on a developed lot or parcel without a riparian protection permit include any use or development allowed by the underlying district or as set forth in subsections D7 and D8, or E1b of this section, except a leach field, stormwater retention pond, detention basin, or commercial parking lot.
      10.   Uses Allowed By Right On Undeveloped Land: Uses allowed on undeveloped land shall be as authorized by the underlying base zoning district, except within residential districts, the research park district, public lands districts, and the institutional and urban institutional district. Within such districts the following shall apply:
         a.   The one hundred foot (100') nondisturbance area requirement as described in subsection D3 of this section; and
         b.   The use and development standards set forth in subsection E of this section.
      11.   Public Utilities Work: In addition to the uses listed on the foregoing tables, the city may complete work within the RCO district as provided in this subsection.
         a.   Emergency Work: Emergency work to protect an immediate threat to life or land is allowed without a riparian protection permit.
            (1)   The city department undertaking the work shall notify the public utilities director of activity within twenty four (24) hours thereafter.
            (2)   Any stream channel or riparian area damaged as a result of city work shall be restored. The department of public utilities shall issue a riparian protection permit for such restoration work and shall inspect and approve the work undertaken.
            (3)   Temporary emergency structures, sandbags, and other emergency related materials shall be removed from the site in a timely manner.
         b.   Other Work: The following work may be undertaken within a riparian corridor protection area subject to the issuance of a riparian protection permit as provided in this subsection:
            (1)   Matters of public safety;
            (2)   Work to protect life or property in an emergency;
            (3)   Flood control;
            (4)   Channel or riparian restoration;
            (5)   Maintenance, including storm drainage system, irrigation structures, utility and street work;
            (6)   Public utilities projects approved by the department of public utilities, including, but not limited to, new utility or street work; bridge maintenance, repair, replacement, or new construction; public trails, such as bike and pedestrian paths located on publicly owned land;
            (7)   Public gathering places such as amphitheaters and gazebos located on publicly owned land;
            (8)   Maintenance access roads; and
            (9)   Utility service devices such as stormwater lift stations and irrigation structures.
         c.   Equipment: Plans submitted for a riparian protection permit shall include a description of equipment to be used for any work proposed. Such equipment shall be sufficiently sized for the task and chosen to minimize any impact to a stream channel and the riparian corridor area.
         d.   Construction Design Standards: The department of public utilities shall develop construction design standards applicable to projects approved under this subsection.
   E.   Use And Development Standards: Other uses and development standards within the RCO district shall be conducted as provided in this subsection and shall be consistent with any RCO master plan as may be adopted.
      1.   Area A: Development within area A shall conform to the standards set forth in this subsection.
         a.   Developed Lot In A Residential District: On a developed lot in a residential district, no new construction shall occur closer than twenty five feet (25') to the annual high water level, except as permitted by this subsection.
   1.   Area A: Development within area A shall conform to the standards set forth in this subsection.
         a.   Developed Lot In A Residential District: On a developed lot in a residential district, no new development shall occur closer than twenty five feet (25') to the annual high water level, except as permitted by this subsection.
         b.   Allowed Minor Ground Disturbing Activities: The following activities shall be allowed in a residential district within area A if heavy equipment is not used and as provided by a riparian protection permit:
         (1)   New development or maintenance of access stairs, landscape walls; and/or paths between vertical levels within area A and no more than one per level in terraced areas;
         (2)   An open permeable patio or deck not located within a streambed and constructed in a manner that:
            (A)   Will not impede any high water flow above the AHWL;
            (B)   Does not change existing grade; and
            (C)   Is not greater than one hundred fifty (150) square feet;
         (3)   Low impact stream crossings;
         (4)   Construction of open fences, beyond the AHWL in any area within the RCO district, if approved by the public utilities director or as authorized by a general permit promulgated by the director;
         (5)   Maintenance of existing irrigation and flood control devices; and
         (6)   Installation and maintenance of erosion control devices, approved, if necessary, by the U.S. army corps of engineers, Salt Lake County flood control, the Utah state engineer or any other government authority with jurisdiction. Such erosion controls may include armoring, if, as reasonably determined by the approving authority:
            (A)   The armoring is authorized or required by the public utilities director and/or one or more of the foregoing government authorities;
            (B)   The armoring is necessary to protect the structural integrity of an existing structure on the land or significant loss of land area due to erosion;
            (C)   The landowner has reasonably exhausted less intrusive methods to prevent significant land damage;
            (D)   The armoring is placed only where necessary to prevent significant land damage in the foreseeable future; and
            (E)   The proposed armoring will not negatively impact other adjacent or downstream land.
      2.   Area B: Replacement, rebuilding, or expansion of a building within areas A and B shall conform to the standards set forth in this subsection.
         a.   Replacement Buildings: Replacement or rebuilding of a preexisting structure in area A and/or B shall require a riparian protection permit and is allowed, consistent with the continuation of nonconforming uses and noncomplying structures as set forth in chapter 21A.38 of this title, if:
            (1)   The structure replaces a preexisting structure with the same type of structure or a structure of lesser impact pursuant to underlying zoning district standards;
            (2)   No portion of the footprint of the new structure is any nearer to the AHWL than the nearest point of the preexisting structure to the AHWL;
            (3)   The total square footage of the portion of the footprint of the new structure to be located within area A and/or B does not exceed the total square footage of the footprint of the old structure as it was located within area A and/or B;
            (4)   The new structure:
               (A)   Does not require further armoring of the stream bank; and
               (B)   Is not located in any unstable area due to movement of a steep slope, unstable soils, or geological activity along a fault that will not support the structural footprint; and
               (C)   Complies with applicable requirements of the underlying zoning district and any other applicable city regulation except as otherwise set forth in this section.
         b.   Building Expansion: Notwithstanding any other provision of this title to the contrary, an existing structure (not including a deck, patio, or similar structure) may be expanded by up to twenty five percent (25%) in area A or B as provided by a riparian protection permit if such expansion does not result in any structure being built closer to the AHWL than any portion of the existing structure.
            (1)   The foregoing rule shall also apply to a replacement structure.
            (2)   As a tradeoff for allowing expansion or replacement with a larger structure, the public utilities director shall require, as a condition of the riparian protection permit, that the landowner spend five percent (5%) of the project cost on stream bank restoration or specify a minimum number of linear feet of stream bank that shall be restored based on the size of the expansion and consistent with any RCO master plan as may be adopted and any subsequent restoration project applicable to the entire stream corridor.
      3.   Use Of Heavy Equipment In Areas A And B: Heavy equipment may be used in areas A and B as provided by a riparian protection permit issued pursuant to standards promulgated by the public utilities director to minimize and mitigate impacts from the use thereof, and subject to any applicable federal, state, and county requirements.
      4.   Tree Removal And Replacement: Trees located in area A, B, or C which are fallen, diseased, or dead, or which are less than two inches (2") in caliper, may be removed without a riparian protection permit so long as replacement trees are planted in the same area.
         a.   Trees which are removed shall be replaced as follows:
            (1)   For trees six inches (6") in caliper or less: One to one (1:1);
            (2)   For trees six (6) to eight inches (8") in caliper: Two to one (2:1); and
            (3)   For trees eight inches (8") or greater in caliper: Three to one (3:1).
            (4)   Any replacement tree which does not survive for at least one year shall be replaced again.
         b.   Removal of live trees is prohibited without approval from the public utilities director. In determining whether a live tree should be removed, the director shall consult with the zoning administrator and the urban forester.
         c.   Replacement trees shall be an approved species and size shown on the list of approved and prohibited vegetation within riparian protection areas published by department of public utilities and/or the urban forester and shall have the following minimum size:
            (1)   Deciduous trees shall have a minimum trunk size of two inches (2") in caliper, and
            (2)   Evergreen trees shall have a minimum size of five feet (5') in height.
         d.   Any tree which is more than two inches (2") in caliper shall not be removed unless authorized by a riparian protection permit.
         e.   The director may promulgate a general permit for tree stump removal in any area within the RCO district. Removal of any tree stump located within twenty five feet (25') of the annual high water line shall be approved by the urban forester.
      5.   Development On Undeveloped Residential Lots Or Parcels: Development on an undeveloped residential lot or parcel which is one acre or larger and located within area A, B, or C shall meet the requirements of this subsection.
         a.   The no disturbance setback for such lots shall be increased to one hundred feet (100').
            (1)   If the depth of the lot or parcel is less than two hundred feet (200'), then the setback shall be reduced by the ratio of the actual lot depth to two hundred feet (200').
            (2)   The development potential (density) located within area B and C may be transferred to the balance of the subject lot or parcel and the minimum lot size in the zoning district may be reduced by the zoning administrator, on advice and consultation with the public utilities director, to accommodate such additional density. In the alternative, the development potential (density) may be applied to an adjacent lot or parcel within the control or ownership of the applicant.
         b.   When a new structure is proposed to be constructed on a lot or parcel with a reduced setback as a result of this subsection, the zoning administrator, on advice and consultation with the public utilities director, may reduce required front and side yard setbacks by a factor of twenty five percent (25%); provided, however, that the setback shall not be reduced by more than the ratio calculated under subsection E5a(2) of this section.
         c.   In all cases the minimum nondisturbance setback shall be at least fifty feet (50').
      6.   Development In Nonresidential Districts: A required setback on a lot or parcel located in a nonresidential district may be reduced to allow development within twenty five feet (25') of a stream if the stream is daylighted as provided in subsection E7 of this section.
      7.   Incentives For Stream Bank Restoration Or Daylighting In Nonresidential Districts: Any applicant for a project that daylights a stream or completes a city approved stream bank restoration program for at least fifty feet (50') along a stream in a riparian corridor shall be allowed to build within twenty five feet (25') of the AHWL, subject to a riparian protection permit approved by the public utilities director, so long as the applicant:
         a.   Incorporates best practice stormwater management facilities to reduce water pollution as specified by the public utilities director;
         b.   Agrees to monitor and control trash, litter, and other pollutants along the stream; and
         c.   Installs an amenity in the corridor such as a plaza, benches, trail, and/or sidewalk that is open to and accessible by the public.
      8.   Steep Slope And Soil Stability Standards: As part of a riparian protection permit, the public utilities director may require a geotechnical report and impose greater setbacks for structures or buildings from the structure limit line to ensure safety. When unstable soils are suspected, regardless of the slope, the public utilities director may require a geotechnical report, increase the no disturbance line, and impose greater setbacks for a structure or building from the structure limit line to ensure safety.
         a.   Replacement or repair of an existing retaining structure shall require a riparian protection permit.
         b.   Each proposed project shall be reviewed on an individual basis.
      9.   Trails: Trails may be established along a publicly owned right of way within any area located in the RCO district.
         a.   A riparian protection permit shall be required for a trail located in area A.
         b.   Public access to private land adjoining a stream channel shall be prohibited unless authorized by the landowner or pursuant to an access easement.
   F.   Definitions: For the purpose of this section the following words and terms shall be defined as set forth below and shall apply in addition to the terms defined in chapter 21A.62 of this title:
   ANNUAL HIGH WATER LEVEL (AHWL): The average (mean) elevation of City Creek, Red Butte Creek, Emigration Creek, Parleys Creek, and the Jordan River occurring during a calendar year as indicated by fresh silt or sand deposits, the presence of litter and debris, or other characteristics indicative of a high water level.
   ARMORING: Material such as rock, concrete or stone filled gabion baskets placed along a stream bank to prevent erosion.
   BANK: The confining sides of a natural stream channel, including the adjacent complex that provides stability, erosion resistance, and aquatic habitat.
   BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES (Also Known As BMPs): The utilization of methods, techniques, or products demonstrated to be the most effective and reliable in minimizing adverse impacts on water bodies and the adjacent stream corridors.
   CHANNEL: The bed and banks of a natural stream or river.
   DAYLIGHTING: Restoring a piped drainage system to an open, natural condition.
   DEVELOPMENT: The carrying out of any building activity, the making of any material change in the use or appearance of any structure or land, or the dividing of land into parcels by any person. The following activities or uses shall be taken for the purposes of these regulations to involve "development":
      1.   The construction of any principal building or structure;
      2.   Increase in the intensity of use of land, such as an increase in the number of dwelling units or an increase in nonresidential use intensity that requires additional parking;
      3.   Alteration of a shore or bank of a creek, pond, river, stream, lake or other waterway;
      4.   Commencement of drilling (except to obtain soil samples), the driving of piles, or excavation on a parcel of land;
      5.   Demolition of a structure;
      6.   Clearing of land as an adjunct of construction, including clearing or removal of vegetation and including any significant disturbance of vegetation or soil manipulation;
      7.   Deposit of refuse, solid or liquid waste, or fill on a parcel of land; and
      8.   For the purpose of this section, any ground disturbing activity.
The following operations or uses shall not be taken for the purpose of these regulations to involve "development":
      1.   Work by a highway or road agency or railroad company for the maintenance of a road or railroad track, if the work is carried out on land within the boundaries of the right of way;
      2.   Utility installations as stated in subsection 21A.02.050B of this title;
      3.   Landscaping for residential uses; and
      4.   Work involving the maintenance of existing landscaped areas and existing rights of way such as setbacks and other planting areas.
   EROSION: The process by which a ground surface is worn away by wind, water, ice, gravity, artificial means, or land disturbance.
   EROSION CONTROL: A construction method, structure, or other measure undertaken to limit the detachment or movement of soil, rock fragments, or vegetation by water, wind, ice, and/or gravity.
   FLOOD HAZARD AREA: An area with a high flood potential as determined by the federal emergency management agency.
   FLOODPLAIN: The area likely to be inundated by water when the flow within a stream channel exceeds bank full discharge stage.
   FOOTPRINT: The area under a structure at ground or grade level.
   GENERAL PERMIT: A permit for a category of uses with similar characteristics authorized by the public utilities director.
   GRADING: Any act by which soil is cleared, stripped, moved, leveled, stockpiled, or any combination thereof, and includes the conditions that result from that act.
   GROUND DISTURBING ACTIVITY: Removing, filling, dredging, clearing, destroying, armoring, terracing or otherwise altering an area through manipulation of soil or other material.
   HABITAT: The physical environment utilized by a particular species, or species population.
   HEAVY EQUIPMENT: A vehicle or machine designed for construction or earthmoving work including, but not limited to, a backhoe, bulldozer, compactor, crane, dump truck, excavator, front loader, grader, scraper, skid-steer loader, or tractor.
   HIGH LIQUEFACTION POTENTIAL: Soil conditions where an earthquake with a fifty percent (50%) probability of occurring within a 100-year period will be strong enough to cause liquefaction.
   INVASIVE SPECIES: A usually nonnative species that is highly successful in a new habitat and whose presence is significantly detrimental to native species.
   LEACH FIELD: A porous soil area, through which septic tank leach lines run, emptying treated waste.
   LIQUEFACTION: The strength and stiffness of saturated soil is reduced by earthquake shaking.
   LOW IMPACT STREAM CROSSING: A walkway which does not impede the flow of water in a stream channel during a period of high water flow.
   MINIMAL GRADING: Movement of soil with hand tools which does not change the existing elevation by more than one foot (1').
   NATIVE VEGETATION: One or more plant species indigenous to a particular area.
   NO DISTURBANCE LINE: That line which is located twenty five feet (25') from the AHWL as shown on illustration A of this section.
   ONE HUNDRED FOOT BUFFER LINE: That line located one hundred feet (100') from the AHWL as shown on illustration A of this section.
   100-YEAR FLOODPLAIN: An area adjoining a river or stream likely to be inundated during a flood having a magnitude expected to be equaled or exceeded once in one hundred (100) years on average.
   OPEN FENCE: An artificially constructed barrier that allows light transmission and visibility through at least fifty percent (50%) of the fence.
   OPEN PERMEABLE PATIO OR DECK: A patio or deck which does not impede the flow of water in a stream channel during a period of high water flow.
   OVERLAY DISTRICT: See section 21A.62.040 of this title.
   PUBLIC UTILITIES DIRECTOR: The duly appointed individual serving as director of the Salt Lake City department of public utilities.
   RIPARIAN AREA: An area including a stream channel or wetland, and the adjacent land where the vegetation complex and microclimate conditions are products of the combined presence and influence of perennial and/or intermittent water, associated high water tables, and soils that exhibit some wetness characteristics.
   RIPARIAN CORRIDOR: A one hundred foot (100') wide stream corridor measured from the annual high water level (AHWL) of the adjacent stream or wetland, which has a total width of at least two hundred feet (200') plus the width of the streambed plus any adjacent wetland.
   RIPARIAN PROTECTION PERMIT: A permit issued by the public utilities director containing conditions which regulate or prohibit development under the provisions of this section.
   RIPARIAN SETBACK: The area between the annual high water level of a stream and a line parallel to the stream which is a defined distance from the AHWL.
   STORMWATER DETENTION BASIN: An artificial flow control structure used to contain floodwater for a limited period of time to provide protection for areas downstream during peak periods of rain or melting snow.
   STREAM: City Creek, Red Butte Creek, Emigration Creek, Parleys Creek and the Jordan River.
   STREAM CORRIDOR: A stream and adjacent land within a defined distance from the stream.
   STRUCTURE: Anything constructed or erected with a fixed location on the ground or in/over the water bodies in the City. Structure includes, but is not limited to, buildings, fences, walls, signs, and piers and docks, along with any objects permanently attached to the structure.
   STRUCTURE LIMIT LINE: That line which is located fifty feet (50') from the AHWL as shown on illustration A of this section.
   UNSTABLE SOIL: Soil on a slope of greater than thirty percent (30%) which is likely to move unless stability measures are undertaken to prevent such movement.
   WETLAND: Those areas inundated or saturated by surface or ground water at a frequency and duration sufficient to support, and that under normal circumstances do support, a prevalence of vegetation typically adapted for life in saturated soil conditions. Wetlands generally include swamps, marshes, bogs, and similar areas.
   G.   Measurements:
      1.   All distances noted in this section shall be measured along a horizontal plane from the annual high water level to the applicable riparian boundary line, property line, edge of building or structure, or other point. These distances are not measured by following the topography of the land. Consequently, on steeply sloped topography the measured overground distance may not accurately reflect the distances specified in the permits and conditions specified in this section.
      2.   When any distance measurement results in a fractional number, the required distance shall be measured to the nearest foot. Any fraction less than one-half foot (1/2') shall be disregarded and fractions of one-half foot (1/2') or larger shall be included in the measurement.
      3.   When measuring a required minimum distance, the measurement shall be made at the shortest distance between the two (2) points and perpendicular to the riparian setback line. (Ord. 10-24, 2024: Ord. 65-14, 2014: Ord. 7-14, 2014: Ord. 62-08 § 1 (Exh. A), 2008: Ord. 3-08 § 3, 2008)